Two finals
Week5SportInjuryPreventionPart2.pdf
Sports Injury Prevention Part 2: Strength, or length? Part 1 was published in Modern Athlete and Coach January 2015 Dr Mark Brown
Mark Brown B.App.Sc(Phty); MHSc(Sports Physio); MBA; FASMF; FAIM Mark Brown is an Australian Physiotherapy Association (APA) titled Sport Physiotherapist with over 30 years’ experience in sports medicine. Currently he holds positions as the Executive Officer o f Sports Medicine Australia’s Queensland Branch, adjunct Associate Professor in the Griffith University Centre of Musculoskeletal Research and as a Member of the Oceania National Olympic Committees Medical Commission. He is a Fellow o f both the Australian Sports Medicine Federation and the Australian Institute o f Management and was the Director of Physiotherapy for the Sydney 2000 Olympic and Paralympic Games. Mark's main clinical and research interest areas relate primarily to improving safety in sport and physical activity and he has published and presented internationally in particular on: • improving the prevention and management o f medical emergencies in sport • the use of neuromuscular training programs for sports injury prevention and performance enhancement • the use of taping techniques for the prevention and treatment o f musculoskeletal conditions.
In the previous article I outlined some of the main components of an evidence informed approach to sports injury prevention, especially including the proven effectiveness of multi- component neuromuscular training programs to both reduce the number and severity of lower limb injuries in athletes, and also improve sporting performance. Neuromuscular training programs aim to improve strength and control during sports specific movements and this article will briefly examine the sometimes controversial topic of the role of flexibility training as a component of sports injury prevention programs, and whether muscle length or muscle strength are most associated with reduced sports related injuries.
Until relatively recent times the conventional wisdom amongst athletes, coaches and health professionals was that stretching exercises to increase muscle length and joint range of motion were an essential component of injury prevention programs for athletes. But a number of research studies conducted in the late 1990’s and early 2000’s produced results that caused a rethink of this concept. In particular a landmark large scale study conducted in Australia by Pope et al (1998) found there was no meaningful difference in the number of lower limb injuries in army recruits who used static stretching exercises in their warm up program compared to those whose warm up program did not include stretching.
Subseguent studies by other researchers produced similar conclusions with respect to injury prevention, while others also found that stretching before or after exercise did not reduce delayed onset muscle soreness (DOMS), or other types of exercise related pain, or measures of recovery. Around the same time other researchers found that stretching, especially static stretching, temporarily decreases muscle power which is obviously not a desirable outcome for optimal performance in most sports, especially those requiring explosive power.
But other studies looking at risk factors for sports injuries have shown that reduced flexibility or range of motion (ROM) are
associated with some types of sports injuries. For example, reduced hamstring extensibility was found to be associated with an increased predisposition to hamstring strains, and reduced ankle dorsiflexion range of motion is a risk factor for ankle injuries. But even these findings are complicated by yet other studies that show that an even greater risk factor for injury for most muscle injuries is not muscle length, but muscle strength. For example, for thigh adductor muscle strains (groin strains) adductor length or extensibility has been found to not be a risk factor for injury, however reduced adductor strength as measured on the adductor squeeze test is. Similarly, the biggest risk factor for a hamstring strain injury according to current evidence is reduced hamstring eccentric strength rather than decreased hamstring extensibility, and eccentric strengthening of the hamstring muscles in the eccentric hamstring lower exercise (often commonly referred to as “ Nordic hamstrings” ) has been found to be protective for hamstring strains.
This particular exercise has become an im portant component of many sports injury prevention programs including the FIFA 11 + injury prevention program. While this particular program is mostly orientated to injury prevention in Football many of the exercises can be readily adapted by athletics coaches and is worth a look at as the videos and other resources on the FIFA website clearly outline the exercises (http://f-m arc. com /11plus/hom e/). Currently researchers are attempting to establish minimum benchmark strength measures or strength ratios for exercises such as the Nordic hamstring curl which eventually will assist coaches and the athlete’s attending health professionals when screening athletes for injury risk factors, but at present normative data is limited.
Other research studies support the notion that strength is more im portant than length for injury prevention. Recently Lauersen et al published an article in the British Journal of Sports Medicine in 2014 that examined the effectiveness of exercise interventions to prevent sports injuries. The authors
41
conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis of 25 randomised controlled clinical trials (26,610 total participants) to determine which physical activity interventions were most effective for sports injury prevention. The analysis determined that stretching did not reduce injuries, but strengthening and proprioceptive exercises did. Strength training was the most effective intervention and reduced sports injuries to less than one third (Relative risk ratio 0.315). Proprioceptive training was also found to be effective though less so than strength training (Relative risk ratio 0.550).
So based on some of the research findings it’s tempting to say that on the whole muscle strength is more im portant for injury prevention than muscle length. However, this view is overly sim plistic and ignores the fact that in some sports a certain degree of flexibility is necessary to effectively execute some of the required techniques, especially sports such as gymnastics, dance, and some martial arts disciplines but also in some track and field disciplines so a “ one size fits all” approach with regards to what sort of flexibility training is required is not appropriate. It also doesn’t take into consideration that stretching programs don’t just alter muscle length, they also have an effect on tendon elasticity which is also relevant to sports performance. It is often forgotten that the muscle should be more accurately described as a muscle tendon unit with the contractile component of the MT unit (the muscle fibres) applying a force to the boney attachments via the non-contractile components (the tendon and fascial tissue) so what sort of exercise interventions most effect tendon and muscle tissue also needs to be considered.
So how do we put all of this together? At the moment according to current research evidence it’s not a matter of “ stretching: yes or no?” but rather that stretching can be a useful part of programs if the type and tim ing of stretching programs is contextualised to the sport, and also customised to the individual differences in morphology, risk factors as identified in the screening process, and the sporting tasks required for each athlete. But, some of the factors that could be taken into consideration include:
• On the basis that the muscle tendon (MT) unit needs to be compliant enough to store and release energy effectively in the Stretch Shortening Cycle (SSC) this would suggest that more compliance in the MT unit would decrease muscle and tendon injury because the load on these tissues would be reduced. However, static and dynamic stretching immediately before activity have been found to be counter-productive to force generation, possibly through overstimulation of the stretch receptors.
• According to Kubo et al 2000 moderate or low SSC demand sports like running or cycling do not benefit from making the MT unit more compliant.
• However, sports with jumping or bouncing activities with a high intensity of SSCs require a MTU compliant enough to store and release the high amount of elastic energy required in such sports.
• Dynamic stretching produces no or little effect on muscle length but has a significant influence on tendon stiffness, which in turn increases storage and release of elastic energy in tendons which is useful in high SSC sports like jumping. But dynamic stretching is not the best technique to increase range. Kubo et al (2001) found that dynamic stretching does decrease tendon stiffness using a protocol of 2 sessions of dynamic stretching per day for 8 weeks. However, this benefit was soon lost if the stretching exercises were not maintained.
• Witvrouw et al (2007) compared dynamic stretching and static stretching and concluded that static stretching is a better technique for increasing ROM and dynamic stretching is better for increasing tendon elasticity. In their view if ROM alone is the goal or is critical to success in a particular sport or activity then static stretching as part of an overall program is indicated, though not as part of the warm up due to the temporary muscle force reduction.
• To increase muscle range of motion a large volume of static stretching is required. Marshall et al (2011) demonstrated a 20.9% increase in hamstring extensibility, but the program involved 4 different hamstring stretches, each performed 5 times a week for 4 weeks, (including 1 supervised session per week), with each stretching exercise held for 30 seconds with 3 repetitions of each.
• Konrad and Tilp (2014) concluded that static stretching did not produce a change in muscle length or structure, however people who stretch often increase range of motion due to an increased tolerance to stretch, and /or increased pain tolerance.
• Warm-up before sport also increases the visco-elasticity of the muscle tendon unit and therefore may be more appropriate than stretching immediately before sport. But as individual variation do occur different approaches to stretching and warm up for each athlete should be tested outside of competition using sports specific measures of performance.
So which stretching technique you would use and when depends on sports specific goals. Also, you need to do a lot of stretching (which costs a lot of time) to get measurable results. While that is getting complicated enough, none of the above takes into consideration the possible additional confounding variables associated with variations in joint hypo / hyper mobility, or the effects of age, metabolic and genetic factors on tendon tissue. But, overall for athletes with reduced flexibility there is still an argument in favour of incorporating flexibility training into their programs, but probably not immediately before sporting performance. The type of stretching and what areas should be focused on will depend on the findings by the Physiotherapist in a comprehensive musculoskeletal screening in conjunction with the coaches identification of each athlete’s training goals and sports specific role.
What is clearer is that increasing muscular power and control are important and effective in reducing injury and increasing
42
performance, but gaining strength must as always take into consideration careful monitoring of the athlete’s total training load.
References:
Arnason A, Andersen T, Holme I, Engebretsen L and Bahr R. Prevention of hamstring strains in elite soccer: an intervention study. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, 2007
Konrad, A. and Tilp, M. (2014) Increased range of motion after static stretching is not due to changes in muscle and tendon structures. Clin. Biomech. 2014; 29(6):636-42.
Kubo K., Kanehisa H., Kawakami Y. and Fukunaga T. Effects of repeated muscle contractions on the tendon structures in humans. Eur. J Appl. Physiol. 2 0 0 1 ,8 4 ,1 6 2 -1 6 6 .
Kubo K., Kanehisa H., Kawakami Y. and Fukunaga T Influence of static stretching on viscoelastic properties of human tendon structures in vivo J App Physiol. 2001 90 (2), 520-527
Jamtvedt G, Herbert RD, Flottorp S, et al. A pragmatic randomised trial of stretching before and after physical activity to prevent injury and soreness. Br J Sports Med 2010;44:1002-9.
Lauersen JB, Bertelsen DM, Andersen LB. The effectiveness of exercise interventions to prevent sports injuries: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Br J Sports Med 2014:48:871-7.
Marshall, R, Cashman A, Cheema, B. A randomized controlled trial for the effect of passive stretching on measures of hamstring extensibility, passive stiffness, strength, and stretch tolerance. J Sc. Med. Sp. 2011 14 (6) 535-540
Pope R, Herbert R, Kirwan J. Effects of ankle dorsiflexion range and pre-exercise calf muscle stretching on injury risk in Army recruits. Aust J Physiother 1998;44:65-72.
Pope RP, Herbert RD, Kirwan JD, et al. A randomized trial of preexercise stretching for prevention of lower-limb injury. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2000;32:271-7.
Witvrouw E, Mahieu N, Roosen P and McNair P. The role of stretching in tendon injuries Br J Sports Med. 2007 Apr; 41 (4): 224-226.
Copyright of Modern Athlete & Coach is the property of Australian Track & Field Coaches Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week3SportAndRecInjuriesByAge.pdf
Journal of Athletic Training 2014;49(6):780–785 doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-49.3.41 � by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association, Inc www.natajournals.org
original research
Child Development and Pediatric Sport and Recreational Injuries by Age
David C. Schwebel, PhD*; Carl M. Brezausek, MS†
*Department of Psychology, University of Alabama at Birmingham; †Center for Educational Accountability, University of Alabama at Birmingham
Context: In 2010, 8.6 million children were treated for unintentional injuries in American emergency departments. Child engagement in sports and recreation offers many health benefits but also exposure to injury risks. In this analysis, we consider possible developmental risk factors in a review of age, sex, and incidence of 39 sport and recreational injuries.
Objective: To assess (1) how the incidence of 39 sport and recreational injuries changed through each year of child and adolescent development, ages 1 to 18 years, and (2) sex differences.
Design: Descriptive epidemiology study. Setting: Emergency department visits across the United
States, as reported in the 2001–2008 National Electronic Injury Surveillance System database.
Patients or Other Participants: Data represent population- wide emergency department visits in the United States.
Main Outcome Measure(s): Pediatric sport- and recrea- tion-related injuries requiring treatment in hospital emergency departments.
Results: Almost 37 pediatric sport or recreational injuries are treated hourly in the United States. The incidence of sport- and recreation-related injuries peaks at widely different ages. Team-sport injuries tend to peak in the middle teen years,
playground injuries peak in the early elementary ages and then drop off slowly, and bicycling injuries peak in the preteen years but are a common cause of injury throughout childhood and adolescence. Bowling injuries peaked at the earliest age (4 years), and injuries linked to camping and personal watercraft peaked at the oldest age (18 years). The 5 most common causes of sport and recreational injuries across development, in order, were basketball, football, bicycling, playgrounds, and soccer. Sex disparities were common in the incidence of pediatric sport and recreational injuries.
Conclusions: Both biological and sociocultural factors likely influence the developmental aspects of pediatric sport and recreational injury risk. Biologically, changes in perception, cognition, and motor control might influence injury risk. Socioculturally, decisions must be made about which sport and recreational activities to engage in and how much risk taking occurs while engaging in those activities. Understanding the developmental aspects of injury data trends allows prevention- ists to target education at specific groups.
Key Words: athletes, youth, adolescents, athletic injuries, safety
Key Points
� Pediatric sport and recreational injuries are a significant public health concern in the United States. � The injury risk varies across child development for particular types of sport and recreational injuries. � Sex disparities were common in the incidence of pediatric sport and recreational injuries.
T he magnitude of fatal and nonfatal, unintentional, pediatric injuries represents an increasingly recog- nized public health problem in the United States and
around the world. Statistics from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicate that 7712 US children died of unintentional injuries in 2009, or more than 21 children per day.1 Furthermore, more than 8.6 million children were treated for injuries in emergency departments (EDs) in 2010, representing 23 596 children treated per day, 983 per hour, and 16 per minute.1 Cost estimates resulting from injuries to American children, age 0 to 14 years, in 2000, exceeded $50 billion.2
Traditionally, injury researchers use 5-year age spans (eg, ages 0–4, 5–9, 10–14) to examine injury incidence during childhood. However, such a broad analysis of age groups lacks the precision that might be needed to understand fully how child and adolescent development interacts with the process of injury events and, subsequently, to design age-
appropriate injury-prevention strategies. Agran et al3 illus- trated this problem using data from the 1997 California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development database. Analyzing injury hospitalization and death data, they showed an elevated poisoning risk among 1-year-olds (rate¼83 per 100 000) that was not well represented by the 0 to 4-year age range and that was far higher than the rate among 4-year-olds (rate¼14 per 100 000).3 This pattern was attributed to 1-year-olds being newly mobile and develop- mentally prone to explore, discover, and ingest potentially poisonous household items when unsupervised. By age 4, children may have developed the cognitive skills to avoid potentially poisonous household items.
Our analysis was conducted using data from the National Electronic Injury Surveillance System (NEISS),4 a database of injuries treated at hospital EDs across the United States. We considered all sport and recreational injuries reported during an 8-year time span (2001–2008) among children
780 Volume 49 � Number 6 � December 2014
ages 1 to 18 years. Our analysis was descriptive and focused on changes in injury incidence through child and adolescent development. Sex differences were considered as a secondary topic of interest.
METHODS
Data Source
Data for this study were taken from the 2001–2008 NEISS data sets, which are collected by the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission and the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control from a sample of hospital EDs across the United States. Specifically, the NEISS data were collected from about 100 hospitals, ranging from small to large, and including children’s hospitals. Patients treated at the sampled hospitals are representative of national injury patterns involving con- sumer products.4,5 Data are collected daily, 365 d/y, by hospital staff, using a standardized coding manual. Only initial hospital visits by patients are included in the data set. As detailed elsewhere,4,5 numerous safeguards flag and correct invalid coding or data entries. Secondary data analysis was approved by the institutional review board at the University of Alabama at Birmingham.
To adjust for selective sampling, the NEISS data set assigns sample weights to data points, so the data set estimates annual, population-based ED visits nationwide. Because we analyzed data across 8 years of the survey, sample weights were divided by 8 for analytic purposes, preserving the pattern of estimated, annual ED visits nationwide for our analyses. Therefore, frequencies report- ed in this article use sample weights and represent the number of annual ED visits by the US population during the 8-year period of 2001–2008.4
Variables
Patient age and sex were culled from medical records. Injury data from all sport- and recreation-related injuries in the NEISS data set incurred by children ages 1 to 18 years were included in the analysis. We omitted injuries to infants younger than 12 months because such infants are typically nonmobile, and injuries typically result from supervisor behavior and decisions rather than child behavior or decisions. We were interested in pediatric injuries only and, therefore, omitted injuries to individuals older than 18 years. Injury cases were classified into mutually exclusive categories of sport or recreational activities based on a combination of the consumer products involved (eg, scooter, skateboard, snow skis) and the medical description of the incident.
Analytic Plan
Our data analysis was descriptive. We first prepared a descriptive table displaying injuries across the 39 sport and recreation activities and the 18 years of age. Next, we examined the 5 most common causes of sport and recreational injuries for each year of age development. Last, we assessed the percentage of boys’ and girls’ injuries for each of the 39 sport and recreational injury types.
RESULTS
During the years 2001–2008, an estimated 2 566 178 children, ages 1 to 18 years, were seen in US EDs for sport or recreation injuries. That divides into about 320 722 injuries per year or about 37 pediatric sport and recreational injuries treated per hour in the United States.
The estimated national annual injuries by sport and recreational activity and by age are displayed in Table 1. The table is organized by frequency of injury, with the most
Figure. Trajectory in the number of injuries treated in emergency departments, by age, for the 5 leading causes of sport and recreational injuries to children in the United States, 2001–2008.
Journal of Athletic Training 781
frequent causes appearing first. Peak age of injury incidence for each activity is marked in bold. Bowling caused the most injuries to children at the youngest age (4 years), and camping and personal watercraft, the oldest (18 years). The years with the most peaks of sport and recreational activity injuries were the middle teenage years, with 6 activities peaking in frequency at age 14 years and 9 activities peaking at age 15 years.
Total injuries varied widely across years of age. In general, younger children incurred the fewest sport and recreational injuries, and injury counts increased steadily
into the early teen years, with the overall peak occurring at 14 years. The decline in the later teen years was modest until age 18 years, when the rate plummeted to a rate comparable with age 6 years. Total injuries also varied widely across sport and recreational activities. Billiards, camping, and personal watercraft use all resulted in fewer than 200 injuries per year nationally, whereas basketball, football (American style), and bicycling each caused more than 300 000 injuries.
The 5 leading sport- and recreation-related injury causes at each age of development are shown in Table 2. In
Table 1. Estimated Number of Annual Injuries in the United States by Sport or Recreational Activity and Age Extended on Next Page
Activitya
No. of Injuries by Age, y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Basketball 181 397 450 764 1396 2437 3504 5603 9812 16 077 24 988 33 817 42 611
Football 91 138 304 550 918 1919 4237 7509 12 757 19 374 27 298 36 953 42 543
Bicyclesb 2517 5270 8212 12 522 16 719 19 816 21 505 22 777 25 492 26 997 27 719 28 733 27 126
Playgroundsc 8051 12 246 14 585 18 990 27 561 28 279 25 254 20 216 16 777 13 606 9573 6346 3453
Soccer 93 127 248 347 974 1637 2661 4051 6561 9061 11 075 12 616 15 007
Baseball 419 803 1507 2075 2827 3548 5040 5937 8224 10 708 11 627 11 909 11 405
Skateboards 110 307 608 628 1037 1287 1864 2997 3515 5121 7415 11 400 13 351
Trampolines 1131 2790 4103 4569 5694 6492 6613 7513 7600 7390 7375 7040 6032
Exercised 1921 2585 2184 2212 2218 2068 2327 2400 2990 3333 3720 4622 5002
Gymnastics and cheerleading 360 462 745 691 1149 1673 1701 2721 3573 5076 4870 5905 6589
Lacrosse and rugbye 348 636 825 646 1039 1293 2149 3193 4579 6049 6365 5907 5888
Swimming 1240 1997 2866 3153 3905 4203 3923 3912 4319 4403 4347 4544 3822
All-terrain vehicles 411 541 608 889 1222 1459 1705 2022 2465 2819 3604 4182 5178
Scooters 509 1114 2187 2560 4047 4348 4379 5342 5872 5889 5943 4218 2886
Snow skiing 0 50 29 114 376 417 818 1144 1859 2564 3999 5699 7271
Combative 5 86 74 117 315 556 661 1206 1416 1486 1949 3999 4692
Softball 34 67 74 79 191 245 494 675 1709 2195 3495 4373 6049
Hockey 22 66 95 239 242 403 683 734 875 1710 2817 3924 5295
Mopeds and minibikesf 15 137 85 161 293 471 910 1080 1614 1830 2595 3288 3853
Roller skatingg 48 133 140 363 745 1536 2111 3308 4095 4929 4519 4014 2896
Volleyball 3 3 6 30 58 55 164 407 679 876 1574 2920 4046
Inline skating 16 9 43 74 346 685 1078 2210 3031 3853 3674 3478 2390
Horseback riding 46 295 319 350 489 491 564 1161 1305 1476 1849 2309 2368
Tobogganing and sleddingh 45 175 474 719 965 1190 1417 1586 1944 2138 2374 2151 1708
Fishing 236 423 484 771 820 936 929 1136 1225 1492 1650 1853 1682
Golf 183 612 847 1083 1213 1286 1508 1461 1105 1050 944 876 993
Track and field 1 1 0 3 17 8 82 102 188 329 781 1276 2074
Amusementi 423 662 893 808 1036 1122 983 968 1275 1279 965 1028 831
Ice skating 2 21 81 217 479 677 1309 1018 1323 1611 1388 1303 1402
Go-carts 61 188 236 188 287 407 695 549 711 957 1040 1242 1117
Water skiingj 0 20 28 37 49 96 114 224 338 413 647 697 971
Racquet sports 21 86 71 72 115 171 223 362 364 380 464 668 713
Bowling 43 358 511 722 557 436 436 344 210 271 278 183 279
Snowmobiles 29 28 45 46 31 33 60 92 112 55 125 103 276
Nonpowder guns 31 67 121 25 16 37 69 6 140 187 173 242 213
Billiards 74 94 81 152 98 63 115 53 119 124 86 161 160
Watercraftk 1 18 3 15 33 30 24 43 23 60 70 59 128
Camping 88 104 103 71 56 121 116 121 116 94 115 92 12
Other sports 508 642 593 630 582 744 877 1516 1777 2279 3382 3433 3598
Total 3584 6052 7819 10 132 13 653 15 820 17 537 19 680 23 084 27 126 30 850 34 876 37 100
a Activities are listed in decreasing order of injury incidence. Bold text is used for the age of development with the highest number of injuries. b Bicycles and accessories. c Playgrounds and playground equipment. d Exercise and exercise equipment. e Lacrosse, rugby, and other miscellaneous ball games. f Mopeds, minibikes, other off-road vehicles. g Skating other than ice skating and inline skating, including roller skating. h Toboggans, sleds, snow discs, snowtubes. i Amusement attractions. j Water skiing, tubing, surfing. k Personal watercraft.
782 Volume 49 � Number 6 � December 2014
general, playground and bicycle injuries were the most common in the earlier ages of development, whereas team sports—especially basketball, football, and soccer— emerged as activities causing more injuries in later childhood and adolescent years.
The 5 leading sport- and recreation-related injury causes overall, throughout development—basketball, football, bicycling, playgrounds, and soccer are presented in the Figure. The 3 team sports—basketball, football, and soccer—showed a relatively similar trajectory: few injuries in early childhood, followed by a sharp increase in injuries around age 8 or 9 years, peaking in the middle teenage years, and then falling off rather sharply at 17 to 18 years. Basketball and football followed remarkably parallel trajectories, whereas soccer had a more muted peak. The 2 other most common causes of pediatric injury— playgrounds and bicycling—possessed very different path- ways across development. Playground injuries peaked in the early elementary school years and then showed a slow but consistent drop-off into very low numbers during the teenage years. Bicycling injuries peaked in the preteen
years but were fairly common throughout most of childhood.
Information on the secondary question of interest, sex disparities in sport and recreational injuries, is offered in Table 3. Wide disparities emerged, with boys incurring more than 85% of baseball, football, moped, and non- powder gun injuries, and girls incurring more than 85% of gymnastics, cheerleading, and softball injuries. Sex dispar- ities were absent in just a few sport and recreational activities: amusement attractions, ice skating, playgrounds and playground equipment, racket sports, soccer, track and field, and trampoline each had an injury incidence no greater than 55% for 1 sex.
DISCUSSION
Sport and recreational activities are generally safe, enjoyable, and healthy. Millions of youth in the United States and worldwide engage in sports and recreation daily without injury. Injuries, however, do occur and can dramatically affect physical and mental health. One critical aspect of preventing pediatric sport and recreational injuries is understanding how the injury risk varies across child and adolescent development. Such an understanding will help aid injury-prevention efforts by allowing experts to focus on specific causes and age groups.
Our results begin to address that need. We report the number of injuries incurred in the United States during an 8-year period, across 18 years of age, and for 39 sport and recreational activities. Examining just 1 year of age or just 1 type of sport or recreational activity offers substantial information. Rather than arduously reviewing the detailed information available in our tables, we discuss some of the more surprising data patterns and then address factors that may explain these findings.
Several individual sport and recreational activities showed injury patterns that surprised us. We did not anticipate, for example, that the largest number of bowling injuries might be incurred by young children—those 4 and 5 years old. We also did not expect so many—several hundred—toddlers (1–3 years old) to be injured by activities designed primarily for adolescents and adults, such as all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles, fishing, and mopeds and minibikes. Also surprising was that exercising and exercise equipment was among the top 5 causes of injuries for 3 age categories: 1-year-olds, 2-year-olds, and 18-year-olds and that bicycle injuries persisted throughout all of child and adolescent development, placing it among the top 5 causes of sport and recreational injuries from ages 1 to 18 years.
Other results were expected. Playground and trampoline injuries were most prominent throughout early and middle childhood but were then replaced in prominence by team sports, with baseball as a top 5 injury cause at 7 years and team sports accounting for 4 of the top 5 causes of sport and recreational injuries from ages 11 to 18 years (baseball, basketball, football, and soccer). Interestingly, despite US football’s reputation as a physical contact sport, basketball caused more injuries to US youth than did football, which may be partly due to exposure issues. Very few girls play competitive football in the United States, but both boys and girls play basketball, both competitively and recreationally. More youth may also be engaged in recreational (playground,
Table 1. Extended From Previous Page
No. of Injuries by Age, y
14 15 16 17 18 Total
48 090 49 394 46 783 44 452 29 781 360 537
46 680 45 554 41 527 37 286 16 676 34 2314
24 261 18 494 13 291 9846 8543 319 840
1946 1446 916 813 591 210 648
16 326 15 961 14 537 12 777 6186 130 245
10 785 10 516 8552 7125 5371 118 380
13 527 11 902 8483 6805 5449 95 808
4022 3245 2021 1405 1222 86 257
6839 6973 7379 6331 6723 71 827
7916 8169 7456 5730 3375 68 160
5278 5663 4997 4452 3916 63 223
3622 3266 3092 2709 2160 61 483
6284 7167 5277 5230 5408 56 470
2023 1378 731 569 394 54 390
6343 8162 5953 4508 4807 54 114
6817 6991 6630 6838 4210 48 047
6390 7307 5363 4248 3168 46 155
5724 6251 6506 5088 2922 43 597
4962 5068 4018 3266 3334 36 981
2113 1490 1101 729 642 34 914
5392 5451 5018 4115 2417 33 215
1791 1290 1064 839 806 26 677
2177 2206 1864 1756 1537 22 564
1372 1294 1189 836 888 22 463
1257 1324 907 924 845 18 895
1120 836 672 474 407 16 671
2759 2585 2516 2011 967 15 701
684 589 601 605 505 15 257
1005 838 663 499 457 14 293
975 680 726 623 496 11 179
832 1051 1460 989 1231 9195
862 1231 1029 975 928 8734
318 407 316 364 399 6433
253 373 381 430 365 2837
307 265 191 269 234 2593
98 78 75 80 107 1817
169 133 325 276 391 1797
134 40 79 67 136 1667
3699 3541 3036 2889 2079 35 805
37 333 35 138 29 872 25 277 15 809 390 742
Journal of Athletic Training 783
driveway, or ‘‘pick-up’’) basketball nationwide than in football.
Our findings concerning the sex of injured children were largely as expected. Boys tended to have more injuries than girls in most categories, as has been reported in the broader child-injury literature.1 The sports that had the higher numbers of female injuries were those that are more prototypically engaged in by US girls—softball, gymnastics and cheerleading, horseback riding, and volleyball.
How might the findings be explained? Caution must be exercised in interpreting causality from our descriptive data analysis, but biological development likely plays some role. Perceptual, cognitive, and motor skills develop throughout childhood and may affect how youth engage in activities that require balance, coordination, decision-making, and other developmental skills. Misjudgments, missteps, and miscalculations—often developmentally driven—can result in injury.6
Sociocultural factors are also likely relevant. To state the obvious, children are more likely to be injured in the sport and recreational activities in which they engage. We were unable to adjust our analysis for exposure,7,8 but one would expect more pediatric basketball injuries than pediatric bowling injuries based on the assumption that US children spend more time playing basketball than they do bowling. Sociocultural factors also may play more subtle roles. Increased indepen- dence from supervision and a developmental tendency toward impulsive risk taking could contribute to the high rate of injuries in ‘‘adventure’’ activities such as tobogganing and sledding, scooters, skateboards, and skates in the early and middle adolescent years.
The role of sociocultural factors may be increasingly important if national calls to increase physical activity among youth are successful.9,10 That is, we might expect increased sports and recreational injuries as youth are increasingly exposed to risk. That risk may vary through child development, and identifying data trends will assist with injury-prevention efforts.
Like all research using large, archival data sets, such as the NEISS, this study has strengths and limitations. Strengths include the size and scope of the data set and its ability to address a wide range of injuries across ages and sport and recreational activities. However, we also cite several limitations. First, we were unable to control for exposure to sport or recreational activities or injury situations. Second, we lacked detail about specific injury events, including antecedents and consequences of individ- ual injury events, the particular types of injuries caused by each sport or recreational activity, or the severity of individual injuries. For example, exercise equipment
Table 2. Top 5 Sport and Recreational Injury Causes by Age Extended on Next Page
Rank
Activity by Age, y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Playgroundsa Playgroundsa Playgroundsa Playgroundsa Playgroundsa Playgroundsa Playgroundsa Bicyclesb Bicyclesb
2 Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Playgroundsa Playgroundsa
3 Exercisec Trampolines Trampolines Trampolines Trampolines Trampolines Trampolines Trampolines Football
4 Swimming Exercisec Swimming Swimming Scooters Scooters Baseball Football Basketball
5 Trampolines Swimming Scooters Scooters Swimming Swimming Scooters Baseball Baseball
a Playgrounds and playground equipment. b Bicycles and accessories. c Exercise and exercise equipment.
Table 3. Percentage of Injuries Incurred by Each Sex Across Sport
and Recreational Activities
Activity
%
Males Females
Football 95 5
Combative 89 11
Skateboards 89 11
Mopeds and minibikesa 88 12
Baseball 86 14
Nonpowder guns 86 14
Fishing 83 17
Hockey 78 22
Snowmobiles 77 23
Water skiingb 75 25
Basketball 73 27
Bicyclesc 73 27
Go-carts 72 28
Snow skiing 71 29
All-terrain vehicles 70 30
Golf 68 32
Lacrosse/rugbyd 67 33
Billiards 65 35
Camping 64 36
Scooters 61 39
Tobogganing and sleddinge 61 39
Exercisef 59 41
Bowling 58 42
Swimming 58 42
Inline skating 56 44
Personal watercraft 56 44
Playgroundsg 55 45
Racquet sports 53 47
Soccer 53 47
Trampolines 53 47
Amusementh 49 51
Track and field 47 53
Ice skating 45 55
Roller skatingi 41 59
Volleyball 26 74
Horseback riding 25 75
Gymnastics and cheerleading 14 86
Softball 12 88
Other sports 59 41
a Mopeds, minibikes, and other off-road vehicles. b Water skiing, tubing, surfing. c Bicycles and accessories. d Lacrosse, rugby, and other miscellaneous ball games. e Toboggans, sleds, snow discs, snowtubes. f Exercise and exercise equipment. g Playgrounds and playground equipment. h Amusement attractions. i Skating other than ice skating and inline skating, including roller
skating.
784 Volume 49 � Number 6 � December 2014
injuries to young children were likely caused by toddlers catching their fingers in equipment that adults were using, rather than being injured while using the equipment themselves.11,12 Third, an understanding of the severity of injuries would be particularly helpful to future researchers. Swimming injuries may range, for example, from allergic rashes to life-altering spinal-cord injuries. Although there were slightly more basketball than football injuries overall, football injuries may be more severe (eg, head injuries, fractures) than basketball injuries (eg, sprains). Fourth, we relied on injury reports from EDs only and did not include injuries that still affected children and their parents but were treated in urgent care settings, primary caregiver offices, school athletic trainer or nurse offices, or elsewhere. Fifth, we lacked information about the geographic location where the injury occurred or where the patients lived. Future investigators might consider differences between sport and recreational injury incidence among rural, urban, and suburban patients.
In conclusion, we found that almost 37 children experienced a medically treated sport or recreational injury in the United States every hour. Team sports (eg, basketball, football, soccer), plus bicycling and play- grounds, were the most common causes of pediatric sport and recreational injuries, but injuries were caused by a range of activities. Injury incidences varied across child and adolescent development, with different activities peaking in incidence at different ages.
REFERENCES
1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Web-based injury
statistics query and reporting system: the WISQARS Web site. http://
www.cdc.gov/injury/wisqars/index.html. Accessed December 11,
2013.
2. Finkelstein EA, Corso PS, Miller TR. The Incidence and Economic
Burden of Injuries in the United States. New York, NY: Oxford
University Press; 2006.
3. Agran PF, Winn D, Anderson C, Trent R, Walton-Haynes L. Rates of
pediatric and adolescent injuries by year of age. Pediatrics. 2001;
108(3):e45.
4. NEISS: the national electronic injury surveillance system—a tool for
researchers. United States Consumer Product Safety Commission
Web site. http://www.cpsc.gov//PageFiles/106626/2000d015.pdf.
Published March 2000. Accessed December 11, 2013.
5. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Nonfatal injury data.
http://www.cdc.gov/injury/wisqars/nonfatal.html. Accessed April 15,
2014.
6. Plumert JM. Relations between children’s overestimation of their
physical abilities and accident proneness. Dev Psychol. 1995;31(5):
866–876.
7. Spinks AB, Macpherson AK, Bain C, McClure RJ. Injury risk from
popular childhood physical activities: results from an Australian
primary school cohort. Inj Prev. 2006;12(6):390–394.
8. Spinks AB, McClure RJ. Quantifying the risk of sports injury: a
systematic review of activity-specific rates for children under 16
years of age. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(9):548–557.
9. Council on Sports Medicine and Fitness; Council on School Health.
Active healthy living: prevention of childhood obesity through
increased physical activity. Pediatrics. 2006;117(5):1834–1842.
10. White House task force on childhood obesity report to the President.
Let’s Move Web site. http://www.letsmove.gov/white-house-task-
force-childhood-obesity-report-president. Accessed April 15, 2014.
11. Lehrer MS, Bozentka DJ, Partington MT, Lee B, Osterman AL.
Pediatric hand injuries due to exercise bicycles. J Trauma. 1997;
43(1):100–102.
12. Gould JH, DeJong AR. Injuries to children involving home exercise
equipment. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 1994;148(10):1107–1109.
Address correspondence to David C. Schwebel, PhD, Department of Psychology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, 1401 University Boulevard, HHB 571, Birmingham, AL 35294. Address e-mail to [email protected].
Table 2. Extended From Previous Page
Activity by Age, y
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Total
Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Football Basketball Basketball Basketball Basketball Basketball Basketball Basketball
Football Football Basketball Football Football Football Football Football Football Football
Basketball Basketball Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Soccer Soccer Bicyclesb Bicyclesb
Playgroundsa Baseball Soccer Soccer Soccer Soccer Bicyclesb Bicyclesb Exercisec Playgroundsa
Baseball Soccer Baseball Skateboards Skateboards Skateboards Baseball Baseball Soccer Soccer
Journal of Athletic Training 785
Copyright of Journal of Athletic Training (Allen Press) is the property of Allen Press Publishing Services Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week6CoreStability.pdf
IN J U R Y P R E V E N T IO N
Core Concepts: Understanding the Complexity of the Spinal Stabilizing Systems in Local and Global Injury Prevention and Treatment
Lindsay Warren DAT, CSCS • California Baptist University; Russell Baker, DAT, AT, Alan Nasypany, EdD, AT, and Jeffrey Seegmiller, EdD, AT • University of Idaho
The core is central to almost all extremity movements, especially in athletics. Running, jumping, kick- ing, and throwing are dependent on core function to create a stable base for movement. Poor core strength, endurance, stiffness, control, coordination, or a combination thereof can lead to decreased performance and increased risk of injury. Due to the core’s many complex elements, none of which are more or less important than the next, it is imperative that athletic trainers have a systematic and comprehensive plan for assessing and treating patients with stability or motor control dysfunctions of the entire spinal stabilizing system. The purpose of this clinical commentary is to outline the structural (anatomical) components of the core and their functions, establish the elements of core stability (functional), review these elements’ importance in decreasing the risk of injury, and discuss the application of this information in athletic training.
►
►
►
D,espite the common use of the term core in rehabilitation, its definition, struc-
ture, purpose, and role in rehabilitation is still disputed among health care professions. The discussion of its impor tance to clinical practice continues as more is learned (through anal ysis of regional inter dependence) about the role the core plays in injury management and prevention. To move forward, understanding is needed on the foun
dational purpose of the core in movement. Many agree that the core’s primary function
K e y Po in t s Stabilization of the spine is a dynamic and complex task.
Poor dynamic core stabilization results in increased risk of injury to the spine and extremities.
A patient w ill be unable to complete ideal movement patterns w ithout proper muscu lar control, coordination, timing, strength, and endurance.
is to act as a singular unit, provide a stable foundation for movement (with or without the extremity), and provide local and global balance and strength. During movement this task is accomplished with the use of passive and active core structures.'
While researchers in this area agree on the function of the core, debate continues as to what anatomical structures truly encom pass the core. Many researchers propose the core is an integrated system, comprised of the passive spinal column of bony and liga mentous structures, the active spinal muscles and thoracolumbar fascia, and the neural control unit. 1-5 Kibler et al2 postulate the core contains the musculoskeletal structures of the spine, hips, pelvis, abdomen, and the proximal lower limb. Akuthota and Nadler, 1 in contrast, define the core as a box, with the
® ZOR Human Kinetics - IJATT 19(6), pp. Z8-33 h ttp ://d x .d o i.o rg /ija tt.2 0 1 4 -0 0 4 0
2 8 I NOVEMBER 2 0 1 4 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL O F ATHLETIC THERAPY &. TRAINING
diaphragm as the roof; the pelvic floor and hip girdle as the floor; and the abdominals, spinal, and gluteal muscles serving as the walls.
Attempting to use a more holistic approach, Frank et al6 coined the term integrated spinal stabilizing system (1SSS). The 1SSS is com prised of the deep cervical flexors, deep spinal extensors of the cervical and thoracic regions, diaphragm, pelvic floor, and all sections of the abdominals and spinal extensors of the lower thoracic and lumbar regions.6 Frank and colleagues’ inclusion of the cervical spine is unique, as traditional models of the core focused on the lumbar and pelvic regions. The inclusion of the cervical spine, however, is im portant as the cervical spine plays an integral role in global stabilization. An example to illustrate this point is dem onstrated through the relationship betw een the progressive nature of the developmental kinesiology of infants and their devel oping central nervous system (CNS).6’7 Newborns, for instance, are only able to stabilize their head in a sitting position for a few seconds.7 While a more developed infant, with a more developed ISSS, is able to perform more elaborate movements (e.g., reaching while sitting upright) while simultaneously maintaining the stability of the entire spinal column. To control extremity move m ent, the ISSS must brace in order for movement to be achieved against gravity while providing protection for the cervical spine. Under ideal conditions, synergy of neck flexors and spinal extensors is in balance, allowing for controlled movements and stabilization of the cervical and thoracic spine.6’7
Core S t a b i li t y T h e o r y in P ra c tic e
With the purpose and com ponents of the core iden tified, a clinician can begin to evaluate and apply the concept of core stability. Core stability is another com monly used term with variation in its application. Most agree that proper functioning of the core is necessary to create stability and that dysfunction creates instabil ity,1-4 but identifying the key elem ents is necessary for implementation in practice. Much of the recent focus in the literature regarding core stability has focused on the following elements: muscular capacity, motor control, and coordination and stiffness.34
Muscular capacity is a muscle’s ability to generate or maintain force.8 Endurance and strength are compo nents of muscular capacity and are necessary for the spinal stabilizing musculature to achieve movement
and sustain postures. The anatomical orientation of a m uscle’s origin and insertion determ ines its per formance during certain tasks, w hether strength or endurance oriented. The trunk muscles may be clas sified by their function into local or global muscles. The local muscles (e.g., intertransversarii, rotatores, multihdus) have direct attachm ents to the vertebrae and are limited in their ability to generate torque. The primary contribution of local muscles is precise control of the individual spinal vertebrae. Due to their small m om ent arm and type I fibers, the local muscles are well equipped to sustain posture and are resistant to fatigue.9
Conversely, global muscles (e.g., rectus abdominis, longissimus thoracis, external obliques) cross several spinal joints and attach to the hip and the thorax. As the global muscles have a larger m om ent arm with which to create torque, the ability to resist greater external forces is provided through these structures. Without sound muscular capacity in local and global muscle groups, the risk of injury and incidence of pain increases. Poor endurance of the trunk muscles is a predictor of occurrence of low back pain in m en 10 and is commonly found in patients suffering from chronic low back pain.1112 Lehman,13 Faries and Greenwood,9 and McGill et al14 believe endurance to be more import ant than strength in the spinal stabilizing musculature.
To improve muscular capacity of the core, many clinicians chose to design comprehensive strengthen ing programs. A common solution to muscular capacity issues in the core is comprehensive strengthening pro grams, which have been advocated for the prevention of various musculoskeletal disorders'5 as well as per formance enhancem ent.3 However, there are problems with traditional core strengthening programming.
First, assessing for and diagnosing muscle weak ness are not as simple as strength or endurance testing. Individuals without proper CNS integration, for exam ple, may be unable to adjust muscle strength to the dem ands of a movement or recruit accessory muscles for stabilization, making movement patterns inefficient and weak. A strengthening program then does not target what may be the primary etiology. Consequently, balance or strengthening exercises prescribed to a patient with poor stabilization or motor control may promote pathological m ovem ent patterns, increase the patient’s pain, and ultimately be unsuccessful.16'7
Second, the activation of specific trunk muscles is dependent on several factors. Completing an exercise
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL O F ATHLETIC THERAPY & TRAINING NOVEMBER 2 0 1 4 I 29
or m aintaining a position on a stable or unstable surface results in differing muscle activation patterns and contraction intensities, as studied by intramus cular electromyography (EMG) . 17 The body segment initiating motion during an exercise (e.g., trunk or pelvis) also changes the activation of trunk muscula ture. 18 The overload principle of strengthening is not advocated for the core musculature due to lumbar spine involvement. For example, the traditional sit-up increases compressive load on the lumbar spine and is considered an unsafe exercise. 16 Pelvic tilts also create increased spinal loading, as do back extensor strength ening machines. As a result, traditional strengthening often creates an unsafe load of the spine and may cause injury. 1’16 Several researchers, including Saal and Saal, 19 McGill, 20 and Sahrm ann, 21 have recommended safer programs that are focused on sparing the spine in progressive stabilization exercises to address these problems. 1 Unfortunately, some programs emphasize a rigid, rod-like spine during activity20 instead of pro moting functional dynamic movement patterns.
Researchers studying muscle weakness patterns associated with injury have discovered weakness in the load transferring muscles (i.e., hip abductors and hip external rotators), not the local stabilizing or global mobilizing core musculature, as the primary predictor of injury8 and low back pain. 22 Most studies report mus cular recruitment changes of the core muscles, such as timing and control, both before and resulting from injury. 8 ’15’2 3 -2 5 ’27' 28' 30'31 The implication of such findings suggest neuromuscular control (i.e., motor control) is of more importance than strength. 3 '4 '8 ’15’23" 32 '3 4 '40 '42’45
Motor control, an unconscious action, is the process of the CNS’s generation and monitoring of movement com m ands through feed-forward (e.g., anticipation) and sensory feedback mechanisms (e.g., propriocep tion, vision) . 32 The brain plays an important role in spinal stability in anticipatory and reactive capacities. During this process, the brain subconsciously adjusts and adapts to internal and external forces and also anticipates m ovem ents of the extremities and the trunk. In fact, motor control performance is more effi cient when subjects are not focusing on the movement being measured and instead have an external focus.33 Training to improve motor control is accomplished by using the motor learning approach to retrain the unconscious use of a more functional pattern over the dysfunctional pattern. For the core, this involves preactivation of the deep trunk muscles and integra
tion of the global trunk muscles in a progression from static to dynamic to functional tasks. 34'35 Any extremity movement is preceded by an anticipatory contraction of the core musculature to create the stable base for that m ovem ent. 36 Therefore, in order for a movement progression to be successful, this preactivation must be attained. Cocontraction exercises, balance training, proprioceptive training, plyometrics, and sport-specific skills have been identified as essential com ponents in reestablishing and strengthening motor control. 37
Dynamic core function is of paramount importance in injury prevention and rehabilitation. Sensory-motor control deficiency and neurom uscular im balances of the core have been linked to the occurrence of low back and lower extremity injuries, especially in females. 25’30'31 Inadequate motor control and poor mus cular recruitment are among the causes of nonspecific low back pain. The reduced stability of the segments of the spine creates altered and dysfunctional distribution of loads. 38'39 Additionally, neuromuscular imbalances result in poor control and decreased stability, which in turn cause compensatory m ovement patterns and poor motor recruitment down the chain in an attem pt to maintain function. 16 Motor relearning of inhibited core muscles in patients with low back pain28 and restoration of core motor control in patients at risk for anterior cruciate ligament injury37 is more important than strengthening and endurance training of the core musculature.
The importance of proper motor control in prevent ing and treating extremity injuries is often associated with the term regional interdependence. Zazulak et al30 dem onstrated that proprioceptive deficits in the core contributed to decreased neuromuscular control of the lower extremity. Decreased motor control of the lower extremity led to increased valgus m om ent and strain to the ligaments of the knee. 25 Poor proxi mal neuromuscular control is one etiological factor in patellofemoral pain syndrome (PFPS). Earl and Hoch40 determ ined that improving neurom uscular control of the core decreased pain and increased functional ability in female patients with PFPS. Nadler and col leagues also dem onstrated that patients complaining of lower extremity overuse injuries were significantly m ore likely to seek tre a tm e n t for low back pain within the following year. 28-29 In a systematic review, Macedo et al39 reported the outcomes of motor control exercise compared with other interventions for the treatm ent of patients with nonspecific low back pain.
3 0 I NOVEMBER 2 014 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ATHLETIC THERAPY & TRAINING
The researchers indicated that motor control exercise was favored over minimal intervention and produced clinical outcomes that equaled the success of surgical L4-L5 fusion.39
Appropriate motor control allows for the last ele ment, a combination of coordination and stiffness, to produce core stability. Through coordinated contraction of the spinal stabilizing system, stiffness is produced in the core, which determines joint stability. Stiffness of the spinal column is increased with the coordinated coactivation of the core musculature, which protects the structures of the spine during any activity.41 Even under heavily loaded conditions, such as a heavy dead lift, spinal ligaments are not strained and stability is the responsibility of the musculature.3 For example, the coordinated and balanced coactivation of the internal obliques, transverse abdominis, and external obliques tensions the thoracolumbar fascia and creates stiffness like a stabilizing corset. Coupled with the regulation of intra-abdominal pressure (IAP) and control of the pelvic floor, spinal stability is created that precedes any conscious m ovem ent and is under autonomic control.23'30 Immense, albeit unconscious, coordination of muscle activation is needed to successfully create uniform stiffness necessary to stabilize the spine in all three cardinal planes. If contractions were not coordi nated, an imbalance in force or direction would arise, resulting in movement dysfunction and compromised spinal stability.
C l i n i c a l A s s e s s m e n t I m p l i c a t i o n s
The correlation betw een inappropriate core stabili zation and injury, at the core and in the extremities, provides evidence for treating the core as the center of the foundational kinetic chain. The utility of the core is dependent on the coordinated action of the ISSS structures. The dynamic relationship of these structures makes the assessm ent and treatm ent of patients with core stability or motor control dysfunctions difficult to address. As a result, some have shifted clinical evalu ation to focus on movement screens and the regional interdependence paradigm.6'7-42 The goal of any move m ent pattern analysis is not to isolate structures, but to achieve a global understanding of a system and how structures interact with one another on a functional level to achieve a movem ent.42
Using the knee as an example, a clinician could attem pt to isolate the different structures needed to
perform a movement (e.g., seated knee extension) to determ ine potential involvement in a patient present ing with knee pain. In its simplest form, the knee would need functioning local bone (e.g., medial and lateral femoral condyles, tibial epicondyles) and articular (e.g., capsule, ligaments) and muscular components (e.g., quadriceps muscle and tendon) to perform the movement, given proper neuromuscular control and balance with the antagonistic hamstrings. The local exam, however, would ignore the feed-forward antic ipation of the weight of the leg and the force needed to create the movement against gravity; the feed-back sensory information of the proprioception of the leg in space, communicating with the central nervous system to control the speed and direction of the movement, would also be missed. If any element of the system were damaged or inhibited, a dysfunctional movement would be created. The dysfunctional movement pattern would, in turn, begin affecting the other surrounding structures at the knee and along the kinetic chain. In short, dysfunction at the core could produce dysfunc tion, pain, and impairm ent at the knee. A physical exam evaluating the knee in isolation would create a local pathoanatomic diagnosis that would not address that cause of the pathology and would produce an insufficient rehabilitation program.6-42
The belief that the body does not function in isola tion and that dysfunction in one part of the body has direct implications for other parts of the body is the premise of regional interdependence.42 Motion at one segment will influence that of all other segments in the chain.19 Thus, it is fitting that the dynamic system that comprises spinal stability would be best assessed using a movement assessm ent to help create a complete picture of a patient’s core motor control function.43̂ 45
C o n c l u s i o n
Based on the literature evidence, a logical conclusion is that core perform ance is a com prehensive task comprised of multiple elements with potentially equal importance that have significant implications in the prevention and m anagem ent of injury. Performance of the core is not simply determ ined by its strength or endurance, but also the coordination, timing, and control of multiple structures. As more is learned about the core stabilizing system, less emphasis is being placed on the passive structures in rehabilitation and more focus is being placed on the motor control and
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ATHLETIC THERAPY & TRAINING NOVEMBER 2 0 1 4 I 31
muscular capacity of the lumbo-pelvic complex. 8 '46 '47 With its complex nature and significant implications on the m anagem ent of injuries, it is important for athletic trainers to have a comprehensive understanding of core motor control and stability. It is critical to understand the function of each structure, the coordination of each structure to those related to it, and the role the brain plays in controlling those structures in order to provide effective prevention and rehabilitation programs to our patients. Implementation of assessm ent and rehabil itation strategies that incorporate motor control and stability dysfunctions of the spine has the potential to positively improve patient care across a variety of clinical setting and patient presentations.
R e feren ce s
■1. A k u th o ta V, N a d le r SF. C o re s t r e n g th e n i n g . Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2 0 0 4 ;8 5 (3 S uppl 1 ):S 8 6 -S 9 2 . P ub M ed doi: 1 0 .1053/j. a p m r.2 0 0 3 .12.005
2. K ib ler WB, P re s s j, S c ia s c ia A. T he ro le o f c o re s ta b ility in a th le tic f u n c tio n . Sports Med. 2 0 0 6 :3 6 (3 ): 1 8 9 - 1 9 8 . P ub M ed doi: 10.2165/00007256-200636030-00001
3. P an jab i MM. T he sta b ilizin g sy s te m of th e spine. Part I. F u n c tion, dysfunction, a d ap tatio n , a n d e n h a n c e m e n t. J Spinal Disord. 1 9 9 2 :5 (4 ):3 8 3 -3 8 9 . PubM ed doi: 1 0.1097/0000251 7 -1 99212000- 00001
4. Panjabi MM. The stabilizing sy ste m of th e spine. Part II. Neutral zone a n d instability h y p o th e s is ./ Spinal Disord. 1 9 92;5(4):390-396. PubM ed doi: 1 0.1097/00002517-199212000-00002
5. Liem ohn WP, B aum gartner TA, Gagnon LH. M easuring core stability. J Strength CondRes. 2 0 0 5 ;1 9 (3 ):5 8 3 -5 8 6 . PubM ed
6. Frank C, Kobesova A, Kolar P. D ynam ic n eurom uscular stabilization & sports rehabilitation. IntJSports Phys Ther. 2013:8(1 ):62-73. PubMed
7. Kobesova A, Kolar P. D evelopm ental kinesiology: three levels o f m otor control in the a sse ssm e n t a nd tre a tm e n t of the m otor system. J Bodyw Mov Ther. 2014:18(1 ):23~33. PubMed doi: 10.1016/j.jbm t.2013.04.002
8. Leetun DT, Ireland ML, W illson JD, B allantyne BT, Davis 1M. Core sta bility m ea su re s as risk factors for lower e xtrem ity injury in athletes. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2 0 0 4 :3 6 (6 ):9 2 6 -9 3 4 . PubM ed doi: 10.1249/01. MSS.0000128 1 4 5 .7 5 1 99.C3
9. Faries MD, G reenw ood M. Core training: stabilizing the confusion. Strength & ConditJ. 2007:29(2): 10-25.
10. Bering-Sorensen F. Physical m ea su re s as risk indicators for low-back trouble over a o n e -y ea r p eriod. Spine. 1 9 8 4 :9 :1 0 6 -1 1 9 . PubM ed doi: 10.1097/00007632-198403000-00002
11. H olm strom E, Moritz U, A ndersson M. Trunk m uscle strength a nd b ack m uscle e n d u ra n c e in construction w orkers w ith a n d w ithout low b ack disorders. Scand J Rehabil Med. 1 9 9 2 ;2 4 :3 -1 0 . PubM ed
12. S a lm in e n JJ, Maki P, O k s a n e n A, P e n tti J. S pinal m o b ility a n d tru n k m u sc le s tr e n g th in 1 5-year-old s c h o o lc h ild re n w ith a n d w ith o u t lo w -b a c k p a in . Spine. 1 9 9 2 ; 17 ( 4 ) :4 0 5 —411. P u b M ed doi: 10.1097/00007632-199204000-00005
13. Lehm an GJ. R esistance training for perform ance a n d injury prevention in golf. J Can Chiropr Assoc. 2 0 0 6 ;5 0 (l):2 7 -4 2 . PubMed
14. McGill SM, Childs A, L iebenson C. E ndurance tim e s for low back stabilization exercises: clinical targets for testing a n d training from a n o rm a l da ta b ase. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 199 9 ;8 0 (8 ):9 4 1 -9 4 4 . PubM ed doi:10.1016/S0003-9993(99)90087-4
15. W illson JD, D ougherty CP, Ireland ML, Davis 1M. Core stability a n d its relationship to lower e xtrem ity function a n d injury.JA m Acad Orthop Surg. 2005; 13(5):316 -3 2 5 . PubM ed
16. Juker D, McGill S, Kropf P, Steffen T. Q uantitative intram uscular m yo electric activity of lum bar portions of p soas a n d th e ab d o m in a l wall during a w ide variety of tasks. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1998;30:301-310. PubM ed doi: 1 0 .1097/00005768-199802000-00020
17. Imai A, Kaneoka K, O kubo Y, et al. Trunk m uscle activity during lu m b a r stabilization exercises on b o th a stable a n d u n stable surface. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2010;40(6):369-375. PubM ed doi: 10.2519/ jospt.2010.3211
18. Vera-Garcia FJ, M oreside JM, McGill SM. A bdom inal m uscle activation c h anges if th e p urpose is to control pelvis m otion or th o rax m otion. J Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2011 ;21 (6):893—903. PubM ed doi: 10.1016/j. jele k in .2011.08.003
19. Saal JA, Saal JS. N o n o p e ra tiv e t r e a tm e n t o f h e r n ia te d lu m b a r in te rv e rte b ra l d isc w ith radiculopathy. An o u tc o m e study. Spine. 1989; 14:431-437. PubMed doi: 10.1097/00007632-198904000-00018
20. McGill S. Low back disorders: evidence-based prevention and rehabilita tion. C ham paign, IL: H um an Kinetics; 2002.
21. S a h rm an n S. Diagnosis and treatment o f movement impairment syn dromes. St. Louis: Mosby; 2002.
22. Nadler SF, Malanga GA, Bartoli LA, Feinberg JH, Prybicien M, D eprince M. Hip m uscle im balance a n d low b ack pain in athletes: influence of core strengthening. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2 0 0 2 ;3 4 (1 ):9 -1 6 . PubM ed doi: 10.1097/00005768-200201000-00003
23. H odges PW, R ichardson CA. C o n traction of th e a b d o m in a l m u s cles a s s o c ia te d w ith m o v e m e n t of th e lo w e r lim b. Phys Ther. 1997:77(2): 1 3 2 -1 4 2 . PubMed
24. Hodges PW, Richardson CA. Delayed postural contraction of trans- v e rsu s a b d o m in is in low b a c k p a in a ss o c ia te d w ith m o v e m e n t of th e low er lim b. / Spinal Disord. 1998; 11 (1 ):4 6 —56. PubM ed doi: 10.1097/00002517-199802000-00008
25. Zazulak BT, Hewett TE, Reeves NP, Goldberg B. Cholewicki J. The effects of core proprioception on k n e e injury: a prospective biom echanical epidemiological study. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(3):368-373. PubMed doi: 10.1177/0363546506297909
26. Kavcic N, G renier S, McGill SM. D e term in in g th e stabilizing role of individual to rso m uscles during rehabilitation exercises. Spine. 2004;29(11): 12 5 4 -1 2 6 5 . PubM ed doi: 10.1097/00007632-200406010- 00016
27. Cholewicki J, McGill SM. M echanical stability of th e lum bar spine: im plications for injury and chronic low back pain. Clin Biomech (Bristol. Avon). 1996; 11 (1): 1 - 1 5 . PubM ed doi: 10.1016/0268-0033(95)00035-6
28. N adler SF, M alanga GA, D eP rince M, Stitik TP, Feinberg JH. The relationship be tw ee n lower extrem ity injury, low b a ck pain, a n d hip m uscle strength in m ale a n d fem ale collegiate athletes. Clin J Sport Med. 2000;10(2):89-97. PubM ed doi: 10.1097/00042752-200004000- 00002
29. N adler SF, Wu KD, Galski T, Feinberg JH. Low b ack pain in college a th le te s : a p ro sp e c tiv e stu d y c o rre la tin g low er e x tre m ity o v e r u s e o r a c q u ire d lig a m e n to u s lax ity w ith low b a c k p a in . Spine. 19 9 8 ;2 3 (7 ):8 2 8 -8 3 3 . PubM ed doi:10.1097 /0 0 0 0 7 6 3 2 -1 9 9 8 0 4 0 1 0 - 00018
30. Zazulak BT, H ew ett TE, Reeves NP, Goldberg B, Cholewicki J. Deficits in n e u ro m u scu lar control of th e tru n k pre d ic t k n e e injury risk a prospective biom echanical-epidem iologic study. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(7): 1123-1130. PubM ed doi: 10.1177/0363546507301585
31. Zazulak B, Cholewicki j , Reeves NP. N eurom uscular control of trunk stability: clinical im plications for sp o rts injury prevention. J A m Acad Orthop Surg. 2 0 0 8 ;1 6 (9 ):4 9 7 -5 0 5 . PubM ed
32. van Vliet M, H eneghan N. Motor control a n d th e m a n a g e m e n t of m usculoskeletal dysfunction. Man Ther. 2 0 0 6 ;1 1 :2 0 8 -2 1 3 . PubMed doi: 10.1016/j. m a th .2 0 0 6 .0 3 .0 0 9
3 2 I NOVEMBER 201 4 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ATHLETIC THERAPY 5 l TRAINING
33. McNevin NH, Wulf G. Attentional focus on supra-postural tasks affects postural control. Hum Mov Sci. 2002;21 (2): 187-202.
34. Ferreira ML, Ferreira PH, L atim er J, et al. C om parison of general exercise, m o to r control exercise a nd spinal m anipulative therapy for chronic low back pain: a ra ndom ized trial. Pain. 2 0 0 7 ;131:31-37. PubM ed doi: 10.1016 /j.pain.2 0 0 6 .1 2 .0 0 8
35. O ’Sullivan PB, Phyty GD, Twomey LT, Allison GT. Evaluation of specific stabilizing exercise in the tre a tm e n t of chronic low b ack pain with radiologic d iag n o sis of spondylolysis or sp o ndylolisthesis. Spine. 1 9 9 7 ;2 2 :2 9 5 9 -2 9 6 7 . PubM ed d o i:1 0 .1097/00007632-199712150- 00020
36. Marshall P, M urphy B. Delayed a b dom inal m uscle o n se ts a n d self-re- p o rt m e a su re s of p ain a n d disability in chronic low b a ck pain. J Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2010;20(5):833—839. PubM ed doi: 10.1016/j. jele k in .2 0 0 9 .0 9 .0 0 5
37. Caraffa A, Cerulli G, Projetti M, Aisa G, Rizzo A. Prevention of an terio r cruciate ligam ent injuries in soccer. A prospective controlled study of p ro p rio ce p tiv e train in g . Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 19 9 6 ;4 :1 9-21. PubM ed doi: 10.1007/BF01565992
38. E benbichler GR, O d dsson Li, Kollmitzer J, Erim Z. Sensory-m otor control of the lower b ack im plications for rehabilitation. Med Sci Sports andExerc. 2001 ;33(11): 1889-1898.
39. M acedo LG, M aher CG, Latimer J, McAuley JH. Motor control exercise for persistent, nonspecific low back pain: a sy ste m atic review. Phys Ther. 2 0 0 9 ;8 9 (l):9 -2 5 . PubM ed doi:10.2522/ptj.20080103
40. Earl JE, Hoch AZ. A p ro x im a l stre n g th e n in g p ro g ram im p ro v e s p ain, function, a n d b io m e c h an ics in w o m e n w ith p atellofem oral p a in sy n d ro m e . Am J Sports Med. 2011 ;39(1): 154— 163. PubM ed d o i:1 0 .1177/0363546510379967
41. ArokoskiJP, Valta T, K ankaanpa M, Airaksinen O. Activation of lum bar paraspinal a n d a b dom inal m uscles during th era p eu tic exercises in chronic low b a ck pain patients. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2 0 0 4 :8 5 :8 2 3 - 832. PubM ed doi:10.1016/j.apm r.2003.06.013
42. Cook G. Movement: Functional Movement Systems: Screening. Assess ment, Corrective strategies. Aptos, CA: On Target Publications; 2010.
43. Hibbs AE, T hom pson KG, French D, Wrigley A, Spears 1. O ptim izing perform ance by improving core stability and core strength. Sports Med. 2 0 0 8 ;3 8 (1 2 ):9 9 5 -1008. PubMed doi: 10.2165/00007256-200838120- 0 0 004
44. Myer GD, Chu DA, Brent JL, H ew ett TE. Trunk a n d hip control n e u ro m uscular training for the prevention of k n e e jo in t injury. Clin Sports Med. 2 0 0 8 ;2 7 (3 ):4 2 5 -4 4 8 . PubM ed doi:10.1016/j.csm .2008.02.006
45. McGill SM, Grenier S, Kavcic N, Cholewicki J. Coordination of m uscle activity to assure stability of the lum bar spine. J Electromyogr Kinesiol. 2003; 13 (4 ):3 5 3 -3 5 9 . PubM ed doi:10.1016/S1050-6411(03)00043-9
46. Lee DG, Lee LJ, McLaughlin L. Stability, co n tin e n ce and b reathing: the role of fascia following pregnancy a nd delivery. J Bodyw Mov Ther. 2008; 12 (4 ):333-348.P ubM ed d o i:1 0 .l0 l6 /j.jb m t.2 0 0 8 .0 5 .0 0 3
47. Lee D. The pelvic girdle. New York: Churchill Livingstone; 1989.
L in dsay W arren is th e Clinical E d u ca tio n C o o rd in a to r o f A thletic Train ing E d u c a tio n in th e D e p a r tm e n t o f K inesiology a t C alifornia B a p tist U niversity, R iverside, CA.
R u ssell B aker is th e Clinical E d u c a tio n C o o rd in a to r o f A thletic T raining E d u c a tio n in th e D e p a r tm e n t of M o v e m e n t S c ie n c e s a t th e U niversity o f Id a h o , M oscow, ID.
A la n N a sy p a n y is th e D ire c to r o f A th letic T ra in in g E d u c a tio n in th e D e p a r tm e n t o f M o v e m e n t S c ie n c e s a t th e U n iv e rsity o f Id a h o , M oscow, ID.
Jeffrey Seegm iller is th e D ire cto r of Id a h o WWAMI M edical E d u c a tio n P ro g ra m a t th e U n iversity o f Id a h o , Moscow, ID.
M onique Mokha, PhD, ATC, N ova S o u th e a s te rn University, is th e re p o rt e d ito r fo r th is article.
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ATHLETIC THERAPY &. TRAINING NOVEMBER 2 0 1 4 I 33
Copyright of International Journal of Athletic Therapy & Training is the property of Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week7PsychologyofSportConcussions (2).pdf
169
ORIGINAL RESEARCH
Kinesiology Review, 2015, 4, 169 -189 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/kr.2015-0012 © 2015 Human Kinetics, Inc.
Wiese-Bjornstal and White are with the School of Kinesiology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis–Saint Paul, MN. Russell is with the Department of Kinesiology, Pennsylvania State Uni- versity Altoona, Altoona, PA. Smith is with the Department of Orthopedic Surgery and Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN.
Psychology of Sport Concussions
Diane M. Wiese-Bjornstal, Andrew C. White, Hayley C. Russell, and Aynsley M. Smith
The psychology of sport concussions consists of psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial factors that contribute to sport concussion risks, consequences, and outcomes. The purpose of this paper is to present a sport concussion-adapted version of the integrated model of psychological response to sport injury and rehabilitation (Wiese-Bjornstal, Smith, Shaffer, & Morrey, 1998) as a framework for understanding the roles of psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial factors in sport concussions. Elements of this model include preinjury psychological risk factors, postinjury psychological response and rehabilitation processes, and postin- jury psychological care components. Mapped onto each element of this model are findings from the research literature through a narrative review process. An important caveat is that the subjective nature of concussion diagnoses presents limitations in these findings. Future research should examine psychological contributors to concussion risk, influences of physical factors on psychological symptoms and responses, and efficacy of psychological treatments utilizing theory-driven approaches.
Keywords: mild traumatic brain injury, athletes, psychiatric, sport psychology, postconcussion syndrome, psychological models
Sport concussions occur in the course of sport-related training and competition, and generally refer to mild traumatic brain injuries (MTBIs) that are the least severe in impact with respect to level of consciousness follow- ing injury, duration of symptoms, disruption of brain function, and scope of damage. Compared to patients sustaining concussions via nonsport contexts, such as falls or car accidents, athletes sustaining sport concussions on average show faster recoveries and less disability (Rabi- nowitz, Li, & Levin, 2014), perhaps due to factors such as better physical and mental health and/or availability of more immediate medical care. With respect to chronic problems, on the other hand, “…athletes may be more vulnerable to the deleterious long-term effects of MTBI because they are often subjected to repetitive trauma and greater levels of physical exertion during recovery” (Rabinowitz et al., 2014, p. 302). Among these chronic problems is postconcussion syndrome (PCS), a term used to refer to a complex cluster of persistent physical, cognitive, and emotional symptoms lasting for weeks, months, or years following a concussion (Al Sayegh, Sandford, & Carson, 2010; Broshek, De Marco, & Freeman, 2015).
Psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial aspects of sport concussions stem from the acute and chronic
consequences of the injury itself as well as from the unique context of sport-related influences on occurrence and recovery. Psychological aspects include dynamic cycles of thoughts, feelings, and actions related to sport concussions, such as perceptions of poor recovery status leading to frustration and verbal outbursts. Psychiatric aspects include the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of mental illnesses associated with sport concussions, such as depression and anxiety disorders, which can arise from neurobiological, pathophysiological, and psycho- genic causes. Psychosocial aspects refer to intersections of the patient with the external physical or social environ- ment (such as interpersonal communications with health care providers), and influences of the social climate or culture with respect to concussion risks, health care, and return to play (such as the sport norm of playing hurt). Among the least examined and understood aspects of sport concussions in terms of etiology (i.e., origin, cause, or manner of causation), assessment, and care, these psy- chological, psychiatric, and psychosocial components can be profoundly disabling and have long-term influences on risk, recovery, return to sport, and quality of life among current and former athletes.
The purpose of this paper is to synthesize the emerg- ing body of evidence regarding these psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial aspects of sport concussions in a way that is relevant for kinesiologists. Scholars who teach and conduct research in the many subdisciplines of kinesiology, as well as professionals in careers associated with kinesiology training—such as sport coaches, sport and exercise psychologists, athletic trainers, physical education and health teachers, and fitness leaders—all intersect with
170 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
sport concussions. Although their roles and contributions to the psychological prevention and care of sport concus- sions differ, all share the goal of reducing the impact and chronicity of sport concussion symptomatology.
Recognizing that the sport context presents a unique set of challenges and opportunities for preventing and managing concussions, literature specific to sport concus- sions forms much of the basis for this review. Because a lack of research evidence characterizes many aspects of the psychology of sport concussions, relevant findings on MTBI from other populations are included as needed to bolster understanding and provide bases for future direc- tions in the sport concussion literature. Furthermore, an important caveat to understanding the body of literature on the psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial aspects of sport concussions is to recognize that the diag- nosis of sport concussion and determination of severity is still a largely subjective process. Published research has often relied upon subjective diagnostic approaches to concussion and PCS, such as symptom self-report, self- reported concussion history, and neuropsychological tests (Shahim et al., 2015). The interpretation of subjective assessments is complicated by premorbid (i.e., preexist- ing before concussion injury) or comorbid (i.e., occurring at the same time as the concussion injury and recovery) conditions such as depression, learning disabilities, whip- lash neck injury, and chronic pain. The use of objective diagnostic tools such as blood-based biomarkers, cerebral blood flow, and neuroimaging (e.g., quantitative electro- encephalography [QEEG]) to identify organic etiology continues to be an emerging focus within the medical lit- erature, and holds promise for improving assessment and care of sport concussions (McKee & Daneshvar, 2015; Shahim et al., 2015). At present, however, the limited broad-based availability and use of objective diagnostic tools presents a major limitation in establishing organic, brain-based diagnoses of concussion injuries upon which examinations of resulting psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial disruptions can be based. Therefore, some level of caution is necessary in interpreting findings about the psychology of concussions based on subjective or imprecise diagnoses of the injury, as symptoms based on subjective reports could be attributable to conditions other than concussion injury.
Our approach was to develop a narrative review, thematically organized around a conceptual framework derived from prior models of psychological response to sport injury (Wiese-Bjornstal et al., 1998). To gather data relative to these psychological themes, we conducted extensive literature searches using several databases (e.g., CINAHL, Medline, PsycInfo, PubMed, and SPORTDis- cus), and employed many keywords and combinations. Keywords included the word concussion and its associ- ated variations (e.g., mild traumatic brain injury, acquired brain injury, postconcussion syndrome), terms related to psychology and psychiatry (e.g., cognitive functioning, emotions, depression, anxiety, coping), and expressions related to sport populations (e.g., athletes, athletics, intercollegiate sports).
A number of psychological, psychiatric, and psycho- social themes emerged from these searches, which we mapped onto a conceptual model derived from previous work on the psychological aspects of sport injury and adapted specifically to reflect evidence-based findings on sport concussions (Wiese-Bjornstal et al., 1998). For ease of expression in the model schematic and throughout the paper, use of the words psychology or psychological is inclusive of the breadth of psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial aspects of sport concussions. For the benefit of kinesiologists who may be unfamiliar with the psychological aspects, we identified some evidence- based assessments commonly used to evaluate these dimensions in research and clinical practice, and discuss literature findings with respect to providers and treat- ments of psychological and psychiatric care. Based on this approach, sections in this paper include an explana- tion of the conceptual model, evidence from the sport concussion literature related to the model components, the psychological care of sport concussions, and future directions for research on the psychological aspects of sport concussions.
Conceptual Model of Psychological Response to Sport Concussions
The integrated model of psychological response to sport injury and rehabilitation (Wiese-Bjornstal et al., 1998) provided the conceptual framework around which this narrative review is organized (see Figure 1). This model provides an evidence-based operational framework for understanding psychological responses to sport injuries in a way that is useful for kinesiology researchers and sports medicine clinicians working with athletes during recovery and return to sport. The preinjury psychologi- cal risk factors at the top of Figure 1 comprise elements of the model of stress and athletic injury that influence vulnerability of athletes to injury (Andersen & Williams, 1988; Williams & Andersen, 1998). Preinjury psycho- logical factors, such as personality (e.g., competitive trait anxiety or achievement motivation), history of stressors (e.g., life event stress or previous injuries), and coping resources (e.g., social support or medication) directly and interactively influence the stress response of the athlete. This stress response is characterized by physiological (e.g., muscle tension) and attentional (e.g., tunnel vision) changes, a result of heightened arousal and activation, which in turn influence sport injury risk. Interventions, such as cognitive restructuring or relaxation imagery, ameliorate the stress response and thus reduce risk of injury (e.g., Kerr & Goss, 1996).
Once injury occurs, the integrated model of psy- chological response to sport injury and rehabilitation (Wiese-Bjornstal et al., 1998) illustrates that sport injury itself is now a stressor, and the environment of personal and situational factors influence cognitive appraisals, emotional responses, and behavioral responses. With conceptual origins in transactional models of stress and
171KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
Figure 1 — Integrated model of psychological response to the sport concussion injury and rehabilitation process. Adapted from “An integrated model of response to sport injury: Psychological and sociological dynamics,” by D.M. Wiese-Bjornstal, A.M. Smith, S.M. Shaffer, and M.A. Morrey, 1998, Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 10, p. 49. Copyright 1998 by Taylor & Francis, http:// www.informaworld.com. Adapted and reprinted by permission of the publisher and the Association for Applied Sport Psychology, http://www.appliedsportpsych.org.
172 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
coping, the primary path, or cycle, hypothesizes that cognitive appraisals influence emotional responses and emotional responses influence behaviors, although the reverse flow of influence is also possible. These dynamic cycles of cognitive appraisals, emotional responses, and behavioral responses then affect recovery outcomes over the course of rehabilitation and return to sport. Positive recoveries show the absence of any lingering psychologi- cal consequences of injury detrimental to athlete health or performance, and athletes may even show indicators of personal growth such as a positive renewed perspec- tive (Podlog & Eklund, 2005) on sport resulting from experiencing the injury process.
For the purposes of the present review, an adapted version of this integrated model (see Figure 1) serves as a conceptual map to examine the psychological aspects of sport concussions. Examples of constructs appearing in some evidence-based findings on sport concussions are bulleted within each element of this model, start- ing at the top with preinjury psychological risk factors aligned with the stress and injury model components of Williams and Andersen (1998). Space prohibits listing all possible bullet points, or addressing the evidence bases for all bullets listed in the present review, so we chose to discuss examples from each element. All points appearing in Figure 1 have some grounding in empirical findings to date.
Preinjury Psychological Risk Factors Research into preinjury factors increasing the risk of prolonged concussion symptoms is somewhat limited. Preinjury psychological factors appear to predispose individuals to less than optimal outcomes after sustaining concussions, as identified in the top section of Figure 1. Preinjury factors include the four identified in the model of stress and athletic injury (Andersen & Williams, 1998): personality, history of stressors, coping resources, and interventions. The dynamic and bidirectional relation- ships between these factors affect the stress response, injury occurrence, and recovery processes surrounding sport concussions.
Personality. Preinjury psychological diagnoses are included under the heading of personality, as in the model of stress and athletic injury. Even though these diagnoses are not personality disorders per se, each of their diagnostic criteria within the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5; American Psychiatric Association [APA], 2013) involve constructs related to one’s personality (e.g., impulsivity, sensation seeking, negative affectivity, and others). Reflected are individual differences in personal psychological characteristics such as cognitive, emotional, and behavioral tendencies.
Previous research has shown that not only are individuals with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) potentially more likely to sustain a concussion (Alosco, Fedor, & Gunstad, 2014), but preexisting ADHD and learning disabilities may also be risk factors for a protracted recovery (Bonfield, Lam, Lin, & Greene, 2013;
Harmon et al., 2013; Ponsford et al., 1999; Stavinoha, Butcher, & Spurgin, 2012). For example, Bonfield and colleagues (2013) found that children (mean age of 12 years) with a preinjury diagnosis of ADHD were more likely to have sustained learning, behavioral, or neuro- logic consequences following MTBI than same-aged children with no preexisting diagnosis of ADHD. Despite differences in follow-up times (average of 24.9 weeks for the ADHD group but only 7.2 weeks for the control group), 84% of the control group had completely recov- ered by their follow-up, compared to 56% of the ADHD group. Similar to individuals with preinjury ADHD, research supports prolonged cognitive and behavioral difficulties following concussion in individuals with preexisting learning disabilities (Collins et al., 1999; Ponsford et al., 1999).
Clinical depression preceding a concussion also relates to slower recoveries and PCS (Mooney & Speed, 2001; Mooney, Speed, & Sheppard, 2005; Preece & Geffen, 2007). Depression and MTBI have several over- lapping symptoms (e.g., deficits in memory, information processing, attention, executive functions), and both profiles of cognitive deficits may be related to similar neuroanatomical structures (i.e., frontotemporal regions of the brain). However, there is mixed research evidence on the effect of preinjury psychiatric disorders on sport concussions. For example, several researchers have found that preinjury depression was related to prolonged recovery and general cognitive impairment (Bornstein, Miller, & van Schoor, 1989; Mooney & Speed, 2001; Rapoport, McCullagh, Shammi, & Feinstein, 2005; Rapoport, McCullagh, Streiner, & Feinstein, 2003), whereas others have found no effect of depression on specific cognitive abilities (Cicerone & Kalmar, 1997; Preece & Geffen, 2007).
History of Stressors. Following concussions, many individuals will misattribute stressors and anxieties of everyday life to their concussions, which results in greater perceptions of stress and emotional difficulty (Fenton, McClelland, Montgomery, MacFlynn, & Rutherford, 1993; King, 1996). Beyond this negative self-sustaining process, preinjury life stress also appears to be a risk factor for MTBI as well as for PCS and social difficulties (Fenton et al., 1993; Karzmark, Hall, & Englander, 1995). Additionally, Bay and Donders (2008) found that preinjury perceived stress was a strong predictor of depressive symptoms following MTBI.
Coping Resources. Certain individual coping styles (Bryant, Marosszeky, Crooks, Baguley, & Gurka, 2000; Harvey & Bryant, 1998; MacMillan, Hart, Mertelli, & Zasler, 2002; Woodrome et al., 2011) have been associated with poor outcomes following a concussion. Specifically, avoidant coping style, a form of emotion- focused coping, has been linked to acute stress disorder (Bryant et al., 2000) and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (Harvey & Bryant, 1998), whereas problem- focused coping strategies, such as positive reappraisal, have been associated with fewer symptoms and less mood
Psychology of Sport Concussions 173
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
disturbance following MTBI (Moore & Stambrook, 1992; Woodrome et al., 2011). Limitations in social support systems (Katz & Alexander, 1994; McCauley, Boake, Levin, Contant, & Song, 2001; Webb, 1991) have also been associated with poor postconcussion outcomes. Findings with respect to social support systems are in the expected direction; poor social support systems relate to suboptimal somatic and emotional recoveries (Katz & Alexander, 1994; McCauley et al., 2001), as well as lower ratings of quality of life (Webb, 1991).
Interventions . Education is the critical preinjury intervention that can help reduce the risk of prolonged recovery following a concussion. Although regulations vary across the United States and at different levels of competition, education on concussion symptoms and management is a requirement for most professionals working in sport settings (e.g., coaches, athletes, referees, athletic trainers). Although these programs are widespread and easily accessible, research has yet to examine their impact on an individual’s psychological recovery from concussion (McCrory et al., 2013; Salinas & Webbe, 2012). Preinjury educational interventions in which the athletes learn about sport concussions and prevention, receive behavioral guidelines, and practice safe sport skills show promise in reducing concussion frequency (Smith et al., 2015; Tator, 2012).
To summarize, numerous psychological factors can affect risk of concussion injury and may complicate the recovery experiences postinjury. These preinjury factors include personality, life stress, coping, and education components that influence risk and recovery. The model of stress and athletic injury (Williams & Andersen, 1998) and its representation at the top of Figure 1 depicts the intersections between these factors, as well as the paths by which they influence stress response processes. The stress response processes could perhaps increase risk of concussion through heightened physiological activation (such as with anxiety) and attentional disruptions (such as tunnel vision that limits awareness of environment). Once concussion injury occurs, most of these preinjury factors and associated heightened stress response param- eters continue to exert effects on postinjury psychological responses and recovery processes.
Postinjury Psychological Response and Rehabilitation Process
After sustaining a sport concussion, a complex variety of psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial responses manifest during acute and chronic rehabilitation and recovery (see Figure 1). A range of symptoms and responses emerge over the acute phase in a pattern unique to each athlete. Chronic symptoms and maladaptive response patterns can also emerge postinjury among a subset of athletes. Identifying whether these psycho- logical symptoms, appraisals, responses, and outcomes originate and maintain via neurobiological, pathophysi- ological, and/or psychogenic etiologies is a key challenge
facing researchers and health care providers working with sport concussion patients.
Symptoms of concussion refer to the subjective experiences of athletes following injury. Athletes typi- cally self-report or describe their symptoms based on symptom checklists, and many symptoms of sport con- cussions are psychological in nature because the injury is to the brain and nervous system, the primary sources of cognition and affect. Psychological symptoms and the pattern over which they develop can be unique to each athlete. Cognitive symptoms include processing, memory, and concentration deficits. Affective symptoms include fatigue, irritability, and jumpiness. Behavioral symptoms include changes in sleeping, waking, and social behav- iors. Somatic symptoms such as headaches, sensitivity to light and noise, and dizziness are also characteristic of sport concussions. These symptoms can change over time even within the acute period, and all can be psychologically disconcerting. Eisenberg, Meehan, and Mannix (2014) found in a pediatric sample of concus- sion patients that cognitive symptoms (e.g., taking longer to think) were present throughout the acute phase, but emotional symptoms (e.g., frustration) developed later. The circulating core of the model in Figure 1 captures the dynamic nature of symptoms and responses over acute and chronic periods.
Many devastating psychological aspects of sport concussions extend beyond the one- to two-week recovery period noted for the majority of these sport concussions (Institute of Medicine [IOM] and National Research Council [NRC], 2014; Karr, Areshenkoff, & Garcia-Barrera, 2014). The etiology of chronic cognitive, affective, and neurobehavioral symptoms experienced for weeks, months, or years beyond the usual recovery time for concussions has been the subject of debate (Mounce et al., 2013). Referred to by many different names, including PCS, persistent PCS, and neurobehavioral sequelae of traumatic brain injury (TBI) (Riggio, 2011), research- ers have found that many sport concussion and MTBI patients suffer unabated symptoms for years after their head trauma events, with significant negative effects on their work, family, and social lives (e.g., Styrke, Sojka, Björnstig, Bylund, & Stålnacke, 2013).
It is difficult to determine if symptoms are a direct result of neurological trauma and associated neuro- biological and pathophysiological changes, arise from pre- or comorbid psychological (e.g., depression) or physical (e.g., neck injury) health issues, or result from a secondary cognitive appraisal process of response to sport injury. Many authors place primary emphasis on psychogenic and social explanations for chronic post- concussion symptoms (e.g., Wood, 2004), yet emerging imaging data show evidence of microstructural changes in the brain that signify a primary or concomitant physical basis for PCS. For example, cognitive and neuropsychiat- ric deficits resulting from reduced white matter integrity following MTBI are the subject of current investigations (Sharp & Ham, 2011). Evidence such as this shows that functional and structural changes in the brain, such as
174 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
axonal damage and impaired neurotransmission, may underlie prolonged symptoms (IOM & NRC, 2014). Silverberg and Iverson (2011) suggested that both “… neurobiological and psychological factors play a causal role in post-concussion symptoms from the outset” (p. 317), which seems the most likely explanation given the complex web of causal factors. Metabolic and physiologi- cal responses to concussion such as central and systemic physiologic regulatory dysfunction affect brain function, autonomic functions of the heart, and circadian rhythms, all of which complicate symptom abatement and recovery (Leddy, Kozlowski, Fung, Pendergast & Willer, 2007). If athletes could more accurately identify the causes of their persistent symptoms, it might lead to more effective, targeted medical and psychological treatments. It could also potentially alleviate the self-blame or frustration athletes may feel if there is no identifiable cause for the prolonged symptoms. Personal and situational factors affecting symptoms and responses may help explain these relationships.
Factors. Factors reflect a diverse list of personal and situational factors that influence the cognitive, affective, and behavioral aspects of sport concussions. Using an interactional approach grounded in social psychology, Figure 1 shows that personal and situational factors interact with neurobiological, pathophysiological, and psychogenic mechanisms to affect cognition, affect, and behavior. These factors can be preinjury circumstances (such as TBI history, age, or sport type) related to psychological symptoms and responses, changing circumstances, or experiences emerging during the postinjury rehabilitation and recovery processes that affect symptoms and responses (such as pressure from coaches or insensitive interpersonal interactions with health care providers).
Personal factors. Personal factors affecting psycho- logical responses to sport concussions appear in Figure 1 under the broad headings of injury characteristics and individual differences. Injury characteristics, such as a history of previous TBI and reports of many symptoms can be predictive of cognitive deficits, negative affect, and long-term disability (Ontario Neurotrauma Foundation, 2013). Male and female university athletes reporting a history of three or more sport concussions, for example, reported significantly lower quality of life and more fre- quent headaches than those with two or less prior sport concussions (Kuehl, Snyder, Erickson, & McLeod, 2010).
Comorbid injuries (i.e., injuries occurring at the same time as the concussion) such as skull fracture, whiplash neck injury, inner ear disturbances, and chronic pain may confound an understanding of the psychological aspects of sport concussion, as it is difficult to determine which symptoms and psychological responses can be attributed to which injury. Chronic pain can be quite prevalent in MTBI patients, with over 70% reporting pain one or more years postinjury (Gosselin et al., 2012; Nampia- parampil, 2008). This is important because pain, in part a psychological construction, affects stress appraisal
and response processes. In a sample of MTBI and PCS patients, Weyer Jamora, Schroder, and Ruff (2013) found that although higher pain severity ratings did not affect neuropsychological cognitive outcomes, they related to greater emotional distress. Specifically, anxiety, depres- sion, paranoia, anger, and aggression related to pain severity ratings. Perceptions of injury causality also have the potential to affect psychological distress associated with injury (Rabinowitz et al., 2014), although few sport concussions studies have specifically addressed this. Hypothetically, athletes who perceive that illegal plays or preventable collisions caused their concussions may be more distressed or angry than those who attribute causal- ity to accidents, unlucky breaks, or just part of the game.
Personal factors include psychological, demographic, and physical/behavioral variables. Psychological factors include personality and stress factors discussed earlier in the preinjury section. A study examining preinjury relationships between personality traits and self-reported postconcussion symptoms among intercollegiate athletes showed that higher neuroticism scores were associated with more symptoms, whereas higher agreeableness scores were associated with fewer symptoms (Merritt, Rabinowitz, & Arnett, 2015). Although evidence remains conflicted, some research shows that females seem to report more symptoms and greater recovery difficulties than males (e.g., Chamard, Henry, Boulanger, Lassonde, & Théoret, 2014; Covassin, Elbin, Bleecker, Lipchik, & Kontos, 2013; Covassin, Elbin, Crutcher, & Burkhart, 2013). Kostyun and Hafeez (2015) found that female adolescent athletes had longer recoveries and required more treatments, academic accommodations, vestibular therapies, and medications than did male athletes. By contrast, Bloom, Loughead, Shapcott, Johnston, and Delaney (2008) found among university athletes that male basketball players had longer recovery periods than female players. Female ice hockey players in the same study, however, had longer recovery periods than male players. Debates about explanations for possible gender differences are ongoing (Laker, 2011).
Age is another factor that influences concussion symptoms and recoveries. There are some indications that early adolescents (e.g., Kostyun & Hafeez, 2015) and adults over 30 (e.g., Mott, McConnon, & Rieger, 2012; Preiss-Farzanegan, Chapman, Wong, Wu, & Bazarian, 2009) are more prone to prolonged recoveries. With respect to adolescent athletes, the lingering presence of cognitive disturbances (Keightley et al., 2014) is particu- larly troubling due to its negative effects on academic performance during a time of their lives when school achievement is important (Halstead, McAvoy, Devore, Carl, Lee, & Logan, 2013; McCrory, Collie, Anderson, & Davis, 2004).
Situational factors. Situational factors include sport, social, and environmental factors. For example, concussion surveillance literature reports higher rates of concussion among specific sports (e.g., contact, col- lision, and high-risk sports), levels of sport (e.g., college as compared to high school), and settings in sport (e.g.,
Psychology of Sport Concussions 175
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
higher rates in games versus practices). McGannon, Cunningham, and Schinke (2013) examined the role of several of these sport factors in concussion injuries. Exploring the media’s coverage of the concussion of a high profile National Hockey League (NHL) player, they uncovered themes illustrating how the normative culture of sport relates to concussion narratives. Themes revealed the physically risky and violent nature of professional ice hockey and athletes’ acceptance of these risks. The prevailing ethos of toughness and negative effects on perceptions of masculinity if not playing hurt are among the many factors that influence athlete thoughts, feelings, and actions surrounding sport concussions (McGannon et al., 2013).
Social factors that influence the relationship between concussion-related thoughts, feelings, and actions and postconcussion recovery include interactions with team- mates, coaches, family members, and sports medicine team members (e.g., Ruddock-Hudson, O’Halloran, & Murphy, 2012). Normative expectations of the team or sport affects concussion reporting, symptoms, and recov- ery. The sport or team subculture can exert pressure to act in a way that shows toughness and the ability to play through injury or return to sport sooner than expected (Wiese-Bjornstal et al., 1998). Kroshus, Garnett, Haw- rilenko, Baugh, and Calzo (2015) examined pressures from several social sources on intercollegiate athletes’ decisions to report injury and continue playing following head impacts. Male and female athletes from team and individual sports who reported feeling greater pressure from teammates, parents/guardians, and fans to return to play following head impact were more likely to refrain from reporting their injury. Those athletes who also felt pressure from their coach were the most likely to intend to continue playing in the future, even with symptoms.
Environmental factors might include the psycho- social climate as it relates to athlete decisions to report concussion events and symptoms. Social influences within this environment such as athletic trainers, coaches, and parents can influence this reporting. For example, Register-Mihalik et al. (2013) examined several psycho- social determinants of intentions to report concussions among high school athletes. Positive attitudes toward reporting (e.g., perceiving it as important, valuable, and beneficial), beliefs about whether others expect report- ing (e.g., coaches, teammates, and athletic trainers), and perceived personal control over reporting behaviors were positively related to athlete intentions to report. As Register-Mihalik et al. (2013) concluded, “Concussion education initiatives should focus on improving attitudes and beliefs among athletes, coaches and parents to promote better care-seeking behaviours among young athletes” (p. 878).
Cognitive Symptoms and Appraisals . Cognitive symptoms such as impairments of attention, concentration, and memory are evident in the acute and chronic phases of MTBI (Clarke, Genat, & Anderson, 2012). Sport concussions have a negative effect on neurocognitive
functioning in athletes, although this varies over acute and chronic recovery periods (Broglio & Puetz, 2008). Neurocognitive functioning reflects an athlete’s cognitive status based on several neurologic domains such as memory, attention, processing, and executive functioning. Evidence supports cognitive symptoms as among the most common psychological symptoms of sport concussions.
Cognitive appraisals of concussion symptoms influ- ence other psychological responses, such as confusion, an inability to cope, and feeling overwhelmed. The model of psychological response to concussion injury and rehabilitation (see core of Figure 1) suggests that cognitive appraisals of symptoms and situations will affect emotional and behavioral responses and recovery outcomes. This has received little explicit attention so it is difficult to draw evidence-based conclusions. Silver (2014), a psychiatrist, describes the cognitive appraisal- concussion response relationship as follows.
A dysfunctional cognitive feedback loop can develop after concussion. A mild TBI occurs, which disrupts cognitive functioning in the short run. In certain individuals, the cognitive slippage and subsequent change in function may elicit fear and anxiety. Anxiety of sufficient magnitude will interfere with cognition in all individuals, and this interference is enhanced when there is a cognitive weak link after a concussion. The increased anxiety heightens the postconcussive cognitive dysfunction, which increases the anxiety, which further interferes with information processing. When depression, sleep disturbance, and/or pain enter the picture, the dys- functional feedback loop gathers sufficient strength to take on a life of its own. Even when the neurologic effects of the concussion have receded, the patient may continue to exhibit severe cognitive dysfunc- tion (p. 98).
The severe fatigue reported by so many concussion sufferers further compromises cognitive functioning and cognitive appraisals, thus also influencing affective symptoms and responses.
Affective Symptoms and Responses. As used in psychology, the term affect refers to multiple constructs such as core affect (neurophysiological states, such as tension or tiredness), emotions (responses such as anger or fear that are based on cognitive appraisals of specific events), and moods (more global, diffuse, longer-lasting feeling states such as anxious or depressed moods) (Ekkekakis, 2012). Some have argued that affect is actually a form of cognition and that “…the affect– cognition distinction is not respected in the human brain” (Duncan & Barrett, 2007, p. 1184), a concept that may hold important relevance in understanding the psychology of concussion injury. Affective aspects of concussion include irritability, fatigue, anxiety, sadness, mood swings, and emotional lability (i.e., inappropriate emotional reactions such as laughing or crying at the
176 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
wrong time) (Centers for Disease Control [CDC], 2015). It is often difficult to distinguish psychologically between affective symptoms (i.e., based on organic etiology) and responses (i.e., based on cognitive appraisals) in concussion.
Findings regarding concussions and depression, for example, show that the severity of brain injury (mild, moderate, severe) does not necessarily predict the severity of depressive symptoms as perhaps would be expected (Sigurdardottir, Andelic, Røe, & Schanke, 2013). Even MTBI can result in severe depressive symptoms. It is unclear whether depressive symptoms stem predomi- nantly from preinjury differences in mental health status, or change because of the concussion injury. Regardless, depressive symptoms can be a significant problem among concussed athletes. Vargas, Rabinowitz, Meyer, and Arnett (2015) reported that 20% of intercollegiate con- cussed athletes showed increases in depression compared to preinjury measures. Another study of male and female intercollegiate athletes found elevated depression scores at postinjury compared to baseline among concussed and nonconcussed/injured groups (Roiger, Weidauer, & Kern, 2015). Yang, Peek-Asa, Covassin, and Torner (2015) found that preinjury depression significantly predicted postconcussion depression and state anxiety among male and female university athletes.
With respect to other affective reactions to concus- sion such as mood state changes, Mainwaring, Hutchison, Bisschop, Comper, and Richards (2010) found among intercollegiate athletes that concussed athletes showed elevated negative mood and depression postinjury com- pared to their preinjury status. In a secondary analysis of symptom progression among acute concussion patients 11–22 years of age, irritability and frustration were among the specific affective symptoms that emerged later and lasted longer than depression (Eisenberg, Meehan, & Mannix, 2014). Hutchison, Mainwaring, Comper, Rich- ards, and Bisschop (2009) found that levels and patterns of mood changes among concussed athletes differed from those of athletes with musculoskeletal injuries. Elevated fatigue and decreased vigor characterized concussed university athletes, whereas elevated anger characterized those with musculoskeletal injuries. Excessive fatigue is a common complaint postconcussion, and relates not only to affect such as apathy, but to cognitions and behaviors as well. For example, cognitive difficulties and slow or impaired performance on cognitive tasks depletes energy. Struggling with depression or anxiety can be fatiguing, or conversely, unrelenting fatigue can contribute to the development of depressive symptoms. Expending greater energy on daily cognitive tasks, along with poor sleep behaviors also common to concussion, creates a cycle of sustained fatigue that is difficult to break (Gosselin et al., 2009).
Affective and somatic symptoms of PCS overlap with those of PTSD (Lagarde et al., 2014), particularly with respect to the hyperarousal dimension that is charac- terized by the nervous system being on high alert. Hyper- arousal symptoms include exaggerated startle responses,
hypervigilance, irritability, difficulty concentrating, and sleep problems, all well documented as part of the con- stellation of PCS symptoms. Lagarde et al. (2014) found that MTBI predicted PTSD among a sample of patients aged 15 years through older adults, and suggested that persistent subjective symptoms of MTBI diagnostically tie to the hyperarousal dimension of PTSD rather than to a unique diagnosis of PCS.
Qualitative examinations of concussed athlete stories reveal the depth of long-term struggles with many diverse emotional symptoms, responses, and outcomes. Caron, Bloom, Johnston, and Sabiston (2013) interviewed former NHL players who had suffered multiple concussions and consequently retired in order to understand the meanings and lived experiences of players in a comprehensive way. These athlete stories extensively illustrate how severely concussion symptoms and outcomes “…affected their professional careers, personal relationships, and quality of life” (Caron et al., 2013, p. 168). Emotional turmoil, anxiety, paranoia, depression, and suicidal thoughts were among the many consequences of their sport concussion and life after sport experiences.
Behavioral Symptoms and Responses . Coping behaviors, which are strategies used to minimize or tolerate stressful events such as sport injuries, have received some attention in the concussion literature. Broad categories of coping behaviors include active coping strategies, which involve awareness of the stressor and active behavioral attempts to address the stressor, and passive coping strategies, which involve ignoring the issue or denying the problem. Wolters, Stapert, Brands, and Van Heugten (2010) examined coping styles and quality of life in acquired brain injury patients with disabling cognitive, emotional, or behavior symptoms more than six months postinjury. These patients participated in an outpatient cognitive rehabilitation program. Contrary to expectations, the use of active problem-focused coping styles was less frequent and the use of passive emotion- focused coping styles more frequent after five months of rehabilitation than at the start of rehabilitation. Wolters et al. (2010) referred to this pattern of coping styles as maladaptive. An adaptive pattern characterized by greater use of active coping and lesser use of passive coping styles predicted better quality of life among these patients and thus the authors advocated teaching active coping strategies during rehabilitation.
Among adults more than six months following an acquired brain injury, Wolters, Stapert, Brands, and Van Heugten (2011) found that passive coping behaviors, including isolating oneself, seeking minimal social sup- port, not asking for help, and not sharing worries with others, were associated with higher levels of subjective complaints (such as fear, depression, sleep problems, and cognitive difficulties). In a study comparing high school and collegiate athletes on coping with orthope- dic and concussion injuries, Kontos, Elbin, Newcomer Appaneal, Covassin, and Collins (2013) concluded that at one week postinjury, “…concussed athletes may not
Psychology of Sport Concussions 177
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
engage in coping to the same extent as athletes with other injuries” (p. 368). Hou et al. (2012) found that behavioral (e.g., coping behaviors) and cognitive responses (e.g., negative perceptions of injury) were stronger predictors of the development of PCS in a general MTBI population than were emotional (e.g., mood) and social (e.g., social support) factors.
Psychological Outcomes. Health-related quality of life, life satisfaction, disability, and prolonged PCS symptoms are examples of psychological outcomes reported in the MTBI literature. Kuehl et al. (2010) found that lower quality of life (such as low vitality, poor social functioning, and high fatigue) was associated with a history of sport concussions among university athletes. In a nonsport TBI population, Styrke et al. (2013) reported that over 50% of women and more than 30% of men self- reported evidence of PCS, significant disability, and lower life satisfaction than reference populations three years after concussion injury. In a retrospective, mixed methods study of an MTBI population, Åhman, Saveman, Styrke, Björnstig, and Stålnacke (2013) found “…disabling post- concussion symptoms and consequences in many areas of life 11 years after the injury event” (p. 758). Yang, Tu, Hua, and Huang (2007) reported that higher PCS symptom scores (such as for headache, dizziness, fatigue, irritability, insomnia, difficulty with concentration or memory, emotional liability, and stress intolerance) adversely affected clinical outcomes (including self- reported disability, recovery, and social and family relationship quality) among an adult MTBI sample. Of an intercollegiate sport population, 8% reported moderate to severe disability related to missing sport, school, and social activities that was attributable to concussion history and headaches (Register-Mihalik, Guskiewicz, Valovich McLeod, & Mann, 2009).
Although return to play is an important outcome fol- lowing a sport concussion, understanding other outcomes such as disability and quality of life that affect return to school, work, and social activities is equally important to the psychological care of an athlete postinjury. Valovich McLeod and Register-Mihalik (2011) advocated for the inclusion of a variety of patient-oriented outcomes mea- sures as part of clinical assessments after sport concus- sion. Among their recommendations are that clinicians consider using measures of health-related quality of life, perceived disability, social functioning, postconcussion symptom scales, and mood states as part of a compre- hensive management plan.
Postinjury Psychological Care The lower portion of Figure 1 reflects a new addition to the integrated model of psychological response to sport injury and rehabilitation as a way of specifically high- lighting assessment, provider, and intervention aspects of psychological care related to sport concussions. Psychological assessments refer to methods of testing or evaluating cognition, affect, and behavior, and can include techniques such as standardized tests, screening
instruments, interviews, observations, and informal assessments. Interventions and providers refer to vari- ous sport professionals, mental health professionals, and interpersonal connections that deliver various forms of concussion interventions both pre- and postinjury, such as psychological therapies, educational materials, and mental skills training techniques.
Assessments. Although the majority of individuals who suffer a concussion are symptom free approximately 10 days after their injury, a substantial portion (reported from 5–15%) experience prolonged recovery periods (Iverson, 2005; Makdissi, Cantu, Johnston, McCrory, & Meeuwisse, 2013; McCrory et al., 2013). A protracted recovery can have significant effects on athletes’ psychological states. This section overviews the assessment of behavioral, cognitive, affective, and physiological consequences of concussion and explains how these consequences relate to psychological recovery from sport concussion injury. As with preinjury psychological factors, there are interactive effects of neurobehavioral, cognitive, and affective sequelae following sport concussion (King et al., 2012; Riggio, 2011).
Behavioral. Sleep disturbance appears to be the primary behavioral consequence of concussion that significantly impacts an individual’s psychological recovery. Although there is not one consistent pattern of disturbance, sleep problems appear to be common fol- lowing concussions and include insomnia, hypersomnia, narcolepsy, delayed sleep phase syndrome, obstructive sleep apnea, delayed onset, early awakening, and poor sleep efficiency (Baumann, 2012; Castriotta et al., 2007; Mathias & Alvaro, 2012; Wiseman-Hakes, Colantonio, & Gargaro, 2009). As with people who have not suffered a concussion, these sleep disturbances can negatively affect emotional, cognitive, and social functioning (Chaput, Giguere, Chauny, Denis, & Lavigne, 2009; Ouellet, Beaulieu-Bonneau, & Morin, 2006; Wiseman-Hakes et al., 2013). Assessment options for sleep disturbance following a concussion include keeping a sleep diary (Ouellet, Beaulieu-Bonneau, & Morin, 2012), the self- report Sleep and Concussion Questionnaire (Beaulieu- Bonneau, Ouellet, & Wiseman-Hakes, 2013), and the Short Clinical Interview for Sleep after Head Injury (Ouellet et al., 2012).
Cognitive. As reflected in many acute concussion screening tools, common cognitive consequences of concussion include deficits in attention, concentration, memory, executive functioning, and speed of information processing. Commonly used and validated concussion screening tools have tests specifically designed to test some, or all, of these cognitive domains. These include the Immediate Post-Concussion Assessment and Cogni- tive Testing system (ImPACT; Lovell, Collins, Podell, Powell, & Maroon, 2000), Standardized Assessment of Concussion-Second Edition (SAC-2; McCrea, Kelly, & Randolph, 2000), the Sport Concussion Assessment Tool-Third Edition (SCAT-3; McCrory et al., 2013),
178 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
Automated Neuropsychological Assessment Metrics (ANAM; Cernich, Reeves, Sun, & Bleiberg, 2007), and CogSport (Collie et al., 2003).
The cognitive deficits above often resolve in the same time course as other symptoms (7–10 days), but may per- sist beyond this period (Bleiberg & Warden, 2005; Bro- glio, Macciocchi, & Ferrara, 2007; Fazio, Lovell, Pardini, & Collins, 2007). For example, Broglio and colleagues (2007) found that 38% of concussed collegiate athletes showed deficits on at least one ImPACT variable when they were asymptomatic. These prolonged cognitive decrements, especially in the absence of other symptoms, can be particularly worrisome for patients (who are often eager to return to their regular sport or physical activity patterns). However, what is currently not definitive is if persistent cognitive difficulties are the result of the injury itself (e.g., diffuse axonal injury; McKee & Daneshvar, 2015), or a result of interrelationships between other stressors associated with the injury and recovery process (Beaupré, DeGuise, & McKerral, 2012; Bigler, 2008; Mittenberg & Strauman, 2000; Wood, 2004).
Affective. Emotional sequelae following concussion can persist beyond resolution of somatic and cognitive symptoms (Levin et al., 1987; Ponsford et al., 1999). The most prevalent clinical diagnoses following MTBI are major depressive disorder and anxiety disorders, includ- ing PTSD. Other emotional consequences of concussion that have empirical support include emotional lability, apathy, and irritability (Whelan-Goodinson, Ponsford, Johnston, & Grant, 2009). These outcomes are not necessarily a reflection of preinjury disturbances, and recognizing symptoms promptly is important in helping patients recover from concussions more quickly, as these cognitive factors could inhibit recovery in other areas as well (Chamelian & Feinstein, 2006; Mainwaring, Hutchison, Camper, & Richards, 2012; McCauley et al., 2001; Rapoport et al., 2003).
Unfortunately, the significant symptom overlap between concussions and many mental health disor- ders makes accurate assessment and diagnosis difficult (McCullagh, Rees, & Velikonja, 2013). Additionally, little research to date has focused specifically on emotional correlates of sport concussion, so the assessment tools discussed are not all validated in concussion populations but have been effective in other assessment contexts. These tools include the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (SCID; First, Spitzer, Gibbon, & Williams, 1996), the Primary Care PTSD Screen (PC-PTSD; Prins et al., 2003), and the PTSD Checklist (PCL; Weathers, Huska, & Keane, 1991). Several self-report measures, including the nine-item Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-9; Kroenke, Spitzer, & Williams, 2001), Profile of Mood States, Beck Depression Inventory-II, and the seven-item Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD-7; Spitzer, Kroenke, Williams, & Löwe, 2006) are also possible tools.
Major depressive disorder and depressive symptoms are the most commonly reported mental health problems following MTBI, with at least 6% of those suffering
from a concussion receiving a clinical diagnosis (Deb, Lyons, Koutzoukis, Ali, & McCarthy, 1999; Jorge & Robinson, 2003). However, there does not appear to be a consistent pattern for when these symptoms become apparent (Gomez-Hernandez, Max, Kosier, Paradisio, & Robinson, 1997); this inconsistent pattern may be a result of the combined biological and psychosocial mechanisms at play (Bay & Donders, 2008). At a three- month follow-up assessment, Levin and colleagues (2001) reported significantly worse memory, attention, and problem-solving abilities in a mild-to-moderate TBI group with depression when compared to a matched, but depression-free TBI group. Depression also negatively affected this group’s functional outcome following TBI, based on reports of ability to resume previous activities and satisfaction with social support.
Evaluating anxiety following sport concussion has not been the primary focus of research to date. When included as part of a larger study, no significant differ- ences were found between concussed athletes and healthy controls in terms of anxiety levels (Mainwaring et al., 2012). However, in other injury contexts, Mooney and Speed (2001) report that nearly one-quarter of clinical patients with MTBI developed anxiety following their injury. Additionally, those suffering from PTSD follow- ing their injury were more likely to have postconcussion symptoms (Bryant & Harvey, 1999) and sustained cog- nitive deficits (Levin et al., 2001). Because concussed individuals are more likely to have elevated levels of preinjury anxiety (Bailey, Samples, Broshek, Freeman, & Barth, 2010) and be more affected by daily stressors (Ford, Swirskdy-Sacchetti, & Chute, 2002), evaluating anxiety following concussion appears to be warranted.
Physiological. Concussions cause a cascade of physiological changes in the brain (Ellemberg, Henry, Macciocchi, Guskiewicz, & Broglio, 2009; Leddy et al., 2007). Of the neuroimaging techniques that have been used, event-related potentials (ERPs), diffusion tensor imaging (DTI), functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), and possibly single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) seem to hold the most promise for objective assessment of concussions (Ellemberg et al., 2009).
ERPs are a relatively cost-effective, sensitive, and noninvasive way to measure neural processing dysfunc- tion, even when the test taker is symptom-free and does not show cognitive deficits on standard measures. For example, Gosselin, Theriault, Leclerc, Montplaisir, and Lassonde (2006) demonstrated significant alterations to the P300 signal of the ERP for concussed athletes (both symptomatic and asymptomatic) compared to controls, despite similar performance on neuropsychological tests. Specifically, the amplitude of the P300 component, an indicator of how much attention a stimulus is given, was reduced for concussed athletes, while the latency of the signal, an indicator of the speed of processing the stimu- lus, was lengthened. These findings show that athletes took longer to process a stimulus and failed to attend to the stimulus appropriately, despite similar performance
Psychology of Sport Concussions 179
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
on the task. Gosselin et al. (2006) also demonstrated that the amplitude of the P300 component was negatively cor- related with self-reported concussion symptom severity. Other researchers have reported that these deficits can persist for up to three years after a concussion in ath- letes who have sustained multiple concussions (Broglio, Pontifex, O’Connor, & Hillman, 2009). These subtle physiological deficits could put concussed athletes at risk for greater stress and frustration with challenging tasks in their everyday lives, as well as increase the risk of subsequent injury.
Much like ERPs, structural and functioning neuroim- aging techniques have the ability to provide information that is not accessible through standard neuropsycho- logical testing or symptom ratings. Unfortunately, most concussions cannot be identified using common structural neuroimaging techniques such as computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). DTI, a structural imaging technique that provides information on white matter pathways, however, does show promise for detecting diffuse axonal injury that may result from a concussion (Toga & Mazziotta, 2002). Functional imag- ing, such as fMRI, may also be an effective way to detect physiological deficits in the aftermath of a concussion, although it is cost-prohibitive for routine use. Although few studies have been conducted using fMRI following sport-related concussions, results consistently show that atypical neural activation shortly after a concussion is positively related to recovery time (Chen et al., 2004; Chen, Johnston, Collie, McCrory, & Ptito, 2007; Chen, Johnston, Petrides, & Ptito, 2008; Lovell et al., 2007). Similarly, SPECT and MRS, types of metabolic imag- ing that provide information on regional cerebral blood flow and tissue composition, respectively, appear to have potential in the assessment of concussions (Ellemberg et al., 2009).
Interventions and Providers. Psychological interven- tions and the roles adopted by various psychological professionals are important in both the prevention and treatment of concussions (Moser, 2007). Specifically, there is some evidence for the effectiveness of psychological
interventions in the prevention of concussions, in increasing the reporting of concussions, and in treating the symptoms of concussions and PCS. Table 1 presents an overview of interventions receiving research attention within the sport concussion literature.
Preinjury interventions. Interventions implemented prior to the occurrence of a concussion primarily aim to decrease the incidence of concussions through education and stress management and increase the reporting of concussions through efforts targeted at coaches, athletes, and parents.
Results of research on educational interventions for concussion prevention and concussion reporting have yielded mixed results. Heads Up (CDC, 2015) is one of the most commonly-used educational campaigns. Devel- oped by the CDC National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Heads Up provides educational resources aimed to increase public awareness of the consequences of concussions (Sarmiento, Hoffman, Dmitrovsky, & Lee, 2014). The CDC has developed educational mate- rials for health care professionals, high school coaches, youth sport coaches, school professionals, and parents (CDC, 2015). With respect to health care professionals, the Heads Up materials showed no significant impact on general concussion knowledge; however, health care pro- fessionals who received the materials were significantly less likely to recommend return to play the day after a concussion as compared to those health care profession- als who did not receive the materials (Chrisman, Schiff, & Rivara, 2011).
High school coaches involved in a Heads Up edu- cational intervention indicated that there were improve- ments in knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors surrounding concussions (Sarmiento, Mitchko, Klein, & Wong, 2010). About one-third of coaches indicated they learned some- thing from the Heads Up materials and one-half reported improved attitudes toward concussions (specifically that they were more likely to recognize the seriousness of a concussion). One-half of coaches reported that they educated others about concussions after using the materials, and more than one-third said that they made
Table 1 Summary of Evidence-Based Psychological Interventions for the Treatment of Sport- Related Concussions Intervention Symptoms Addressed Providers Evidence
Rest Acute concussion symptoms Leddy et al., 2012; Schneider et al., 2013; Strauss, 2013
Social support Coping resources Coaches, athletic trainers, friends, family, teammates, phy- sicians
Horton et al., 2002
Cognitive behavioral therapy
Anxiety, depression, sleep dis- ruptions, postconcussion syn- drome
Clinical psychologists, counsel- ing psychologists
Burke et al., 2015; Conder & Conder, 2015; Silverberg et al., 2013
Education Stress, concussion management skills
Parents and athletes Ponsford et al., 2001
Goal-setting Mood state, goal attainment Sport psychologists McPherson et al., 2009
180 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
changes in how they prevented or managed concus- sions because of the educational program (Sarmiento et al., 2010). Youth coaches’ data from a different study showed similar results (Covassin, Elbin, & Sarmiento, 2012). Specifically, 50% of coaches who received the Heads Up materials reported learning something from the materials, 77% reported improvements in their ability to identify athletes with concussions, and 63% reported the materials increased their perceptions of the severity of concussions in athletes they coached (Covassin, Elbin, & Sarmiento, 2012).
Evaluations of educational materials aimed at athletes have shown mixed results. ThinkFirst Canada, Smart Hockey is an educational video aimed at increas- ing knowledge about concussions and reducing penal- ties among youth ice hockey players. This program can change both knowledge and behaviors. Cook, Cusimano, Tator, and Chipman (2003) found that teams who viewed the educational video showed an increase in knowledge about mechanisms of concussions while the teams that did not view the video showed no changes. Additionally, although there were no differences in overall penalty minutes in either group (i.e., control or intervention), those teams that viewed the educational video showed a significant reduction in high-risk penalties including cross-checking and checking from behind, whereas the control group remained unchanged (Cook et al., 2003). Glang, Koester, Beaver, Clay, & McClaughlin (2010) assessed the effectiveness of an online training program called ACTive: Athletic Concussion Training using Inter- active Video Education. Through a randomized control trial with athletes 10–18 years of age, he found signifi- cant differences between control and treatment groups, with treatment groups rating higher in knowledge about concussion prevention and management, in attitudes about the importance of concussion management, and in intentions and self-efficacy for preventing and managing concussions in sport (Glang et al., 2010). Kroshus, Baugh, Hawrilenko, and Daveshvar (2015) found somewhat different results when they assessed the influence of three different publicly available concussion educational materials. In late adolescent hockey players, they found no significant influence of the educational materials on knowledge of concussions, reporting behavior, or thoughts about concussions at one day or one month after viewing. However, a study of collegiate athletes showed positive results. Miyashita, Timpson, Frye, and Gloeckner (2013) found that an educational intervention increased athletes’ knowledge of concussions and improved their reporting behaviors.
All states have implemented interventions to decrease incidence of concussion, increase concussion reporting, prevent same-day return to play, and ensure that athletes do not return until cleared by a qualified health care provider (Smith et al., 2015). For example, the state of Washington enacted the Zackery Lystedt Law in 2009, which mandated that coaches receive education on concussions, parents and players sign information sheets on concussions, and athletes be removed from practice or
competition and assessed by a health care professional if a concussion is suspected (Echemendia, 2013). Results of the impact of this law have not been particularly positive; specifically, most athletes reported that they continued to participate in sport while experiencing concussion symp- toms and 40% of athletes reported their coaches were unaware of their symptoms despite signing agreements to report concussion symptoms (Rivara et al., 2014).
Generally, education-based interventions show mixed results in the prevention of concussions. Interven- tions aimed at coaches and athletes both seem to increase participants’ knowledge about concussion; however, this knowledge of concussion does not necessarily result in subsequent concussion prevention or reporting behaviors (Cook et al., 2003; Covassin, Elbin, & Sarmiento, 2012; Kroshus, Baugh, et al., 2015; Sarmiento et al., 2010). Similarly, state-mandated laws such as that in Washington do not seem to change behaviors of coaches or athletes with respect to concussions (Rivara et al., 2014).
Postinjury interventions. Psychological interven- tions for concussion management are used to manage psychological distress or psychopathology, aid in return to sport, and prevent or treat persistent PCS. Ideally, concussion treatment should begin prior to the season with baseline assessments (Esfandiari, Broshek, & Free- man, 2011) and from there should involve case-by-case assessments and treatments via an integrated approach including the involvement of psychologists, psychiatrists, and sport psychologists, as well as physical health care providers and coaches (Esfandiari et al., 2011; McCrea & Powell, 2012). Some of the specific psychological interventions used in the care of concussed athletes are described next.
According to recent reviews of studies related to concussion and PCS, the most common treatment for the acute symptoms of concussion is physical and cogni- tive rest (Leddy, Sandhu, Sodhi, Baker, & Willer, 2012; Schneider et al., 2013; Strauss, 2013). This rest should include abstaining from physical activity such as training, running, or weightlifting. Other aspects of rest include good sleep hygiene (getting adequate sleep, getting up at the same time every morning, avoiding naps and caffeine) and temporary avoidance of school, work, reading, and memory tasks (Strauss, 2013).
Despite the many benefits of rest in the treatment of concussion, a number of negative outcomes of rest are uniquely concerning for athletes as compared to other populations. For example, this rest can lead to concern regarding physical deconditioning, and other symptoms such as fatigue and depression among athletes (Esfandiari et al., 2011). It can also lead to reduced social engage- ment with teammates, falling behind on coursework for student–athletes, and illness behavior, all of which can contribute to psychological distress if the rest period is prolonged. From the standpoint of neuropsychiatry, Silver (2014) stated, “…the practice of cocooning, where the injured person is told to completely rest for weeks, can be counterproductive, not only deconditioning the person, but giving him or her a heightened sense of vulnerabil-
Psychology of Sport Concussions 181
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
ity” (p. 96). Gradual resumption of noncontact aerobic exercise holds psychological and physical benefits for sport concussion patients and speaks to the importance of counterbalancing the benefits of rest and physical activity (IOM & NRC, 2014).
Following rest and symptom abatement, a gradual return to work, school, or sport activity is the usual course of action. Subsequent psychological interventions are recommended if athletes experience continued symptoms (Strauss, 2013). Several such psychological interventions have shown to be effective in reducing psychological symptoms and preventing PCS in athletes, including social support, cognitive behavioral therapy, educational interventions, goal setting, mindfulness, and other sport psychology interventions.
Social support has repeatedly been found to be important for injured athletes in general (Bianco, 2001; Chertok & Martin, 2013; Covassin et al., 2014). For example, Covassin et al. (2014) examined the differ- ences in social support and anxiety between athletes with orthopedic and concussion injuries. They matched 63 Division I college athletes with concussions with 63 Division I college athletes with orthopedic injuries based on sex, sport, and time loss due to injury. Athletes in both groups identified family, friends, teammates, athletic trainers, coaches, and physicians as sources of social support throughout their injury. Both concussed athletes and athletes with orthopedic injuries reported comparable degrees of trait and state anxiety. Athletes with orthopedic injuries reported greater satisfaction with their social support than did concussed athletes, and satisfaction with social support was a stronger predictor of lower state anxiety for concussed athletes than for athletes with orthopedic injuries.
Horton, Bloom, and Johnston (2002) examined the psychological impact of sport concussions and the role of participation in social support groups in improving psychological responses. In their randomized control intervention, Horton et al. (2002) examined both male and female elite athletes on mood state and a postconcus- sion rating scale. Participants in the experimental group participated in three support group sessions each lasting 45 min. These sessions included education on topics including psychological responses to injury, concussion, and fear of reinjury and return to sport, and included a session of discussion of the topics directed by athletes in the social support group. Results showed that social support groups improved rehabilitation outcomes for athletes with concussions.
Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) focuses on rela- tionships between thoughts, feelings, and behaviors, and has been used as a treatment to prevent chronic PCS, as well as to treat postconcussion symptoms such as anxi- ety, depression, and sleep disruptions such as insomnia (Ouellet & Morin, 2007) and parasomnia (Conder & Conder, 2015; Silverberg et al., 2013). CBT treatment involves identifying maladaptive thinking, such as over- generalizations and catastrophizing, and challenging this thinking with more rational and realistic alternatives to
the distorted patterns of thought (Conder & Conder, 2015) as a means of improving coping. Silverberg et al. (2013) examined the efficacy of CBT in treating individuals iden- tified as at risk for chronic PCS. Twenty-eight patients were randomized to either a CBT intervention group or an education control group. The CBT intervention was effective, having a moderate effect on postconcus- sion symptoms. Additionally, fewer participants in the treatment group had a diagnosis of PCS at follow-up as compared to the control group (54% as compared to 91%). Participants in the treatment groups reported lower perceived disability and fewer depressive symptoms and reported being satisfied with the intervention (Silverberg et al., 2013). Ponsford et al. (2012) suggested the use of CBT for managing the fatigue of TBI patients by helping them “…regulate their lifestyle to live within cognitive and physical limitations” (p. 231).
Researchers have also found support for educational interventions postconcussion. With children 6–15 years of age who incurred concussions during sports and bike riding, Ponsford et al. (2001) found support for the effectiveness of educational materials. They designed an educational booklet for children that outlined the typical course of symptoms for concussions and the best strategies for coping with them effectively. Comparing children who had received the booklet with those who had not, Ponsford et al. (2001) showed that, “The provision of information about expected symptoms, their likely time course, and how best to cope with them resulted in significantly reduced reporting of symptoms and behav- ioral changes months after injury” (p. 1300). At three months postinjury, children and parents in the treatment group utilizing the booklet endorsed lower stress about concussions, greater ease in the management of concus- sions, and fewer attributions of concussion symptoms to preexisting problems than did the control groups who had not received the booklet.
Only one pilot study examined the efficacy of goal- setting interventions with individuals who experienced concussions. Although this study had a small sample size, the interventions showed positive results. Specifically, participants in the goal-setting interventions indicated improved mood state, goal attainment, and use of goal- setting skills postintervention, indicating goal-setting interventions may be effective in improving postconcus- sion outcomes (McPherson, Kayes, & Weatherall, 2009).
There is preliminary evidence supporting the utility of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) in recov- ery from concussions. MBSR is a treatment approach originally developed to treat chronic pain (Azulay, Smart, Mott, & Cicerone, 2013). MBSR involves awareness of thoughts, feelings, and bodily sensations (Azulay et al., 2013). Azulay et al. (2013) examined the effectiveness of a 10-week MBSR intervention in a sample (18–62 years) of MTBI patients recruited from a brain rehabilitation center. They found significant improvements in self- efficacy and quality of life at postintervention. Based on this initial work, they suggested that MBSR shows promise as an effective intervention in MTBI populations.
182 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
Future Directions on Psychology of Sport Concussions
Although this review has identified many important findings relative to the psychology of sport concussions, future directions for research are evident for all aspects of the model in Figure 1. Among the preinjury contributors to concussion risk, for example, it would seem viable to examine whether the predictions of the model of stress and athletic injury (Williams & Andersen, 1998) would hold true for sport concussions in ways similar to those shown for musculoskeletal and orthopedic injuries. For example, one of the most consistent findings from musculoskeletal-injured populations is that a high per- ception of negative life event stressors is a risk factor for sport injury, particularly in situations where athletes are simultaneously low in perceptions of coping resources. The physiological and attentional consequences associ- ated with the stress response would seem likely to render athletes more vulnerable to sport concussions, such as via attentional failures to recognize and brace for impending collisions.
Once concussion injury happens, there is little in the research literature to longitudinally document the dynamic cycles of psychological response to the injury. Prospective, repeated-measures designs such as those used in longitudinal studies of athletes with knee inju- ries could provide ideas for sport concussion research. Although limited in number and contradictory in find- ings, more research to date has focused on the psychiatric symptoms and influences of PCS than on secondary cognitive appraisal and psychological response processes or psychosocial influences on recovery. Knowledge about the psychology of sport concussions would benefit from studies in the latter areas, focusing, for example, on how the lack of objective diagnostic evidence of concussion, struggles with enduring symptoms, and the invisibility (i.e., lack of outward evidence to others) of the injury handicap recovery processes. As gender differences seem to be the topic of some debate in the literature, future studies of the consequences of early-career sport concussions to later life psychological events (such as depression or cognitive impairments) among former female athletes would complement the many studies of older male athletes appearing in the literature. The first generation of Title IX females who came of age during the dramatic increases in girls’ and women’s sports in the 1970s are now of the age similar to that being looked at in former National Football League (NFL) players. As with these early NFL players, recognition and care for concussion injuries was similarly primitive for female athletes, many of whom played in what are now known to be sports with relatively higher concussion rates for females (e.g., basketball).
Studies investigating the psychological care of ath- letes with concussions are in relative infancy. One area worth looking at closely is rest. For athletes it is par- ticularly important to examine the duration and benefits
of rest compared with the psychological drawbacks of social isolation and lengthy physical activity restrictions. Surprisingly, little research examines optimal rest and return-to activity timelines, according to Burke, Fralick, Nejatbakhsh, Tartaglia, and Tator (2015). Although rest is indicated in the management of acute concussion symptoms, studies utilizing modified treadmill testing and controlled aerobic exercise show benefits in alleviating chronic symptoms (Leddy et al., 2012). Psychologi- cal therapies are also emerging as important aspects of psychological care postconcussion. For example, clinical trials are continuing to examine the efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapies with concussion patients, with some promising results to date (Burke et al., 2015). Burke et al. (2015) advocated for research examining sport concussion populations, employing objective assessments of concussion injury, and uti- lizing larger sample sizes. Conder and Conder (2014) present another example of an emergent frontier of psychological care: the use of biofeedback in restor- ing optimal heart rate variability to improve emotional regulation and neurocognitive performance postconcus- sion. According to Conder and Conder (2014), optimal heart rate variability can be disrupted by concussions, and “…interactive communication between the cardiac and the neurocognitive systems” (p. 1) affects recovery from concussions. Preliminary studies have supported the use of biofeedback training as a means of restoring optimal heart rate variability in the management of sport concussions (Conder & Conder, 2014).
An important future direction across all aspects of the psychology of sport concussions is to utilize psychologi- cal theory as the basis for investigations. Psychological theories have the potential to help describe, explain, and predict human thoughts, feelings, and actions within sport concussion contexts. Yet many studies reporting on the psychological aspects of sport concussions are still exploratory and atheoretical, perhaps because psychological purposes are seen as secondary to addressing specific clinical purposes. Nonetheless, clinical purposes could benefit from comprehensive understanding of how psychology affects sport concus- sion occurrence and recovery; it is impossible to separate mind and body in the sport concussion context, as is evident from this review. Therefore, the clinical care of sport concussion patients must include a consideration of psychological contributors to health. Investigations based on psychological, psychiatric, or psychosocial theories would provide stronger frameworks for seeing the interconnectedness between mind and body in sport concussions, and explain the powerful roles of social influences on risk and recovery.
Conclusions
The psychological, psychiatric, and psychosocial aspects of sport concussions affect athlete risks, responses, and recoveries. An integrated model of psychological
Psychology of Sport Concussions 183
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
response to the sport concussion injury and rehabilitation process provides a conceptual framework for consolidat- ing literature on these aspects. This model provides a foundation that assists kinesiologists with incorporat- ing evidence-based psychological considerations into their research and professional practice work. Clinical outcomes benefit when prevention efforts and return-to- health strategies improve through thoughtful attention to cognitions, affects, behaviors, and social influences among sport concussion patients. Kinesiologists work- ing in a wide variety of settings are essential partners in advancing the body of knowledge about sport concus- sions and improving athlete recoveries following sport concussions.
References
Åhman, S., Saveman, B.I., Styrke, J., Björnstig, U., & Stål- nacke, B.M. (2013). Long-term follow-up of patients with mild traumatic brain injury: a mixed-methods study. Journal of Rehabilitative Medicine, 45, 758–764. PubMed doi:10.2340/16501977-1182
Al Sayegh, A., Sanford, D., & Carson, A.J. (2010). Psychologi- cal approaches to treatment of postconcussion syndrome: a systematic review. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 81, 1128–1134. PubMed doi:10.1136/ jnnp.2008.170092
Alosco, M.L., Fedor, A.F., & Gunstad, J. (2014). Attention defi- cit hyperactivity disorder as a risk factor for concussions in NCAA division-I athletes. Brain Injury, 28, 472–474. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052.2014.887145
American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th edition. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.
Andersen, M.B., & Williams, J.M. (1988). A model of stress and athletic injury: prediction and prevention. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 10, 294–306.
Azulay, J., Smart, C.M., Mott, T., & Cicerone, K.D. (2013). A pilot study examining the effect of mindfulness-based stress reduction on symptoms of chronic mild trau- matic brain injury/postconcussive syndrome. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 29, 323–231. PubMed doi:10.1097/HTR.0b013e318250ebda
Bailey, C.M., Samples, H.L., Broshek, D.K., Freeman, J.R., & Barth, J.T. (2010). The relationship between psychologi- cal distress and baseline sports-related concussion testing. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 20, 272–277. PubMed doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e3181e8f8d8
Baumann, C.R. (2012). Traumatic brain injury and disturbed sleep and wakefulness. Neuromolecular Medicine, 14, 205–212. PubMed doi:10.1007/s12017-012-8178-x
Bay, E., & Donders, J. (2008). Risk factors for depres- sive symptoms after mild-to-moderate traumatic brain injury. Brain Injury, 22, 233–241. PubMed doi:10.1080/02699050801953073
Beaulieu-Bonneau, S., Ouellet, M.C., & Wiseman-Hakes, C. (2013). Persistent sleep/wake disturbances. In Ontario Neurotrauma Foundation, Guidelines for concussion/mild
traumatic brain injury & persistent symptoms: for adults 18+ years of age, 2nd ed. Toronto, ON, Canada: Ontario Neurotrauama Foundation.
Beaupré, M., DeGuise, E., & McKerral, M. (2012). The asso- ciation between pain-related variables, emotional factors, and attentional functioning following mild traumatic brain injury. Rehabilitation Research and Practice, 2012, 1–10. PubMed doi:10.1155/2012/924692
Bianco, T. (2001). Social support and recovery from sport injury: elite skiers share their experiences. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 72, 376–388. PubMed doi:10.1080/02701367.2001.10608974
Bigler, E.D. (2008). Neuropsychology and clinical neuroscience of persistent post-concussion syndrome. Journal of the International Neuropsychology Society, 14, 1–22. PubMed doi: 10.1017/S135561770808017X
Bleiberg, J., & Warden, D. (2005). Duration of cognitive impair- ment after sports concussion. Neurosurgery, 56, E1166. PubMed doi:10.1227/01.NEU.0000118820.33396.6A
Bloom, G.A., Loughead, T.M., Shapcott, E.J.B., Johnston, K.M., & Delaney, S. (2008). The prevalence and recovery of concussed male and female collegiate ath- letes. European Journal of Sport Science, 8, 295–303. doi:10.1080/17461390802251836
Bonfield, C.M., Lam, S., Lin, Y., & Greene, S. (2013). The impact of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder on recovery from mild traumatic brain injury. Journal of Neurosurgery: Pediatrics, 12, 97–102. PubMed doi:10.3171/2013.5.PEDS12424
Bornstein, R.A., Miller, H.B., & van Schoor, J.T. (1989). Neuropsychological deficit and emotional disturbance in head-injured patients. Journal of Neurosurgery, 70, 509–513. PubMed
Broglio, S.P., Macciocchi, S.N., & Ferrara, M.S. (2007). Sensitivity of the concussion assessment battery. Neu- rosurgery, 60, 1050–1058. PubMed doi:10.1227/01. NEU.0000255479.90999.C0
Broglio, S.P., Pontifex, M.B., O’Connor, P., & Hillman, C.H. (2009). The persistent effects of concussion on neuro- electric indices of attention. Journal of Neurotrauma, 26, 1463–1470. PubMed doi:10.1089/neu.2008.0766
Broglio, S.P., & Puetz, T.W. (2008). The effect of sport concus- sion on neurocognitive function, self-report symptoms, and postural control. Sports Medicine, 38, 53–67. PubMed
Broshek, D.K., De Marco, A.P., & Freeman, J.R. (2015). A review of post-concussion syndrome and psychological factors associated with concussion. Brain Injury, 29, 228–237. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052.2014.974674
Bryant, R.A., & Harvey, A.G. (1999). Postconcussive symptoms and posttraumatic stress disorder after mild traumatic brain injury. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 187(5), 302–305. PubMed
Bryant, R.A., Marosszeky, J.E., Crooks, J., Baguley, I., & Gurka, J. (2000). Coping style and post-traumatic stress disorder following severe traumatic brain injury. Brain Injury, 14, 175–180. PubMed doi:10.1080/026990500120826
Burke, M.J., Fralick, M., Nejatbakhsh, N., Tartaglia, M.C., & Tator, C.H. (2015). In search of evidence-based treatment for concussion: characteristics of current clinical trials.
184 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
Brain Injury, 29, 300–305. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699 052.2014.974673
Caron, J.G., Bloom, G.A., Johnston, K.M., & Sabiston, C.M. (2013). Effects of multiple concussions on retired National Hockey League players. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 35, 168–179. PubMed
Castriotta, R.J., Wilde, M.C., Lai, J.M., Atanasov, S., Masel, B.E., & Kuna, S.T. (2007). Prevalence and consequences of sleep disorders in traumatic brain injury. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 4, 349–356. PubMed
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC]. (2015, May 18). HeadsUp. Retrieved from http://www.cdc.gov/ headsup/index.html
Cernich, A., Reeves, D., Sun, W., & Bleiberg, J. (2007). Auto- matic Neuropsychological Assessment Metrics sports medicine battery. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology, 22 (Suppl 1), S101–S114. PubMed doi:10.1016/j. acn.2006.10.008
Chamard, E., Henry, L., Boulanger, Y., Lassonde, M., & Théoret, H. (2014). A follow-up study of neurometabolic alterations in female concussed athletes. Journal of Neurotrauma, 31, 339–345. PubMed doi:10.1089/neu.2013.3083
Chamelian, L., & Feinstein, A. (2006). The effect of major depression on subjective and objective cognitive deficits in mild to moderate traumatic brain injury. Journal of Neuro- psychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 18, 33–38. PubMed
Chaput, G., Giguere, J.F., Chauny, J.M., Denis, R., & Lavi- gne, G. (2009). Relationship among subjective sleep complaints, headaches, and mood alterations following a mild traumatic brain injury. Sleep Medicine, 10, 713–716. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2008.07.015
Chen, J.K., Johnston, K.M., Collie, A., McCrory, P., & Ptito, A. (2007). A validation of the post concussion symptom scale in the assessment of complex concussion using cognitive testing and functional MRI. Journal of Neurol- ogy, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 78, 1231–1238. PubMed doi:10.1136/jnnp.2006.110395
Chen, J.K., Johnston, K.M., Frey, S., Petrides, M., Worsley, K., & Ptito, A. (2004). Functional abnormalities in symptom- atic concussed athletes: an fMRI study. NeuroImage, 22, 68–82. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.12.032
Chen, J.K., Johnston, K.M., Petrides, M., & Ptito, A. (2008). Neural substrates of symptoms of depression after con- cussion in male athletes with persisting postconcussion symptoms. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 81–89. PubMed doi:10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2007.8
Chertok, G.J., & Martin, I.H. (2013). Psychological aspects of concussion recovery. International Journal of Athletic Therapy and Training, 18, 7–9.
Chrisman, S.P., Schiff, M.A., & Rivara, F.P. (2011). Physician concussion knowledge and the effect of mailing the CDC’s “Heads Up” Toolkit. Clinical Pediatrics, 50, 1031–1039. PubMed doi:10.1177/0009922811410970
Cicerone, K.D., & Kalmar, K. (1997). Does premorbid depres- sion influence post-concussive symptoms and neuro- psychological functioning? Brain Injury, 11, 643–648. PubMed doi:10.1080/026990597123197
Clarke, L.A., Genat, R.C., & Anderson, J.F. (2012). Long-term cognitive complaint and post-concussive symptoms fol-
lowing mild traumatic brain injury: the role of cognitive and affective factors. Brain Injury, 26, 298–307. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052.2012.654588
Collie, A., Maruff, P., Makdissi, M., McCrory, P., McStephen, M., & Darby, D. (2003). CogSport: reliability and corre- lation with conventional cognitive tests used in postcon- cussion medical evaluations. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 13, 28–32. PubMed
Collins, M.W., Grindel, S.H., Lovell, M.R., Dede, D.E., Moser, D.J., Phalin, B.R., … McKeag, D.B. (1999). Relationship between concussion and neuropsychological performance in college football players. The Journal of the American Medical Association, 282, 964–970. PubMed doi:10.1001/ jama.282.10.964
Conder, R.L., & Conder, A.A. (2014). Heart rate variabil- ity interventions for concussion and rehabilitation. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, 890. PubMed doi:10.3389/ fpsyg.2014.00890
Conder, R.L., & Conder, A.A. (2015). Neuropsychological and psychological rehabilitation interventions in refractory sport-related post-concussive syndrome. Brain Injury, 29, 249–262. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052.2014.965209
Cook, D.J., Cusimano, M.D., Tator, C.H., & Chipman, M.L. (2003). Evaluation of the ThinkFirst Canada, Smart Hockey, brain and spinal cord injury prevention video. Injury Prevention, 9, 361–366. PubMed doi:10.1136/ ip.9.4.361
Covassin, T., Crutcher, B., Bleecker, A., Heiden, E.O., Daily, A., & Yang, J. (2014). Postinjury anxiety and social support among collegiate athletes: a comparison between orthopae- dic injuries and concussions. Journal of Athletic Training, 49, 462–468. PubMed doi:10.4085/1062-6059-49.2.03
Covassin, T., Elbin, R.J., Bleecker, A., Lipchik, A., & Kontos, A.P. (2013). Are there differences in neurocognitive func- tion and symptoms between male and female soccer players after concussions? American Journal of Sports Medicine, 41, 2890–2895. PubMed doi:10.1177/0363546513509962
Covassin, T., Elbin, R.J., Crutcher, B., & Burkhart, S. (2013). The management of sport-related concussion: consider- ations for male and female athletes. Translational Stroke Research, 4, 420–424. PubMed doi:10.1007/s12975- 012-0228-z
Covassin, T., Elbin, R.J., & Sarmiento, K. (2012). Educating coaches about concussion in sports: evaluation of the CDC’s “Heads Up: concussions in youth sports” initia- tive. Journal of School Health, 82, 233–238. PubMed doi:10.1111/j.1746-1561.2012.00692.x
Deb, S., Lyons, I., Koutzoukis, C., Ali, I., & McCarthy, G. (1999). Rate of psychiatric illness 1 year after traumatic brain injury. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 374–378. PubMed
Duncan, S., & Barrett, L.F. (2007). Affect is a form of cogni- tion: a neurobiological analysis. Cognition and Emotion, 21, 1184–1211. PubMed
Echemendia, R.J. (2013). Promotion of cognitive health through prevention: the case of sports concussion. In J.J. Randolph (Ed.), Positive neuropsychology: Evidence-based perspec- tives on promoting cognitive health (pp. 57–75). New York, NY: Springer Science.
Psychology of Sport Concussions 185
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
Eisenberg, M.A., Meehan, W.P. 3rd, & Mannix, R. (2014). Dura- tion and course of post-concussive symptoms. Pediatrics, 133, 999–1006. PubMed doi:10.1542/peds.2014-0158
Ekkekakis, P. (2012). Affect, mood, and emotion. In G. Tenen- baum, R.C. Eklund, & A. Kamata (Eds.), Measurement in sport and exercise psychology (pp. 321–332). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Ellemberg, D., Henry, L.C., Macciocchi, S.N., Guskiewicz, K.M., & Broglio, S.P. (2009). Advances in sport concus- sion assessment: from behavioral to brain imaging mea- sures. Journal of Neurotrauama, 26, 2365–2382. PubMed doi:10.1089/neu.2009.0906
Esfandiari, A., Broshek, D.K., & Freeman, J.R. (2011). Psy- chiatric and neuropsychological issues in sports medicine. Clinical Journal of Sports Medicine, 30, 611–627. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.csm.2011.03.002
Fazio, V.C., Lovell, M.R., Pardini, J.E., & Collins, M.W. (2007). The relation between post concussion symptoms and neurocognitive performance in concussed athletes. NeuroRehabilitation, 22, 207–216. PubMed
Fenton, G., McClelland, R., Montgomery, A., MacFlynn, G., & Rutherford, W. (1993). The postconcussional syn- drome: social antecendents and psychological sequelae. British Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 493–497. PubMed doi:10.1192/bjp.162.4.493
First, M., Spitzer, R., Gibbon, M., & Williams, J. (1996). Structured clinical interview for DSM-IV axis i disorders, clinical version (SCID-CV). Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Press, Inc.
Ford, S.M., Swirskdy-Sacchetti, T., & Chute, D. (2002). The relationship between daily stress and persistent postcon- cussion symptoms following a mild traumatic brain injury. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology, 17, 715–867.
Glang, A., Koester, M.C., Beaver, S.V., Clay, J.E., & McLaugh- lin, K.A. (2010). Online training in sports concussion for youth sports coaches. International Journal of Sports Science & Coaching, 5, 1–12. PubMed doi:10.1260/1747- 9541.5.1.1
Gomez-Hernandez, R., Max, J.E., Kosier, T., Paradisio, S., & Robinson, R.G. (1997). Social impairment and depression after traumatic brain injury. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 78, 1321–1326. PubMed doi:10.1016/ S0003-9993(97)90304-X
Gosselin, N., Chen, J.K., Bottari, C., Petrides, M., Jubault, T., Tinawi, S., … Ptito, A. (2012). The influence of pain on cerebral functioning after mild traumatic brain injury. Jour- nal of Neurotrauma, 29, 2625–2634. PubMed doi:10.1089/ neu.2012.2312
Gosselin, N., Lassonde, M., Petit, D., Leclerc, S., Mongrain, V., Collie, A., & Montplaisir, J. (2009). Sleep following sport-related concussions. Sleep Medicine, 10, 35–46. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2007.11.023
Gosselin, N., Theriault, M., Leclerc, S., Montplaisir, J., & Lassonde, M. (2006). Neurophysiological anomalies in symptomatic and asymptomatic concussed athletes. Neurosurgery, 58, 1151–1161. PubMed doi:10.1227/01. NEU.0000215953.44097.FA
Halstead, M.E., McAvoy, K., Devore, C.D., Carl, R., Lee, M., & Logan, K. (2013). Returning to learning following a con-
cussion. Pediatrics, 132, 948–957. PubMed doi:10.1542/ peds.2013-2867
Harmon, K.G., Drezner, J., Gammons, M., Guskiewicz, K., Hal- stead, M., Herring, S.,… & Roberts, W. (2013). American Medical Society for Sports Medicine position statement: concussion in sport. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 23, 1–18. PubMed doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-091941
Harvey, A.G., & Bryant, R.A. (1998). Predictors of acute stress following mild traumatic brain injury. Brain Injury, 12, 147–154. PubMed doi:10.1080/026990598122773
Horton, A.S., Bloom, G.A. & Johnston, K.M. (2002). The impact of support groups on the psychological state of athletes experiencing concussions. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, 34, S99.
Hou, R., Moss-Morris, R., Peveler, R., Mogg, K., Bradley, B.P., & Belli, A. (2012). When a minor head injury results in enduring symptoms: a prospective investigation of risk factors for postconcussional syndrome after mild trau- matic brain injury. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 83, 217–223. PubMed doi:10.1136/jnnp- 2011-300767
Hutchison, M., Mainwaring, L.M., Comper, P., Richards, D.W., & Bisschop, S.M. (2009). Differential emotional responses of varsity athletes to concussion and musculoskeletal injuries. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 19, 13–19. PubMed doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e318190ba06
Institute of Medicine (IOM) and National Research Council (NRC). (2014). Sports-related concussions in youth: improving the science, changing the culture. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.
Iverson, G.L. (2005). Outcome from mild traumatic brain injury. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 18, 301–317. PubMed
Jorge, R., & Robinson, R.G. (2003). Mood disorders following traumatic brain injury. International Review of Psychiatry, 15, 317–327. doi:10.1080/09540260310001606700
Karr, J.E., Areshenkoff, C.N., & Garcia-Barrera, M.A. (2014). The neuropsychological outcomes of concussion: a sys- tematic review of meta-analyses on the cognitive sequelae of mild traumatic brain injury. Neuropsychology, 28, 321–336. PubMed
Karzmark, P., Hall, K., & Englander, J. (1995). Late-onset post- concussion symptoms after mild brain injury: the role of premorbid, injury-related, environmental and personality factors. Brain Injury, 9, 21–26. PubMed
Katz, D.I., & Alexander, M.P. (1994). Traumatic brain injury: predicting course of recovery and outcome for patients admitted to rehabilitation. Archives of Neurology, 51, 661–670. PubMed doi:10.1001/arch- neur.1994.00540190041013
Keightley, M.L., Saluja, R.S., Chen, J.K., Gagnon, I., Leonard, G., Petrides, M., & Ptito, A. (2014). A functional magnetic resonance imaging study of working memory in youth after sports-related concussion: is it still working? Jour- nal of Neurotrauma, 31, 437–451. PubMed doi:10.1089/ neu.2013.3052
Kerr, G., & Goss. J. (1996). The effects of a stress man- agement program on injuries and stress levels. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 8, 109–117. doi:10.1080/10413209608406312
186 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
King, N.S. (1996). Emotional, neuropsychological and organic factors: their use in the prediction of persisting post-con- cussion symptoms after moderate and mild head injuries. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 61, 75–81. PubMed doi:10.1136/jnnp.61.1.75
King, P.R., Donnelly, K.T., Donnelly, J.P., Dunnam, M., Warner, G., Kittleson, C.J., … & Meier, S.T. (2012). Psychometric study of the Neurobehavioral Symptom Inventory. Journal of Rehabilitation Research & Development, 49, 879–888. PubMed doi:10.1682/JRRD.2011.03.0051
Kontos, A.P., Elbin, R.J., Newcomer Appaneal, R., Covassin, T., & Collins, M.W. (2013). A comparison of coping responses among high school and college athletes with concussion, orthopedic injuries, and healthy controls. Research in Sports Medicine, 21, 367–379. PubMed
Kostyun, R.O., & Hafeez, I. (2015). Protracted recovery from a concussion: a focus on gender and treatment interventions in an adolescent population. Sports Health: A Multidisciplinary Approach, 7, 52–57. PubMed doi:10.1177/1941738114555075
Kroenke, K., Spitzer, R.L., & Williams, J.N. (2001). The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 16, 606–613. PubMed doi:10.1046/j.1525-1497.2001.016009606.x
Kroshus, E., Baugh, C.M., Hawrilenko, M., & Daneshvar, D.H. (2015). Pilot randomized evaluation of publically available concussion education materials: evidence of a possible negative effect. Health Education and Behavior, 42, 153–162. PubMed
Kroshus, E., Garnett, B., Hawrilenko, M., Baugh, C.M., & Calzo, J.P. (2015). Concussion under-reporting and pres- sure from coaches, teammates, fans, and parents. Social Science & Medicine, 134, 66–75. PubMed doi:10.1016/j. socscimed.2015.04.011
Kuehl, M.D., Snyder, A.R., Erickson, S.E., & McLeod, T.C. (2010). Impact of prior concussions on health-related quality of life in collegiate athletes. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 20, 86–91. PubMed doi:10.1097/ JSM.0b013e3181cf4534
Lagarde, E., Salmi, L.R., Holm, L.W., Contrand, B., Masson, F., Ribéreau-Gayon, R., … Cassidy, D. (2014). Association of symptoms following mild traumatic brain injury with posttraumatic stress disorder vs. postconcussion syndrome. JAMA Psychiatry, 71, 1032–1040. PubMed doi:10.1001/ jamapsychiatry.2014.666
Laker, S.R. (2011). Epidemiology of concussion and mild trau- matic brain injury. Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 3, S354–S358. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.pmrj.2011.07.017
Leddy, J.J., Kozlowski, K., Fung, M., Pendergast, D.R., & Willer, B. (2007). Regulatory and autoregulatory physi- ological dysfunction as a primary characteristic of post concussion syndrome: implications for treatment. Neuro- Rehabilitation, 22(3), 199–205. PubMed
Leddy, J.J., Sandhu, H., Sodhi, V., Baker, J.G., & Willer, B. (2012). Rehabilitation of concussion and post-concus- sion syndrome. Sports Health, 4, 147–154. PubMed doi:10.1177/1941738111433673
Levin, H.S., Brown, S.A., Song, J.X., McCauley, S.R., Boake, C., Contant, C.F., … & Kotrla, K. J. (2001). Depression
and posttraumatic stress disorder at three months after mild to moderate traumatic brain injury. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 23, 754–769. PubMed doi:10.1076/jcen.23.6.754.1021
Levin, H.S., High, W.M., Goethe, K.E., Sisson, R.A., Overall, J.E., Rhoades, H.M., … & Gary, H.E. (1987). The neu- robehavioural rating scale: assessment of the behavioural sequelae of head injury by the clinician. Journal of Neurol- ogy, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 50, 183–193. PubMed doi:10.1136/jnnp.50.2.183
Lovell, M.R., Collins, M.W., Podell, K., Powell, J., & Maroon, J. (2000). ImPACT: immediate post-concussion assess- ment and cognitive testing. Pittsburgh, PA: NeuroHealth Systems, LLC.
Lovell, M.R., Pardini, J.E., Welling, J., Collins, M.W., Bakal, J., Lazar, N., … & Becker, J.T. (2007). Functional brain abnormalities are related to clinical recovery and time to return-to-play in athletes. Neurosurgery, 61, 352–360. PubMed doi:10.1227/01.NEU.0000279985.94168.7F
MacMillan, P.J., Hart, R.P., Martelli, M.F., & Zasler, N.D. (2002). Pre-injury status and adaptation following trau- matic brain injury. Brain Injury, 16, 41–49. PubMed doi:10.1080/0269905011008812
Mainwaring, L.M., Hutchison, M., Bisschop, S.M., Comper, P., & Richards, D.W. (2010). Emotional response to sport concussion compared to ACL injury. Brain Injury, 24, 589–597. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699051003610508
Mainwaring, L., Hutchison, M., Camper, P., & Richards, D. (2012). Examining emotional sequelae of sport concussion. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 6, 247–274.
Makdissi, M., Cantu, R.C., Johnston, K.M., McRory, P., & Meeuwisse, W.H. (2013). The difficult concussion patient: what is the best approach to investigation and manage- ment of persistent (>10 days) postconcussive symptoms? British Journal of Sports Medicine, 47, 308–313. PubMed doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-092255
Mathias, J.L., & Alvaro, P.K. (2012). Prevalence of sleep dis- turbances, disorders, and problems following traumatic brain injury: a meta-analysis. Sleep Medicine, 13, 898–905. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2012.04.006
McCauley, S.R., Boake, C., Levin, H.S., Contant, C.F., & Song, J.X. (2001). Postconcussional disorder following mild to moderate traumatic brain injury: anxiety, depression, and social support as risk factors and comorbidities. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 23, 792–808. PubMed doi:10.1076/jcen.23.6.792.1016
McCrea, M., Kelly, J.P., & Randolph, C. (2000). The Standard- ized Assessment of Concussion: manual for administra- tion, scoring, and interpretation (2nd ed). Waukesha, WI: CNS Inc.
McCrea, M. & Powell, M.R. (2012). The concussion clinic: a practical, evidence-based model for assessment and man- agement of sport-related concussion. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 6, 275–292.
McCrory, P., Collie, A., Anderson, V., & Davis, G. (2004). Can we manage sport related concussion in children the same as in adults? British Journal of Sports Medicine, 38, 516–519. PubMed
Psychology of Sport Concussions 187
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
McCrory, P., Meeuwisse, W.H., Aubry, M., Cantu, B., Dvořák, J., Echemendia, R.J., … & Turner, M. (2013). Consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 4th International Conference on Concussion in Sport held in Zurich, November 2012. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 47, 250–258. PubMed doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313
McCullagh, S., Rees, L., & Velikonja, D. (2013). Persistent mental health disorders. In Ontario Neurotrauma Foun- dation, Guidelines for concussion/mild traumatic brain injury & persistent symptoms: for adults 18+ years of age (2nd ed.). Toronto, ON, Canada: Ontario Neurotrauama Foundation.
McGannon, K.R., Cunningham, S.M., & Schinke, R.J. (2013). Understanding concussion in socio-cultural context: a media analysis of a National Hockey League star’s con- cussion. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 14, 891–899. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2013.08.003
McKee, A.C., & Daneshvar, D. H. (2015). The neuropathology of traumatic brain injury. In J. Grafman & A. M. Salazar (Eds.), Handbook of clinical neurology, 127 (3rd series) Traumatic brain injury, Part I (pp. 45–66). Amsterdam, NL: Elsevier.
McPherson, K.M., Kayes, N., & Weatherall, M. (2009). A pilot study of self-regulation informed goal setting in people with traumatic brain injury. Journal of Clinical Rehabilitation, 23, 296–309. PubMed doi:10.1177/0269215509102980
Merritt, V.C., Rabinowitz, A.R., & Arnetta, P.A. (2015). Personality factors and symptom reporting at baseline in collegiate athletes. Developmental Neuropsychology, 40, 45–50. PubMed doi:10.1080/87565641.2014.979928
Mittenberg, W., & Strauman, S. (2000). Diagnosis of mild head injury and postconcussion syndrome. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 15, 783–791. PubMed
Miyashita, T.L., Timpson, W.M., Frye, M.A., & Gloeckner, G.W. (2013). The impact of an educational intervention on college athletes’ knowledge of concussions. Clinical Jour- nal of Sport Medicine, 23, 349–353. PubMed doi:10.1097/ JSM.0b013e318289c321
M o o n ey, G . , & S p e e d , J . ( 2 0 0 1 ) . T h e a s s o c i a t i o n between mild traumatic brain injury and psychiat- ric conditions. Brain Injury, 15, 865–877. PubMed doi:10.1080/02699050110065286
Mooney, G., Speed, J., & Sheppard, S. (2005). Factors related to recovery after mild traumatic brain injury. Brain Injury, 19, 975–987. PubMed doi:10.1080/02699050500110264
Moore, A.D., & Stambrook, M. (1992). Coping strategies and locus of control following traumatic brain injury: relation- ship to long term outcome. Brain Injury, 6, 89–94. PubMed
Moser, R.S. (2007). The growing public health concern of sports concussion: the new psychology practice frontier. Profes- sional Psychology: Research and Practice, 38, 699–704. doi:10.1037/0735-7028.38.6.699
Mott, T.F., McConnon, M.L., & Rieger, B.P. (2012). Subacute to chronic mild traumatic brain injury. American Family Physician, 86, 1045–1051. PubMed
Mounce, L.T., Williams, W.H., Jones, J.M., Harris, A., Haslam, S.A., & Jetten, J. (2013). Neurogenic and psychogenic acute postconcussion symptoms can be identified after mild traumatic brain injury. Journal of Head Trauma
Rehabilitation, 28, 397–405. PubMed doi:10.1097/ HTR.0b013e318252dd75
Nampiaparampil, D.E. (2008). Prevalence of chronic pain after traumatic brain injury: a systematic review. Journal of the American Medical Association, 300, 711–719. PubMed doi:10.1001/jama.300.6.711
Ontario Neurotrauma Foundation. (2013). Guidelines for concussion/mild traumatic brain injury: for adults 18+ years of age (2nd ed.). Available http://onf.org/system/ attachments/223/original/ONF_mTBI_Guidelines_2nd_ Edition_COMPLETE.pdf
Ouellet, M.C., Beaulieu-Bonneau, S., & Morin, C.M. (2006). Insomnia in patients with traumatic brain injury: fre- quency, characteristics, and risk factors. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 21, 199–212. PubMed
Ouellet, M.C., Beaulieu-Bonneau, S., & Morin, C.M. (2012). Sleep-wake disturbances. In N.D. Zasler, D.I. Katz, & R.D. Zafonte (Eds.), Brain injury medicine: principles and practice. New York, NY: Demos Medical Publishing, LLC.
Ouellet, M.C., & Morin, C.M. (2007). Efficacy of cognitive- behavioral therapy for insomnia associated with traumatic brain injury: a single-case experimental design. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 88, 1581–1592. PubMed
Podlog, L., & Eklund, R.C. (2005). Return to sport after seri- ous injury: a retrospective examination of motivation and psychological outcomes. Journal of Sport Rehabilitation, 14, 20–34.
Ponsford, J., Willmott, C., Rothwell, A., Cameron, P., Ayton, G., Nelms, R., … & Ng, K.T. (1999). Cognitive and behavioral outcome following mild traumatic head injury in children. The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 14, 360–372. PubMed
Ponsford, J., Willmott, C., Rothwell, A., Cameron, P., Ayton, G., Nelms, R., … & Ng, K. (2001). Impact of early interven- tion on outcome after mild traumatic brain injury in chil- dren. Pediatrics, 108, 1297–1303. PubMed doi:10.1542/ peds.108.6.1297
Ponsford, J.L., Ziino, C., Parcell, D.L., Shekleton, J.A., Roper, M., Redman, J.R.,… & Rajaratnam, M.W. (2012). Fatigue and sleep disturbance following traumatic brain injury— their nature, causes, and potential treatments. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 27, 224–233. PubMed doi:10.1097/HTR.0b013e31824ee1a8
Preece, M.H., & Geffen, G.M. (2007). The contribution of pre- existing depression to the acute cognitive sequelae of mild traumatic brain injury. Brain Injury, 21, 951–961. PubMed
Preiss-Farzanegan, S.J., Chapman, B., Wong, T.M., Wu, J., & Bazarian, J.J. (2009). The relationship between gender and postconcussion symptoms after sport-related mild traumatic brain injury. Physical Medicine and Rehabilita- tion, 1, 245–253. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.pmrj.2009.01.011
Prins, A., Ouimette, P., Kimerling, P., Cameron, R.P., Hugelshofer, D.S., Shaw-Hegwer, J., … & Sheikh, J.I. (2003). The primary care PTSD screen (PC-PTSD): development and operating characteristics. Primary Care Psychiatry, 9, 9–14.
Rabinowitz, A.R., Li, X., & Levin, H.S. (2014). Sport and non- sport etiologies of mild traumatic brain injury: similarities
188 Wiese-Bjornstal et al.
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
and differences. Annual Review of Psychology, 65, 301– 331. PubMed doi:10.1146/annurev-psych-010213-115103
Rapoport, M.J., McCullagh, S., Shammi, P., & Feinstein, A. (2005). Cognitive impairment associated with major depression following mild and moderate traumatic brain injury. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosci- ences, 17, 61–65. PubMed
Rapoport, M.J., McCullagh, S., Streiner, D., & Feinstein, A. (2003). The clinical significance of major depression fol- lowing mild traumatic brain injury. Psychosomatics, 44, 31–37. PubMed
Register-Mihalik, J.K., Guskiewicz, K.M., Valovich McLeod, T.C., & Mann, J.D. (2009). Headache-related disabil- ity reported by collegiate athletes. Athletic Training & Sports Health Care, 1, 227–233. doi:10.3928/19425864- 20090826-03
Register-Mihalik, J.K., Linnan, L.A., Marshall, S.W., Valovich McLeod, T.C., Mueller, F.O., & Guskiewicz, K.M. (2013). Using theory to understand high school aged athletes’ intentions to report sport-related concussion: implications for concussion education initiatives. Brain Injury, 27, 878–886. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052.2013.775508
Riggio, S. (2011). Traumatic brain injury and its neurobehav- ioral sequelae. Neurologic Clinics, 29, 35–47. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.ncl.2010.10.008
Rivara, F.P., Schiff, M.A., Chrisman, S.P., Chung, S.K., Ellen- bogen, R.G., & Herring, S.A. (2014). The effect of coach education on reporting of concussions among high school athletes after passage of a concussion law. The American Journal of Sports Medicine, 42, 1197–1203. PubMed doi:10.1177/0363546514521774
Roiger, T., Weidauer, L., & Kern, B. (2015). A longitudinal pilot study of depressive symptoms in concussed and injured/ nonconcussed National Collegiate Athletic Association Division I student-athletes. Journal of Athletic Training, 50, 256–261. PubMed doi:10.4085/1062-6050-49.3.83
Ruddock-Hudson, M., O’Halloran, P., & Murphy, G. (2012). Exploring psychological reactions to injury in the Aus- tralian Football League (AFL). Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 24, 375–390. doi:10.1080/10413200.2011 .654172
Salinas, C.M., & Webbe, F.M. (2012). Sports neuropsychology with diverse athlete populations: contemporary findings and special considerations. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 6, 363–384.
Sarmiento, K., Hoffman, R., Dmitrovsky, Z., & Lee, R. (2014). A 10-year review of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s Heads Up initiative: bringing concussion awareness to the forefront. Journal of Safety Research, 50, 143–147. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.jsr.2014.05.003
Sarmiento, K., Mitchko, J., Klein, C., & Wong, S. (2010). Evaluation of the Centers for Disease Control and Pre- vention’s Concussion Initiative for high school coaches: “Heads Up: Concussion in High School Sports.” Journal of School Health, 80, 112–118. PubMed doi:10.1111/j.1746- 1561.2010.00491.x
Schneider, K.J., Iverson, G.L., Emery, C.A., McCroy, P., Herring, S.A., & Meeuwisse, W.H. (2013). The effects of rest and treatment following sport-related concus-
sion: a systematic review of literature. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 47, 304–307. PubMed doi:10.1136/ bjsports-2013-092190
Shahim, P., Linemann, T., Inekci, D., Karsdal, M.A., Blennow, K., Tegner, Y., … & Henriksen, K. (2015). Serum tau frag- ments predict return to play in concussed professional ice hockey players. Journal of Neurotrauma. Epub ahead of print. PubMed doi:10.1089/neu.2014.3741
Sharp, D.J., & Ham, T.E. (2011). Investigating white matter injury after mild traumatic brain injury. Current Opinion in Neurology, 24, 558–563. PubMed
Sigurdardottir, S., Andelic, N., Røe, C., & Schanke, A.K. (2013). Depressive symptoms and psychological distress during the first five years after traumatic brain injury: relationship with psychosocial stressors, fatigue, and pain. Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine, 45, 808–814. PubMed doi:10.2340/16501977-1156
Silver, J.M. (2014). Neuropsychiatry of persistent symptoms after concussion. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 37, 91–102. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.psc.2013.11.001
Silverberg, N.D., Hallam, B.J., Rose, A., Underwood, H., Whitfield, K., Thorton, A.E., & Whittl, M.L. (2013). Cognitive-behavioral prevention of postconcussion syn- drome in at-risk patients: a pilot randomized controlled trail. Journal of Head Trauma and Rehabilitation, 28, 313–322. PubMed doi:10.1097/HTR.0b013e3182915cb5
Silverberg, N.D., & Iverson, G.L. (2011). Etiology of the post- concussion syndrome: physiogenesis and psychogenesis revisited. NeuroRehabilitation, 29, 317–319. PubMed doi:10.3233/NRE-2011-0708
Smith, A.M., Stuart, M.J., Dodick, D.W., Roberts, W.O., Alford, P.W., Ashare, A.B., … & Wiese-Bjornstal, D.M. (2015). Ice Hockey Summit II: zero tolerance for head hits and fighting. Clinical Journal of Sports Medicine, 25, 78–87. PubMed
Spitzer, R.L., Kroenke, K., Williams, J.B., & Löwe, B. (2006). A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Archives of Internal Medicine, 166, 1092–1097. PubMed doi:10.1001/archinte.166.10. 1092
Stavinoha, P.L., Butcher, B., & Spurgin, A.A. (2012). Premor- bid functional considerations in pediatric concussion. In J.N. Apps & K.D. Walter (Eds.), Pediatric and adolescent concussion: diagnosis, management and outcomes. New York, NY: Springer.
Strauss, A.S. (2013). Special invited article: concussion, sports and psychiatry. Adolescent Psychiatry, 3, 307–315.
Styrke, J., Sojka, P., Björnstig, U., Bylund, P.O., & Stålnacke, B.M. (2013). Sex differences in symptoms, disability and life satisfaction three years after mild traumatic brain injury: a population-based cohort study. Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine, 45, 749–757. PubMed doi:10.2340/16501977-1215
Tator, C.H. (2012). Sport concussion education and prevention. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 6, 293–301.
Toga, A.W., & Mazziotta, J.C. (2002). Brain mapping: the methods, (2nd Ed.). San Diego, CA: Academic Press:
Valovich McLeod, T.C., & Register-Mihalik, J.K. (2011). Clinical outcomes assessment for the management of
Psychology of Sport Concussions 189
KR Vol. 4, No. 2, 2015
sport-related concussion. Journal of Sport Rehabilitation, 20, 46–60. PubMed
Vargas, G., Rabinowitz, A., Meyer, J., & Arnett, P.A. (2015). Predictors and prevalence of postconcussion depression symptoms in collegiate athletes. Journal of Athletic Training, 50, 250–255. PubMed doi:10.4085/1062-6050- 50.3.02
Weathers, F.W., Huska, J.A., & Keane, T.M. (1991). PCL-C for DSM-IV. Boston, MA: National Center for PTSD – Behavioral Science Division.
Webb, C.R. (1991). Explaining quality of life for persons with traumatic brain injury 2 years after injury. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 76, 1113–1119. PubMed doi:10.1016/S0003-9993(95)80118-9
Weyer Jamora, C., Schroeder, S.C., & Ruff, R.M. (2013). Pain and mild traumatic brain injury: the implications of pain severity on emotional and cognitive functioning. Brain Injury, 27, 1134–1140. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052 .2013.804196
Whelan-Goodinson, R., Ponsford, J., Johnston, L., & Grant, F. (2009). Psychiatric disorders following traumatic brain injury: their nature and frequency. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 24, 324–332. PubMed doi:10.1097/ HTR.0b013e3181a712aa
Wiese-Bjornstal, D.M., Smith, A.M., Shaffer, S.M., & Morrey, M.A. (1998). An integrated model of response to sport injury: psychological and sociological dynam- ics. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 10, 46–69. doi:10.1080/10413209808406377
Williams, J.M., & Andersen, M.B. (1998). Psychosocial ante- cedents of sport injury: review and critique of the stress and injury model. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 10, 5–25. doi:10.1080/10413209808406375
Wiseman-Hakes, C., Colantonio, A., & Gargaro, J. (2009). Sleep and wake disorders following traumatic brain injury: a systematic review of the literature. Critical Reviews in Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine, 21, 317–374. doi:10.1615/CritRevPhysRehabilMed.v21.i3-4.70
Wiseman-Hakes, C., Murray, B.J., Moineddin, R., Rochon, E., Cullen, N., Gargaro, J., & Colantonio, A. (2013). Evaluat- ing the impact of treatment for trauma related sleep/wake disorders on recovery of cognition and communication in adults with chronic TBI. Brain Injury, 27, 1364–1376. PubMed doi:10.3109/02699052.2013.823663
Wolters, G., Stapert, S., Brands, I., & Van Heugten, C. (2010). Coping styles in relation to cognitive reha- bilitation and quality of life after brain injury. Neuro- psychological Rehabilitation, 20, 587–600. PubMed doi:10.1080/09602011003683836
Wolters, G., Stapert, S., Brands, I., & and Van Heugten, C. (2011). Coping following acquired brain injury: predictors and correlates. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 26, 150–157. PubMed doi:10.1097/HTR.0b013e3181e421dc
Wood, R.L. (2004). Understanding the ‘miserable minority’: a diathesis-stress paradigm for post-concussional syndrome. Brain Injury, 18, 1135–1153. PubMed doi:10.1080/0269 9050410001675906
Woodrome, S.E., Yeates, K.O., Taylor, H.G., Rusin, J., Bangert, B., Dietrich, A., … & Wright, M. (2011). Coping strat- egies as a predictor of post-concussive symptoms in children with mild traumatic brain injury versus mild orthopedic injury. Journal of the International Neuropsy- chological Society, 17, 317–326. PubMed doi:10.1017/ S1355617710001700
Yang, C.C., Tu, Y.K., Hua, M.S., & Huang, S.J. (2007). The association between the postconcussion symptoms and clinical outcomes for patients with mild traumatic brain injury. Journal of Trauma and Acute Care Surgery, 62, 657–663. PubMed doi:10.1097/01.ta.0000203577.68764. b8
Yang, J., Peek-Asa, C., Covassin, T., & Torner, J. (2015). Post- concussion symptoms of depression and anxiety in division I collegiate athletes. Developmental Neuropsychology, 40, 18–23. PubMed doi:10.1080/87565641.2014.973499
Copyright of Kinesiology Review is the property of Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week7PsychologicalReadinessToReturn.pdf
1
applied research
The Sport Psychologist, 2015, 29, 1 -14 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/tsp.2014-0063 © 2015 Human Kinetics, Inc.
Psychological Readiness to Return to Competitive Sport Following Injury: A Qualitative Study
Leslie Podlog University of Utah
Sophie M. Banham and Ross Wadey University of Roehampton
James C. Hannon University of Utah
The purpose of this study was to examine athlete experiences and understandings of psychological readiness to return to sport following a serious injury. A focus group and follow-up semistructured interviews were conducted with seven English athletes representing a variety of sports. Three key attributes of readiness were identified including: (a) confi- dence in returning to sport; (b) realistic expectations of one’s sporting capabilities; and (c) motivation to regain previous performance standards. Numerous precursors such as trust in rehabilitation providers, accepting postinjury limitations, and feeling wanted by significant others were articulated. Results indicate that psychological readiness is a dynamic, psychosocial process comprised of three dimensions that increase athletes’ perceived likelihood of a successful return to sport following injury. Findings are discussed in relation to previous research and practical implications are offered.
Keywords: psychological readiness, sport injury, rehabilitation, return-to-sport
Podlog is with the Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science, Univer- sity of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT. Banham is with the Dept. of Life Sciences, University of Roehampton, London, UK. Wadey was with the Dept. of Life Sciences, University of Roehampton at the time of this research and is now with the School of Sport, Health and Applied Science, St. Mary’s University, Twicken- ham, UK. Hannon was with the Dept. of Exercise and Sport Science, University of Utah at the time of this research and is now with the College of Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV. Address author correspondence to Leslie Podlog at [email protected].
Traditionally, the decision to return a formerly injured athlete to the competitive arena has been based on an athlete’s ability to demonstrate sufficient clinical/ functional ability and to pass sport specific physical tests (Clover & Wall, 2010). Recent evidence suggests, however, that physical and psychological readiness to return to sport may not coincide (Podlog & Eklund, 2006; Wadey & Evans, 2011). The recent case of Der- rick Rose, the Chicago Bulls all-star point guard is a fine example. During the 2012–2013 season, Rose suffered a torn anterior cruciate ligament in his left knee and underwent reconstructive surgery to repair the ligament. Despite medical clearance and significant public pressure
to return, Rose self-professed that he was not psychologi- cally ready to resume his on-court duties. While Rose may have received more media attention than many of his contemporaries, increasing evidence suggests that Rose is by no means alone (Kvist, Ek, Sporrstedt, & Good, 2005; Podlog & Eklund, 2006; Ristolainen, Kettunen, Kujala, & Heinonen, 2012). It is apparent that many athletes may be reentering competitive sport before feeling mentally prepared to do so or in spite of the fact that they lack sufficient psychological skills necessary for coping with the challenges inherent in the return transition (Podlog & Eklund, 2006).
One model examining the influence of psychosocial factors on recovery outcomes is Wiese-Bjornstal, Smith, Shaffer, and Morrey’s (1998) integrated model of psy- chological response to the sport injury and rehabilitation process. Wiese-Bjornstal et al. posit that cognitive and affective factors influence behavioral responses (e.g., adherence, behavioral coping, social support seeking behaviors), which in turn impact physical and psycho- social recovery outcomes. Empirical support for these contentions has been found with links between cognitive appraisals (e.g., perceptions of rehabilitation progress), affective responses (e.g., happiness, excitement), and rehabilitation behaviors (e.g., adherence; Brewer, 2004; Podlog & Eklund, 2009; Tracey, 2003). Far less attention
2 Podlog et al.
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
however, has been devoted to an examination of the physical (e.g., joint laxity, instability, muscular strength, and endurance) and psychosocial recovery outcomes (e.g., treatment satisfaction, quality of life, readiness to return to sport) mentioned in the integrated model. An important psychological recovery outcome is psychologi- cal readiness to return to sport. Psychological readiness has been suggested to have a range of implications for athletes’ return-to-sport including the level of postinjury performance, competitive anxiety, and reinjury occur- rence (Heil, 1993). As Brewer (2004) asserted, however, little is known about what constitutes psychological readiness to return (i.e., what psychological readiness is), the factors that precipitate its development and what rehabilitation practitioners can do to increase the readi- ness of their athletes. Unfortunately, few researchers have heeded Brewer’s suggestion since his statement was first published.
One exception to Brewer’s suggestion is Glazer’s (2009) 6-item Injury-Psychological Readiness to Return to Sport Scale (I-PRRS; e.g., “My overall confidence to play is…”, “My confidence to play without pain is…”, “My confidence to give 100% effort is…”). Although Glazer (2009) reported initial reliability as well as, content, concurrent, and external validity, the items comprising the I-PRRS focus exclusively on confidence, thereby failing to take into account other factors (e.g., emotions or mood states) that may be relevant to athlete perceptions of psychological readiness to resume sport participation following injury (Morrey, Stuart, Smith, & Wiese-Bjornstal, 1999). Moreover, the I-PRRS was not theoretically or conceptually grounded, and no attempt was made to take athletes’ perspectives into account when developing the scale items.
Although no other measures directly address the construct of psychological readiness to return sport after injury, researchers have developed measures assessing constructs related to—but conceptually distinct from— psychological readiness. In particular, four measures of potential relevance to athletes’ psychological readiness have been developed. These include the Tampa Scale of Kinesiophobia (TSK; Miller, Kori & Todd, 1991), the Re-Injury Anxiety Inventory (RIAI; Walker, Thatcher, & Lavallee, 2010), the Knee Self-Efficacy Scale (K-SES; Thomeé, Wahrborg, Borjesson, Thomee, Eriksson, & Karlsson, 2006), and the ACL-Return to Sport After Injury Scale (ACL-RSI; Webster, Feller, & Lambros, 2008).
Miller et al. (1991) developed the 17-item TSK to assess fear of movement/reinjury among chronic low back pain sufferers (e.g., “I’m afraid that I might injure myself if I exercise,” “my pain would probably be relieved if I were to exercise”). Similarly, Walker, Thatcher, and Lavallee (2010) developed the RIAI to assess athletes’ anxiety regarding reinjury during the rehabilitation phase (15 items; e.g., “I am worried about becoming re-injured
during rehabilitation”) and upon reentry into competitive sport (13 items; e.g., “I am worried about becoming re- injured during re-entry into competition”). The K-SES (Thomeé, et al. 2006) asks athletes about their perceived present physical performance/function and about how confident they are in the future physical performance/ prognosis of their knee. Initial psychometric testing of the K-SES demonstrated good reliability, and good face, content, construct and convergent validity. Finally, Web- ster et al. (2008) developed the ACL-RSI to assess the psychological impact of returning to sport following an anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. They found that three types of psychological responses were associated with the resumption of sport activity including emotions, confidence in performance, and risk appraisal. Items reflecting these three subscales were incorporated into a 12-item ACL-Return to Sport after Injury (ACL-RSI) scale. While the above inventories represent important progress with regard to the measurement of phenomena associated with psychological readiness, such measures either lacked a clear conceptual grounding (e.g., I-PRRS), did not aim to examine psychological “readiness” per se (e.g., ACL-RSI), or focused exclusively on one injury type, namely a knee injury (e.g., K-SES).
In addition to the above inventories, investigators have examined a variety of phenomena related to the return to sport phase following injury. For instance, researchers have assessed the influence of motiva- tions to return on return-to-sport outcomes (Podlog & Eklund, 2005), adult and adolescent athlete experiences in returning to sport (Podlog & Eklund, 2006; Podlog et al. 2013), and the influence of psychological need satisfaction (competence, autonomy, and relatedness) on athlete well-being and return-to-sport outcomes (Podlog, Lochbaum, & Stevens, 2010). In further research on the return to sport following injury, Langford, Webster and Feller (2009) found that participants who had returned to competitive sport at 12 months, scored significantly higher on the ACL-RSI scale (reflecting a more positive psychological response about sport participation) at both 6 and 12 months than participants who had not returned to competitive sport. Interestingly, Langford et al. (2009) did not find significant differences on emotional response (as measured by the ERAIQ) among athletes who returned to competitive sport (51%) and those who did not (49%) at 12-months post-ACL reconstructive surgery. Their findings suggest that there are significant psychological differences regarding sport resumption between athletes who do, and do not, resume competitive sport 12-months following ACL reconstruction.
In reviewing the findings regarding the return to sport phase following injury, Ardern, Taylor, Feller, and Webster (2013) supported previous findings by Podlog and Eklund (2007) that autonomy, competence, and relatedness were salient issues among returning athletes. Ardern et al. (2013) also found that positive psychological
Psychological Readiness to Return 3
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
responses including motivation, confidence, and low fear were associated with a greater likelihood of returning to preinjury levels of participation and in expediting resump- tion of competitive activities. Finally, the researchers concluded that fear was a salient emotional response upon athletes’ return to sport, despite a trend of increasing posi- tive emotions as recovery and rehabilitation progressed.
Summarizing the above work, it is evident that researchers have generally taken a quantitative approach to assessing constructs of potential relevance to athletes’ psychological readiness to return to sport following injury and/or factors associated with the return to sport transi- tion. Despite the merits of a quantitative approach, there remains a lack of conceptual clarity on what it means to be psychologically ready to return to competitive sport following injury. Without a clear conceptual understand- ing of what psychological readiness is, a quantitative approach cannot assist in developing knowledge and understanding of this phenomenon. In line with proposi- tions highlighted in the integrated model, and consistent with Brewer’s (2004) suggestion, further research is needed to (a) more fully explore and operationalize the nature of psychological readiness to return (i.e., to under- stand what “readiness” is), and (b) to understand how athletes can develop a state of readiness. One effective approach toward this end would be to examine athletes’ experiences and understandings of being psychologically ready to return to sport.
Understanding the elements of psychological readi- ness to return after injury as well as its precursors is sig- nificant for several reasons. First, a better understanding of what psychological readiness is will help coaches as well as sport psychology and sport medicine practitioners ensure that returning athletes experience high levels of the characteristics constituting readiness to return. Second, a better understanding of readiness may help practitio- ners identify athletes who may not be ready to return to sport and more susceptible to detrimental return-to-sport outcomes (e.g., performance anxiety, reinjury anxiety, and actual reinjury occurrence). Third, a more precise knowledge of what constitutes psychological readiness is important for further research aiming to examine the consequences of psychological readiness for postinjury performance and athlete well-being. Fourth, a clearer understanding of readiness precursors will provide rehabilitation practitioners with a better idea of how to increase the psychological preparedness of their ath- letes. Fifth and finally, ascertaining athlete perspectives of psychological readiness is essential for further scale development and psychometric testing of a readiness measure. As such, a clearer understanding of psycho- logical readiness to return to sport after injury has clear theoretical and practical implications. Given the above, the purpose of the current study was twofold. Our first purpose was to explore injured athletes’ experiences and understandings of ‘psychological readiness’ to return to
sport after injury. In doing so, we aimed to identify the key attributes of psychological readiness. Our second aim was to better apprehend the factors (i.e., precursors) influencing the development of this psychological state.
Method
Participants
In the current study, seven participants (n = 3 females, 4 males; mean age of 21.9 years, SD = 3.8 years) from the United Kingdom representing two team sports (soccer, rugby union) and two individual sports (gymnastics, martial arts) participated in the investigation. Competitors ranging from a club to a professional level were solicited for study involvement to ascertain a broad range of per- spectives on the meaning of psychological readiness to return. Participants experienced a minimum of two-month absence from sports participation due to injury and had returned to competitive sport within the last 12 months or were in the process of returning after injury. Participant demographics are provided in Table 1.
Procedure
Following University Ethical approval, participants were selected on the basis that they were able and willing to offer insights into psychological readiness to return to competitive sport following injury. Potential participants were contacted via referrals from coaches and physio- therapists, opportunities as a result of the second and third authors’ contacts, and snowballing (i.e., referral from participants). All participants who were contacted agreed to participate in the study. Rather than obtaining a sample from one rehabilitation clinic or competitive team (or group of athletes), athletes were sought from different settings. The rationale for this criterion was based on a desire to obtain a constructed group rather than a pre- existing one. Leask, Hawe, and Chapman (2001) found constructed group discussions to be more animated and enthusiastic, and participants expressed more divergent views and articulated greater complexities of a chosen topic. Discussions with preexisting groups were generally flatter and less enthusiastic, displaying a higher level of apparent conformity to conventional wisdom. Athletes from various clinics, teams or competitive levels were contacted, and if they expressed an interest in partici- pating in the study, the second author emailed them a participant information sheet. The information sheet contained information concerning the study purposes and procedures, the reason for recording the interviews, and confidentiality information. All potential participants who received the participant information sheet accepted their invitation to participate and provided written informed consent.
4 Podlog et al.
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
We selected a qualitative approach to address our two questions of interest. As Creswell (2007) suggests, qualitative methodologies are particularly useful when the researcher is hoping to gain insights into a topic that has received limited attention in previous research, where there is an interest in uncovering the experiential aspects of the topic under investigation, or where the goal is to gain detailed insights, opinions and perspectives from those with first-hand knowledge of a particular phenom- enon. Given the dearth of research on the components of readiness to return, the factors that precipitate its development, and the lack of research examining athlete perspectives, experiences and insights regarding the characteristics of readiness, a qualitative approach was deemed appropriate for the current study.
It was decided that to best understand participants’ perspectives, we should collect data across two stages. First, a focus group was conducted with our sample. The rationale for using a focus group was to explore the participants’ shared understanding and experiences and to further enable them to develop and refine their ideas. Flowers et al. (2001) and Palmer, Larkin, Visser, and Fadden (2010) found that new insights into phenomena can arise due to shared experiences, which would not have arisen in one-to-one interviews. Wilkinson (2003) reported that focus groups can also facilitate personal dis- closure more than individual interviews. The focus group for this study was set up to explore how an injured athlete would recognize when he or she is psychologically ready to return to competitive sport and how readiness could be cultivated or developed. Probes were used throughout to explore the meaning of psychological readiness and its precursors. The focus group was conducted by the second author who fulfilled a number of roles: (a) facilitating the discussion (e.g., asking questions and introducing scenarios), (b) monitoring the discussion (e.g., listening,
prompting for more information, bringing in quieter par- ticipants), and (c) maintaining a reasonable and ethical environment (i.e., making sure all participants expressed their opinions, preventing them from being silenced by other groups members or pressured to conform to a con- sensus position). These roles were practiced and refined during a pilot focus group. The focus group took place on a University campus and lasted for 1 hr 45 min.
Considering that one potential limitation of focus groups is that they might dilute accounts of personal experience (cf. Flowers et al., 2001), the second stage of data collection involved follow-up one-to-one interviews with each participant. The aim of the follow-up interview was to permit the participants to elaborate on the specific details of their own stories. The data gleaned from the individual interviews would serve as a complement to the focus group data by enabling the participants to further develop their understanding and contextualize their expe- riences (cf. Lambert & Loiselle, 2007). The questions focused on the dimensions of psychological readiness (e.g., “What does psychological readiness to return to sport mean to you?”, “What qualities and attributes do you associate with someone who is psychologically ready to return to their sport?, “How do you think the following attributes or qualities relate/do not relate to an athlete’s psychological readiness? [Attributes arising from the focus group were used as the basis for discussion here]) and its precursors (“What factors positively influence psychological readiness?”, “What factors assists in the development of psychological readiness?”). Interviews were conducted by the second author in private, either in person at the same University campus or when prag- matic issues necessitated (e.g., training commitments) via the telephone. During the interviews the aim was to listen attentively to what participants had to say and probe spontaneously at certain points, only using the
Table 1 Participant Characteristics
Participant Age
(years) Gender Sport Competitive Level Injury Sustained Stage of Return
Severity (Time Loss)
Oliver 21 male rugby union regional fractured metatarsal full return to competition
6 months
Tanya 18 female rugby union national ruptured posterior cruciate ligament
conditioning phase
9 months (estimate)a
Ellen 20 female gymnastics national fractured metatarsal, ligament damage (ankle)
conditioning phase
6–8 months (estimate)a
Daniel 20 male football club fractured ankle, ligament damage (ankle)
full return to competition
6 months
Allison 22 female martial arts club bruised bone (foot) full return to competition
4 months
Doug 30 male football professional Achilles tendon damage full return to competition
8 months
Jack 22 male rugby union regional grade 2 hamstring tear conditioning phase
36 months (estimate)a
aEstimates are provided for athletes that are still in the conditioning phase of their recovery. Estimates have been provided by the athletes.
Psychological Readiness to Return 5
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
schedule in a flexible manner. Indeed, Smith, Flowers, and Larkin (2009) reported, “Good interviewing requires us to accept, and indeed relish, the fact that the course and content of an interview cannot be laid down in advance” (p. 65). The duration of the interviews ranged from 45–120 min.
Data Analysis
Interview data were analyzed using the constant com- parative method of analysis outlined by Maykut and Morehouse (1994). We chose this type of analysis as it was consistent with well-established qualitative analysis procedures. Such procedures had been used successfully in previous sport psychology studies (e.g., Tracey, 2008; Wadey, Clark, Podlog, & McCullough, 2013), and we were interested in focusing on what is said rather than, for example, other types of analysis that focus on the hows of people’s lives (Smith & Sparkes, 2005). The analysis was a joint product of the participant and the analysts (authors) and involved two general steps: the focus group transcript was inductively analyzed, whereas the indi- vidual transcripts were deductively and inductively ana- lyzed (Patton, 2002). Specifically, analysis of the focus group transcript proceeded using the following four-stage inductive process: (a) active engagement with the data by reading and rereading the transcripts and listening to the audio-recordings to ensure the participant was the focus of analysis; (b) line-by-line analysis of the participants’ experiential understandings and experiences to identify specific ways by which they understood and experienced psychological readiness. This step involved writing notes on a hard-copy of each of the transcripts to produce a comprehensive and detailed set of initial, exploratory comments; (c) emergent themes were found from reduc- ing the volume of detail (the transcript and initial notes) by mapping the interrelationships, connections, and patterns between exploratory notes (e.g., effective goal setting and motivation to regain previous performance standards). The themes reflected the participants’ original words and thoughts but also the analyst’s interpretation; and (d) connections across emergent themes were found using abstraction to identify lower and higher-order themes as well as general dimensions (e.g., confidence in one’s rehabilitation, formerly injured body part, and performance capabilities). Given our interest in obtain- ing athletes from a wide range of rehabilitation clinics, teams and competitive levels, our criteria to determine the presence of a theme was if one athlete reported it (Wadey et al., 2013).
Following inductive analysis of the focus group, individual transcripts were analyzed deductively and inductively using procedures outlined by Patton (2002). Specifically, each transcript was analyzed line-by-line, ultimately resulting in a within-case profile of readiness precursors and dimensions that captured the pattern for that particular participant. Once all the within-case profiles had been developed, the final stage of analysis involved the creation of cross-case profiles for each
precursor and attribute of psychological readiness to return, by integrating each individual’s personal profile and the emergent themes generated from the initial focus group analysis.
Two trustworthiness procedures were used in this study to bolster the rigor of the findings by ensuring that interpretations were plausible and reflected the experiences of participants: peer-debriefing and member- checking (Creswell, 2007; Rees, Smith & Sparkes, 2003). Throughout the analysis process, interpretations and initial themes were reflected to the first, third, and fourth authors who acted as critical friends. The role of these individuals was to question, prompt discus- sions, and explore alternative explanations. In addition, when themes were developed, participants were invited to reflect on the interpretations that had been made. This opened dialogue on the overall themes as well as individual experiences of these themes, providing the researchers with additional insight into the plausibility of interpretations.
Results In addressing our first research aim, we found that three general dimensions or attributes of psychological readi- ness emerged. These included: (a) confidence in returning to sport, (b) realistic expectations of one’s sporting capa- bilities, and (c) motivation to regain previous performance standards. General dimensions, higher-order themes, and lower order themes are presented in Figure 1. In line with our second research purpose, participants also articu- lated various factors (i.e., precursors) that they believed facilitated the development of psychological readiness to return to sport after injury. Figure 2 presents the readiness precursors and dimensions. Presentation of the findings is organized into two general sections. The three com- ponents of psychological readiness are presented first followed by the precursors of psychological readiness.
Confidence in Returning to Sport
The key element of psychological readiness to return fol- lowing injury described by participants was confidence in returning to sport. Confidence was multidimensional in that it consisted of three higher-order themes, namely: (a) a belief in the efficacy of one’s rehabilitation program, (b) a belief that one’s formerly injured body part was fully healed, and (c) efficacy in one’s performance capabili- ties. In terms of efficacy in one’s rehabilitation program, athletes highlighted the importance of feeling that they had made positive progress in their rehabilitation and that they had access to appropriate rehabilitation facilities and programs (i.e., exercises and rehabilitation techniques) set out by trained sport medicine professionals.
Oliver commented:
I think the quality of rehab that you’ve had is very important [for psychological readiness]. So if you’ve gone to, you know, “Mr Rehab” who’s been working
6 TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
Figure 1 — Model depicting the lower order themes, higher-order themes and general dimensions
7TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
Figure 2 — Precursors facilitating psychological readiness to return to sport after injury
8 Podlog et al.
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
with rugby players for 60 years and he knows exactly what he’s talking about and goes to all the courses, like he’s up to date and stuff like that, or you go to some sort of back alley doctor who’s gone, “yeah just do heavy weights until you feel better” like you’re going to feel a lot better with the quality of rehab that you get and a lot more psychologically ready. . .
In regard to his belief in the efficacy of his reha- bilitation program, Daniel also suggested that “…good facilities while you’re rehabilitating, surely can only be a positive thing” for one’s confidence in returning to sport.
Closely related to a belief in the efficacy of the rehabilitation program itself, was the perception that one’s formerly injured body part was fully healed and that reinjury preoccupations were minimal or nonexistent. As Daniel stated:
Um, well, kind of carrying on from the discussion before [on psychological readiness], I put down that the thought of injury or re-injury is no longer in one’s thought process when making decisions during performance. So that’s kind of something we discussed earlier, being able to put that [re-injury concerns] in the past and realise that the strength of the muscle or limb is actually stronger than before the injury. So you may have actually rehabilitated that injury so that the muscle or whatever is stronger than it was before.
During the focus group and individual interviews, a number of athletes made statements that reflected the multidimensional nature of confidence. For instance, Jack commented, that readiness was about being “...confident in your own ability [to execute skills], confident in the injured body part…and being confident that you’re not going to get re-injured and that you’re ready to perform at the highest standard possible”. He went on to suggest that:
If I was confident, I’d know that it [the injury] was going to be ok, ‘I’ve done a lot of work on it [my hamstring] and I’ve gradually got it to the point where I can say, ‘yeah, you can sprint and you’ll be fine’. Knowing that [that I can sprint] in the back of my head, I’ll feel ready. I’m probably still not at that stage yet.
Similarly, Doug indicated that in terms of psycholog- ical readiness “confidence is the biggest thing… You have to have confidence in your rehab program, confidence in actually believing you’re physically able to compete at a certain level without any fear of re-injury.”
Realistic Expectations of One’s Sporting Capabilities
A second essential component (i.e., general dimension) of psychological readiness to return was having realistic
expectations of one’s ability to attain specific perfor- mance levels. Epitomizing the comments of others was the suggestion by Doug that, “you can’t hide from the fact that you’ve been injured” and that it was important to “be realistic that you can’t always do it straight away and maybe at the beginning it’s just putting in the building blocks”. Along these lines, Allison commented:
…Sometimes you need to take a step back and remember that actually you’ve been out for several months, you’re not going to go back at the same level as when you left and if you can’t understand that, if you can’t get your head around that then maybe you’re not quite ready to return.
During the focus group discussion, Tanya stated that readiness was about “being realistic, but not expecting too much or too little and then commitment [is impor- tant]…” while Doug stated that realistic expectations were about having:
the perception that you can’t just go back to where you left off… there’s a gradual build up, there’s a gradual progression that leads you into that develop- ment from rehab into ultimately performing and then eventually back to where you were, if not beyond where you were before.
Motivation to Regain Previous Standards of Performance
The third and final component of readiness to return described by participants was motivation to regain previ- ous standards of performance. Given participants’ aware- ness of the fact that returning to previous performance levels would likely take time, the corollary was that one required a sufficient level of motivation to regain previous performance standards. It was suggested that possessing such motivation went “hand in hand with being psycho- logically ready”. Allison illustrated the role of motivation as an attribute of psychological readiness to return:
That’s when you know you’re definitely ready to go back, when your first session you fight for more, you’re motivated to come back to the next training session, you’re motivated to train harder, that’s when you’re definitely ready to go back. If you come out of your training session thinking, ‘I don’t know if I can do this’ then don’t go back.
The comments of Oliver also captured the impor- tance of motivation to return to preinjury levels as a component of readiness to return. He noted, “… yeah motivation as well, like if you’ve been motivated all the way through rehab, and you feel like you’re ready to play, people have told you you’re ready to play, you’re going to feel a lot more motivated to play and therefore a lot more psychologically ready.”
Psychological Readiness to Return 9
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
Precursors of Psychological Readiness to Return to Sport
Precursors of Confidence in Returning to Sport. Three key precursors of confidence in returning to sport were described including: (a) having trust in the knowledge and expertise of rehabilitation providers, (b) social support that satisfied one’s recovery needs, and (c) the achievement of physical standards/clinical outcomes. With regard to the development of trust in rehabilitation practitioners’ knowledge and expertise, the importance of cultivating a relationship with medical practitioners was emphasized. As Daniel stated, “After I developed a relationship with physios and doctors and I completely trusted them, as soon as they told me that [that I was ready to return to sport] then for me that was like a green light and suddenly all other concerns seemed to slip away.” Daniel, like others, suggested that the trust he had in the knowledge and expertise of his physio- therapist, provided him with confidence in the efficacy of his rehabilitation program, the fact that his injury was completely healed, and that he was ready to resume a high level of competitive play.
Trust in the physiotherapist was also enhanced when athletes were given a rehabilitation program by a physio- therapist who had designed and implemented numerous physical recovery programs for athletes who had previ- ously overcome injury and successfully competed at a high level of postinjury performance. Oliver commented that “getting a genuine program to follow, set out by a trained professional” who had had countless successes in helping injured teammates make a successful return to sport, fostered trust in his team physiotherapist. “I’ve seen everyone [teammates] come back from injury and play well and that’s going to install quite a lot of trust in the physio…” Such trust reinforced Oliver’s belief in the value of his rehabilitation program and imbued him with confidence in his injured limb and his ability to compete at a high level. Epitomizing the sentiment of others, Oliver stated: “I think the quality of my physio really, really helped instil confidence in my injured foot and my ability to compete.”
An additional precursor in the development of confidence was social support received from relevant others, in particular, physiotherapists and coaches. Sup- port in the form of positive feedback from significant others (i.e., esteem support) as well as reassurance and informational support following injury related setbacks were seen as integral in the development of confidence to return. Daniel commented:
I was lucky that I had a doctor and a physio helping me out so I was [mentally] positive. I was surrounded by positive reinforcement with people telling me that I was making big steps. So that for me is one thing that if you have that support would cause you to be confident in your rehabilitation program.
Similarly, the anecdote by Jack highlighted the ben- efits of receiving informational support:
I was playing some touch rugby…I slid on my knees, because of when I had the operation on my left knee, my left knee has never been able to fully flex to 100% and it was pushed into that when I skidded… it was really swollen on the Thursday morning. I absolutely panicked that it was back, it was really tight. I couldn’t really walk. I got on the phone to the physio and she said “look, don’t worry it’s just swollen, it’s never been used to going into that posi- tion”. So that for me [the physio’s comments] gave me another big confidence boost. . . .”
Jack went on to comment that the physiotherapist’s “reassurance over the last twelve months has really done wonders for my head… So yeah, I think the sup- port from someone you trust plays a big role in building confidence.” Having one’s reinjury concerns allayed, trust in the knowledge of rehabilitation providers, and receiv- ing feedback that one was making positive steps in the rehabilitation process all helped to cultivate an internal perception of confidence.
Another important confidence precursor was the achievement of physical standards/clinical outcomes (e.g., muscular strength or endurance). Tanya commented, “I had strength testing on my legs um, and that came up all positive so yeah I’m not worried about being weak or anything. They’re [my legs are] back stronger than what they were before…” She suggested that achieving certain strength levels enhanced her confidence in her performance capabilities. Overall, athletes indicated that the attainment of small, progressive goals (e.g., balanc- ing on one ankle for 10 s and later 20 s) signaled steady improvement that facilitated confidence perceptions. Jack stated:
I think what’s important is to set small [rehabilita- tion] goals and in the game related aspects of the sport. I’m not there yet, but I assume once you are almost ‘good to go’ you can kind of slowly, do aspects of your sport and set small goals, so you don’t rush into it. And then you build your confidence, and because you’re happy with how it’s going [your rehabilitation], you’re more psychologically ready to return; you’re not just returning, but you slowly move into it.
Precursors of Realistic Expectations of One’s Sporting Capabilities. Three precursors in relation to realistic expectations regarding the ability to attain specific performance levels were mentioned. These included: patience, accepting one’s postinjury limitations, and effective goal setting. Athletes suggested that the culti- vation of a patient mind-set was important in ensuring that expectations regarding when one could return to competition and performance levels upon the return
10 Podlog et al.
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
were reasonable. According to Doug, “just being patient, wanting to do it [return to sport] but being realistic and saying you can’t do it…” was important in helping him to ensure that he was psychologically prepared to return to competition. Accepting that one’s time away from sport may impact skill execution and performance capabilities was also deemed essential in the creation of realistic performance expectations. As Ellen indicated, “acceptance of knowing what you’re going to be able to do [after returning to competition] and accepting the fact that you’re not going to be able to do as much will help in setting realistic goals for what you think you’ll be ready to do.” Similarly, Allison suggested the impor- tance of accepting one’s injury recovery status and being honest with oneself about one’s level of psychological readiness. She indicated “…you know you’re going to have a loss of fitness [upon returning to competition]. If you’re not ready to accept that you’ve lost it [fitness] and willing to fight for it back then you’re probably not ready to go back.”
Last, the act of setting effective goals was seen as an important precursor of realistic performance expecta- tions. Goal setting was perceived as helpful in outlining the intermediary steps required to attain certain levels of athletic proficiency. Along these lines, Allison com- mented, “I think when you return, or just before your return you need to be very, very, very aware that you’re not going to be as good as you were when you left and you need to be very aware that you need to set very small, clear goals about how you’re going to get your fitness and technique back.” Athletes also suggested that coaches and physiotherapists were influential in setting effective goals that in turn facilitated realistic expectations. Oliver commented “goal setting’s very important, but realistic goals set by professionals will usually be more helpful with feeling psychologically ready.” Oliver also stated, “I got the proper help that I needed, that was available to me at the club and they [physiotherapists] gave me realistic expectations…”
Precursors of Motivation to Regain Previous Per- formance Standards. The perceived precursors of motivation to regain previous performance standards included: (a) effective goal-setting, (b) the boredom of injury, (c) feeling wanted by significant others, and (d) social support. The process of setting and attaining realistic goals positively influenced athletes’ motivation to achieve previous performance standards. According to Daniel:
Once I was able to set the right and realistic goals for myself I gained more motivation. Improving weekly on certain tasks is a massive thing and you know if those are your goals and you’re achieving your goals then you’re motivated to set more goals and keep with it.
Interestingly, the boredom of the injury recovery process was also seen as motivationally beneficial. For some athletes the tedium of repetitious rehabilitation
exercises provided greater impetus to resume competitive activities. According to Daniel, “I did start to become a little bit bored of my injury, mainly when I had my cast on and that gave me more motivation to get out of the cast as soon as possible.”
Feeling wanted by the coach and teammates also contributed to enhanced motivation levels. Teammates and coaches who verbalized their desire to have the injured athlete return and who recognized the missed contributions of the injured athlete helped energize par- ticipants in their quest to achieve and surpass preinjury levels. The comments of Daniel nicely captured the importance of “feeling wanted”. “Personally I was really lucky to have a lot of friends helping me out, and yeah that definitely motivated me because... you know there’s people out there that really want you to recover from the injury and you want to show them that you can recover and that all the help that they’re giving you isn’t in vein.”
As the above comment suggests, feeling wanted by teammates and coaches was closely tied to the importance of receiving social support. An important source of social support which aided the development of motivation to return to preperformance standards was having an “injury buddy.” Athletes suggested that having a fellow athlete with a similar injury who was experiencing the same challenges and demands as they were was motivationally beneficial. Tanya described the impact that her “injury buddy” had on her motivation:
We always train together and make sure we do the rehab together, we sort of set each
other little goals as well…if you have little worries or setbacks you’ve got more trust and comfort in your injury buddy because you’re going through the same thing so there’s more understanding. So if you have worries then you can speak to them and they’ll understand it and somehow manage to motivate you.
Discussion
As far as the researchers are aware, this was the first investigation to identify the key attributes and precur- sors of psychological readiness to return after injury. Our findings suggest that psychological readiness can be considered a dynamic, psychosocial process comprised of three dimensions that increase athletes’ perceived likelihood of a successful return to sport following injury. Findings from this study suggest confidence was a key component of psychological readiness and that confi- dence was multidimensional in nature, a finding echoed in previous research (e.g., Carson & Polman, 2012; Chase, Magyar, & Drake, 2005; Glazer, 2009; Podlog & Eklund, 2006). For example, Carson and Polman (2012) found that the main aim of professional rugby union players before a return to competition was to build confidence in the injured limb, while Chase et al. (2005) found that the cultivation of self-efficacy and the utilization of psychological skills (e.g., imagery, relaxation) were
Psychological Readiness to Return 11
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
important in helping gymnasts overcome their fear of injury. Specifically, athletes suggested that they required a strong conviction that their program of rehabilitation was effective in enabling them to fully recover, that their injury was fully healed, and the perception of readiness to compete at a high level and meet competitive demands. The multidimensional nature of confidence also sup- ports previous scale development by Glazer (2009) who addressed various confidence components in his inventory (e.g., confidence to give 100% effort, to not concentrate on the injury, to handle the demands of the situation, in one’s skill level/ability). Collectively, these findings indicate that confidence in relation to different areas may be essential in ensuring that athletes are psy- chologically prepared to resume competitive activities. From a practical standpoint, it seems important for sport medicine and sport psychology practitioners to minimize reinjury apprehensions, promote efficacy in the value of rehabilitation and one’s healing, and facilitate the belief that one is ready to compete at a high level. Strategies for enhancing confidence are described below.
A novel contribution of this study was the identifica- tion of factors believed to be directly linked to the develop- ment of confidence to return after injury. Consistent with Wiese-Bjornstal et al.’s (1998) integrated model, a key personal factor—the achievement of physical standards/ clinical outcomes—was seen as pivotal in developing confidence. Although previous research has not specifi- cally focused on the nature of psychological readiness, it has been found that successful completion of strength and sport specific tests is influential in the development of confidence among athletes returning to sport follow- ing injury (Carson & Polman, 2012; Podlog & Eklund, 2006). Moreover, consistent with Wiese-Bjornstal et al.’s (1998) conceptual tenets and past research, situational factors, including trust in the knowledge and expertise of rehabilitation providers (Roderick, 2004) and social support (Yang, Corinne, Lowe, Heiden, & Foster, 2010), appeared instrumental in the development of confidence in returning to sport.
The issue of trust in rehabilitation providers has received limited attention in the literature (Clement & Shannon, 2011; Russell & Tracey, 2011; Tracey, 2008). Athletes in this study highlighted the importance of trust in significant others in alleviating injury concerns and increasing confidence in the ability to perform at a high level. Roderick (2004) found that trust in the knowledge of physiotherapists was imperative for professional Eng- lish soccer players, some of whom expressed ambivalence about the knowledge and expertise of particular medical practitioners. Further research is required however, to address the impact of trust in support on the development of psychological readiness to return and return outcomes.
With regard to social support, athletes placed a strong emphasis on the need for support, in particular from sport medicine practitioners and coaches in increas- ing confidence in the injured body part and in relieving injury concerns. Recently, Clement and Shannon (2011) emphasized the key role that physiotherapists play in
providing social support during the return to sport phase. Clement and Shannon also found that athletes reported a lack of coach support. Collectively, these findings point to an apparent contradiction whereby athletes seek coach support in building confidence to return to sport but also indicate that such support may not be forthcoming. Pre- vious research by Podlog and Dionigi (2010) suggests that coaches are aware of the value of coach support and assistance in rehabilitation. Whether such support is provided may differ depending upon the specific sport culture or coach in question. Quantitative inquiry would be beneficial in addressing the extent to which coaches are involved in providing social support and building athlete confidence upon the return to sport. Social support from an “injury buddy” was also perceived to influence the development of confidence. The notion of an “injury buddy” is akin to the idea of injury role-models, the latter of whom have been found to help facilitate recovery by providing injured athletes with information and hope that a successful return is possible or by pairing injured athletes at a similar stage of recovery (Podlog & Eklund, 2006).
Of the confidence precursors identified, it is apparent that all are subject to improvement through systematic training. For example, the achievement of physical standards/clinical outcomes can be enhanced through goal-setting techniques (Evans & Hardy 2002). Similarly, trust in rehabilitation providers and social support may be addressed through education, effective communica- tion strategies, and rapport building (Tracey, 2003). In addition, the use of demonstrated psychological interven- tions such as imagery and relaxation may be valuable in enhancing various confidence facets before the resump- tion of competitive activities (Chase et al., 2005; Wadey & Evans, 2011). Further, research testing the value of these interventions in ensuring the psychological readiness of returning athletes is warranted.
A second key attribute of psychological readiness to return was realistic expectations regarding one’s perfor- mance capabilities. Podlog and Eklund (2009) also found that realistic expectations were important in determining the extent to which high-level athletes perceived their return to sport to be a success. These parallel findings suggest that realistic expectations are not only integral in ensuring readiness but in enabling athletes to appraise their return after injury as successful. Establishing real- istic expectations however, may be challenging for many elite athletes, given that performance expectations and an intense desire to demonstrate high levels of compe- tency may cloud perceptions of readiness. Some of the athletes in Podlog and Eklund’s (2009) study indicated that they had difficulties setting realistic expectations. The realization of an inability to meet high expectations was a valuable reminder of the importance of creating realistic ones. Coaches and rehabilitation specialists may be pivotal in helping athletes with the difficult task of establishing realistic expectations. Doing so appears to be imperative in enabling athletes to feel psychologically ready and successful upon their return to competition.
12 Podlog et al.
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
Several precursors including patience, accepting postinjury limitations, and goal setting, were also seen as important in the development of realistic performance expectations. Gould, Udry, Bridges and Beck (1997) also found that patience and taking it slowly was cited more by athletes they characterized as successful recoverers from injury than unsuccessful ones. From a practical standpoint, instilling a sense of patience, helping athletes to set challenging but flexible goals, and encouraging acceptance of one’s recovery status may be influential in the creation of realistic expectations regarding the upcom- ing return to competition. Once again, sport medicine professionals may be vital in educating athletes about the importance of remaining patient and not engaging in rehabilitation regimens that extend beyond practitioner recommended guidelines.
A final attribute of psychological readiness to return was motivation to regain previous performance standards. Given athletes’ recognition of the need to maintain realistic expectations, it was not entirely surprising that they also believed that a requisite level of motivation was required to regain previous performance levels. An important applied implication of this finding is the need to assess athletes’ motivation levels as well as the types of motives energizing their return to competition after injury. Podlog and Eklund (2005) found that the types of motivation driving athletes’ return to sport may have relevant implications for the outcomes of that return. Specifically, competitive athletes who were primarily motivated by intrinsic factors appeared to have a greater likelihood of experiencing a renewed sport perspective, while those extrinsically motivated were more likely to experience return concerns (e.g., competitive anxiety, fear of reinjury, perceptions of diminished performance). From an applied standpoint, it is important to note that motivation levels can be shaped by environmental factors. Contemporary social psychological theories of motiva- tion such as self-determination theory recognize that the extent to which individuals’ psychological needs are satis- fied may have important implications for intraindividual motivation levels. As such, practitioners are encouraged to ensure that returning athletes are liberally endowed with high motivation levels if they are likely to overcome the multitude of challenges that lay ahead.
Findings regarding the precursors of motivation to regain previous performance standards, suggest vari- ables that should be targeted in attempting to positively influence this readiness attribute. While two of the precursors emerged for other readiness facets (i.e., goal setting and social support), two novel ones - the boredom of injury and feeling wanted - were also highlighted. The boredom of injury and feeling wanted by team- mates and coaches have yet to be discussed in previous research as precursors of motivation to regain previous performance standards. Paradoxically, several athletes felt that the boredom of injury enhanced their motiva- tion by providing greater impetus to extricate oneself from the monotony of the rehabilitation process and to
return to the sport they enjoyed. This finding indicates that practitioners should encourage athletes to “use” the potential tedium of rehabilitation exercises as a source of motivation to resume the sport that brings enjoyment and personal fulfillment. This is not to suggest that rehabilitation specialists should encourage athletes to prematurely expedite the rehabilitation process, but rather to use boredom as a positive motivational tool. Similarly, recognition that returning athletes felt a need to be wanted by their teammates and coaches suggests that feeling valued, wanted, and needed by relevant others served as a positive motivational force. This finding suggests the relevance of being cared for by significant others. Further research examining the importance of feeling wanted or perceptions of being cared for by others is warranted with regard to its value in enhancing athletes’ psychological readiness to return.
Limitations and Future Research Directions
As with any study there are a number of limitations to this research. First, given the relatively small sample size, findings from this study should be considered preliminary. Further research examining the generalizability of the findings from the current study is warranted. Second, as three of the athletes had yet to return to competition, they were unable to comment on possible return-to-sport outcomes associated with psychological readiness. In addition to examining readiness precursors, it would be theoretically informative and practically useful to examine the consequences of readiness to return to sport. To this end, research tracking readiness precursors and outcomes using prospective repeated measure designs would contribute to the extant literature. Alternatively, a sample of athletes who had already returned to sport fol- lowing injury would be able to retrospectively comment on outcomes of psychological readiness. Regardless of whether researchers choose to employ a prospective or retrospective design, it is apparent that further research examining readiness outcomes is needed. In addition, further investigation is needed to develop a measure of psychological readiness that incorporates the three readi- ness components revealed in this study and to examine its reliability and validity. As indicated previously, limitations associated with previous readiness measures (e.g., Glazer, 2009) suggest the value of further readiness measures that are multidimensional in nature and that take into account athlete perspectives. Finally, it is possible that our sample was biased insofar as only athletes who felt ready to return felt able and/or willing to share their insights. That said, a number of participants, in particu- lar those in the conditioning phase, relayed instances in which they felt they were not entirely psychologically ready to resume competitive play. Further research using a diverse sample of athletes who may or may not be psychologically ready to return is needed to shed further light on this construct of interest.
Psychological Readiness to Return 13
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
Conclusion Overall, it is clear from this study that psychological readiness is a dynamic, psychosocial process which athletes may experience before, during, or after their transition from rehabilitation to returning to competitive sport. It appears to be comprised of three dimensions that increase athletes’ perceived likelihood of a suc- cessful return to sport following injury: (a) confidence in returning to sport; (b) realistic expectations of one’s sporting capabilities; and (c) motivation to regain previ- ous performance standards. Novel findings also emerged through athlete description of readiness precursors. In particular, the importance of trust in rehabilitation pro- viders, social support, goal-setting, and the achievement of physical standards/clinical outcomes were all salient factors that helped cultivate psychological readiness to return to sport. It may be that ensuring athletes possess high levels of all three attributes is essential for ensur- ing readiness, a question for further empirical scrutiny. Moreover, by addressing the precursors outlined in this study, practitioners are well-positioned to help athletes experience this valuable psychological state.
References Ardern, C.L., Taylor, N.F., Feller, J.A., & Webster, K.E. (2013).
A systematic review of the psychological factors associated with returning to sport following injury. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 47, 1120–1126. PubMed doi:10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091203
Brewer, B. (2004). Psychological aspects of rehabilitation (pp. 39-53). In G.S. Kolt & Mark B. Andersen (Eds.) Psychology in the physical and manual therapies. Elsevier Limited.
Carson, F., & Polman, R. (2012). Experiences of professional rugby union players returning to competition follow- ing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Physical Therapy in Sport, 13, 35–40. PubMed doi:10.1016/j. ptsp.2010.10.007
Creswell, J.W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.
Chase, M.A., Magyar, T.M., & Drake, B.M. (2005). Fear of injury in gymnastics: Self-efficacy and psychological strategies to keep on tumbling. Journal of Sports Sciences, 23, 465–475. PubMed doi:10.1080/02640410400021427
Clement, D., & Shannon, V. (2011). Injured athletes perceptions surrounding social support. Journal of Sport Rehabilita- tion, 20, 457–470. PubMed
Clover, J., & Wall, J. (2010). Return-to-play criteria following sports injury. Clinics in Sports Medicine, 29, 169–175. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.csm.2009.09.008
Evans, L., & Hardy, L. (2002). Injury rehabilitation: A goal- setting intervention study. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 73, 310–319. PubMed doi:10.1080/02701367 .2002.10609025
Flowers, P., Knussen, C., & Duncan, B. (2001). Re-appraising HIV testing among Scottish gay men: the impact of new HIV treatments. Journal of Health Psychology, 6, 665–678. PubMed doi:10.1177/135910530100600605
Glazer, D.D. (2009). Development and preliminary validation of the injury-psychological readiness to return to sport (I-PRRS) scale. Journal of Athletic Training, 44, 185–189 Retrieved from http://web.ebscohost.com. PubMed doi:10.4085/1062-6050-44.2.185
Gould, D., Udry, E., Bridges, D., & Beck, L. (1997). Stress sources encountered when rehabilitating from season- ending ski injuries. The Sport Psychologist, 11, 361–378 Retrieved from http://web.ebscohost.com.
Heil, J. (1993). Psychology of sport injury. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics Publishers.
Kvist, J., Ek, A., Sporrstedt, K., & Good, L. (2005). Fear of re-injury: A hindrance for returning to sports after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Knee Surgery, Sports Traumatology, Arthroscopy, 13, 393–397. PubMed doi:10.1007/s00167-004-0591-8
Lambert, S.D., & Loiselle, C.G. (2008). Combining individual interviews and focus groups to enhance data richness. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62, 228–237. PubMed doi:10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04559.x
Langford, J.L., Webster, K.E., & Feller, J.A. (2009). A prospec- tive longitudinal study to assess psychological changes fol- lowing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 43, 377–381. PubMed doi:10.1136/bjsm.2007.044818
Leask, J., Hawe, P., & Chapman, S. (2001). Focus group compari- son: a composition between natural and constructed groups. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 25, 152–154. PubMed doi:10.1111/j.1753-6405.2001. tb01838.x
Maykut, P., & Morehouse, R. (1994). Beginning qualitative research: A philosophic and practical guide. London: The Falmer Press.
Miller, R.P., Kori, S., & Todd, D. (1991). The Tampa Scale: A measure of kinesiophobia. The Clinical Journal of Pain, 7, 51–52. doi:10.1097/00002508-199103000-00053
Morrey, M.A., Stuart, M.J., Smith, A.M., & Wiese-Bjornstal, D.M. (1999). A longitudinal examination of athletes’ emotional and cognitive responses to anterior cruciate ligament injury. Clinical Journal of Sport Medicine, 9, 63–69. PubMed doi:10.1097/00042752-199904000- 00004
Palmer, M., Larkin, M., Visser, R.D., & Fadden, G. (2010). Developing an interpretative phenomenological approach to focus group data. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 7, 99–121. doi:10.1080/14780880802513194
Patton, M. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Podlog, L., & Dionigi, R. (2010). Coach strategies for address- ing psychosocial challenges during the return to sport from injury. Journal of Sports Sciences, 28, 1197–1208. PubMed doi:10.1080/02640414.2010.487873
Podlog, L., & Eklund, R.C. (2005). Return to sport after seri- ous injury: A retrospective examination of motivation and psychological outcomes. Journal of Sport Rehabilitation, 14, 20–34.
Podlog, L., & Eklund, R.C. (2006). A longitudinal investigation of competitive athletes’ return to sport following serious injury. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 18, 44–68. doi:10.1080/10413200500471319
Podlog, L., & Eklund, R.C. (2007). The psychosocial aspects of a return to sport following serious injury: A review of the literature. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 8, 535–566. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2006.07.008
14 Podlog et al.
TSP Vol. 29, No. 1, 2015
Podlog, L., & Eklund, R.C. (2009). High-level athletes’ percep- tions of success in returning to sport following injury. Psy- chology of Sport and Exercise, 10, 535–544. doi:10.1016/j. psychsport.2009.02.003
Podlog, L., Lochbaum, M., & Stevens, T. (2010). Need satisfac- tion, well-being and perceived return-to-sport outcomes among injured athletes. Journal of Applied Sport Psychol- ogy, 22, 167–182. doi:10.1080/10413201003664665
Podlog, L., Wadey, R., Stark, A., Lochbaum, M., Hannon, J.C., & Newton, M. (2013). An adolescent perspective on injury recovery and return to sport experiences. Psychol- ogy of Sport and Exercise, 14, 437–446. doi:10.1016/j. psychsport.2012.12.005
Rees, T., Smith, B., & Sparkes, A.C. (2003). The influence of social support on the lived experiences of spinal cord injured sportsmen. The Sport Psychologist, 17, 135–156.
Ristolainen, L., Kettunen, J.A., Kujala, U.M., & Heinonen, A. (2012). Sport injuries as the main cause of sport career termination among Finnish top-level athletes. European Journal of Sport Science, 12, 274–282. doi:10.1080/174 61391.2011.566365
Roderick, M. (2004). English professional soccer players and the uncertainties of injury. In Kevin Young, (Ed.) (pp. 137- 150). Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological stud- ies of sports-related injury. Emerald Group Publishing.
Russell, H., & Tracey, J. (2011). What do injured athletes want from their health care professionals? International Journal of Athletic Therapy Training, 16, 18–21.
Smith, J.A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: theory, method and research. Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications Ltd.
Smith, B., & Sparkes, A.C. (2005). Men, sport, spinal cord injury, and narratives of hope. Social Science & Medicine, 61, 1095–1105. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.socs- cimed.2005.01.011
Thomeé, P., Wahrborg, P., Borjesson, M., Thomee, R., Eriksson, B., & Karlsson, J. (2006). A new instrument for measuring self-efficacy in patients with an anterior cruciate ligament
injury. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 16, 181–187. PubMed doi:10.1111/j.1600- 0838.2005.00472.x
Tracey, J. (2003). The emotional response to the injury and rehabilitation process. Journal of Applied Sport Psychol- ogy, 15, 279–293. doi:10.1080/714044197
Tracey, J. (2008). Inside the clinic: Health professionals’ role in their clients’ psychological rehabilitation. Journal of Sport Rehabilitation, 17, 413–431. PubMed
Wadey, R., Clark, S., Podlog, L., & McCullough, D. (2013). Coaches’ perceptions of athletes’ stress-related growth following sport injury. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 14, 125–135. doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2012.08.004
Wadey, R., & Evans, L. (2011). Working with injured athletes: Research and practice. In S. Hanton & S.D. Mellalieu (Eds.), Professional Practice in Sport Psychology: A Review (pp. 107–132). London, England: Routledge.
Walker, N., Thatcher, J., & Lavallee, D. (2010). A preliminary development of the re-injury anxiety inventory (RIAI), Physical Therapy in Sport, 11, 23-29. doi: 10.1016/j. ptsp.2009.09.003
Webster, K.E., Feller, J.A., & Lambros, C. (2008). Development and preliminary validation of a scale to measure the psy- chological impact of returning to sport following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction surgery. Physical Therapy in Sport, 9, 9–15. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.ptsp.2007.09.003
Wiese-Bjornstal, D.M., Smith, A.M., Shaffer, S.M., & Morrey, M.A. (1998). An integrated model of response to sport injury: Psychological and sociological dynam- ics. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 10, 46–69. doi:10.1080/10413209808406377
Wilkinson, S. (2003). Focus groups. In J.A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative Psychology: A Practical Guide to Methods. London: Sage.
Yang, J., Corinne, P.A., Lowe, J.B., Heiden, E., & Foster, D.T. (2010). Social support patterns of collegiate athletes before and after injury. Journal of Athletic Training, 45, 372–379. PubMed doi:10.4085/1062-6050-45.4.372
Copyright of Sport Psychologist is the property of Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week2MeasuringSportInjuries (3).pdf
http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/bjpt-rbf.2014.0110
review article
369 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
Measuring sports injuries on the pitch: a guide to use in practice
Luiz C. Hespanhol Junior1, Saulo D. Barboza1, Willem van Mechelen1, Evert Verhagen1
ABSTRACT | Sports participation is a major ally for the promotion of physical activity. However, sports injuries are important adverse effects of sports participation and should be monitored in sports populations. The purpose of this paper is to review the basic concepts of injury monitoring and discuss the implementation of these concepts in practice. The aspects discussed are: (1) sports injury definition; (2) classification of sports injuries; (3) population at risk, prevalence, and incidence; (4) severity measures; (5) economic costs; (6) systems developed to monitor sports injuries; and (7) online technology. Only with reliable monitoring systems applied in a continuous and long-term manner will it be possible to identify the burden of injuries, to identify the possible cases at an early stage, to implement early interventions, and to generate data for sports injury prevention. The implementation of sports injuries monitoring systems in practice is strongly recommended. Keywords: sports injury; prevalence; incidence; public health surveillance; epidemiological monitoring; costs and cost analysis.
HOW TO CITE THIS ARTICLE
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E. Measuring sports injuries on the pitch: a guide to use in practice. Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380. http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/bjpt-rbf.2014.0110
1 Department of Public & Occupational Health, EMGO+ Institute for Health and Care Research, VU University Medical Center, Amsterdam, The Netherlands Received: Mar. 10, 2015 Revised: May 12, 2015 Accepted: May 25, 2015
Introduction The pandemic of physical inactivity is a major public
health problem of the 21st century1-3. Physical inactivity was responsible for 6% to 10% of non-communicable diseases in 2008 and it is a leading risk factor for mortality4, accounting for 5.3 million deaths in the same year5. Initiatives have been proposed worldwide in order to promote physical activity2,6. In Brazil, this is also a matter of concern, since the prevalence of physical inactivity in adults is estimated to be around 40%7. One of the largest initiatives to promote physical activity in Brazil is the Academia da Saúde (Health Gym) project supported by the Brazilian Ministry of Health8-10. This program is aimed at reducing the barriers to the access of physical activity and to decrease the risk of non-communicable diseases by building 4,000 community gyms8,9.
Sports participation may be part of the solution in promoting an active lifestyle, the benefits of which are well known11-15. However, sports injuries are adverse effects of this practice and may hamper participation in physical activities16. In addition, there are substantial costs of sports-related injuries, making these injuries also a societal problem17,18. As sports injuries are a barrier to the promotion of physical activity and result
in costs for society, efforts should be made to prevent them. It is well recognized that the first step towards sports injury prevention is the measurement of the health and societal burden of sports injuries19. This has been done in research, but it is still a challenge to implement on a broad scale in everyday practice. Continuous monitoring of sports injuries should be implemented in any sport environment, whether individual or team sports. Early identification of injury and availability of evidence-based interventions are the key factors for sports injury prevention and treatment, and only with a reliable and valid injury monitoring system is this possible. The purpose of this paper is, therefore, to review the basic concepts of injury monitoring and to discuss the implementation of these concepts in practice in order to provide a guide for those who want to implement sports injury monitoring systems.
What is sports injury? There are many studies addressing the importance
of defining ‘injury’ in research, and this is also an important topic that should be taken into account in practice. In order to truly prevent or manage injuries
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E
370 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
in the field, firstly it is necessary to define what is considered an injury. Figure 1 exemplifies the course of a musculoskeletal problem (i.e. sports injury) over time. If the definition of injury is based on the symptom “pain”, the injury has lasted 17 weeks (week 2 to 19). However, if the definition is based on time loss (i.e. missing training or competition), the injury has lasted 3 weeks (week 8 to 11). In both cases, one is dealing with the same musculoskeletal problem (Figure 1). However, there are two different interpretations. The grey area above the pain or the time loss threshold represents the severity (discussed later in the paper), or the burden caused by the injury, once the definition is based on these thresholds. It is clear that the grey area above the time loss threshold is much smaller than the grey area above the pain threshold, meaning that these two definitions lead to two very different conclusions about the injury severity or burden.
Sports injury definition The term ‘sports injury’ is used to refer to a
variety of musculoskeletal damage caused by sports participation19. However, ‘what is damage?’ may be interpreted and recorded in different ways19. Recently, studies have provided some ‘consensus’ helping to standardize the definition and/or classification of injuries20-28, improving the comparability between studies, settings, sports facilities, injury measurement systems, and also between different time-points. There are general definitions, such as ‘injuries are considered disorders of the musculoskeletal system or concussions’28, and specific definitions, such as injuries requiring medical attention (i.e. any injury that
leads to health care utilization) or injuries leading to time loss (i.e. injuries that hamper the ability to fully participate in sports for at least one training session or competition). Also, there are injury definition recommendations for specific sports: cricket23, football (soccer)24, rugby25, tennis26, horse racing27, athletics22, and running29. Considering ‘what is an injury?’ will depend on the specific purpose of the surveillance, which may vary between different sports or settings. However, it is fundamental to appropriately define what is going to be measured30.
Classification Mechanism
Different injuries can have different characteristics, causes, and consequences. Therefore, they should be classified in order to elucidate the injury process. The mechanism of the injury drives the initial classification. Acute injuries are those whose onset can be linked to a specific, identifiable and sudden injury event28, while overuse injuries are those with a gradual onset mechanism resulting from repetitive micro-trauma, without a specific identifiable event causing the problem21. This classification may guide the health care approaches regarding prevention, treatment or prognosis.
Subsequent injuries It is not uncommon for an athlete to report more
than one injury during a season. Therefore, subsequent injuries should be measured as well. Subsequent injuries can be classified as a new injury (not the same injury as the initial injury, e.g. an injury to another body region) or as a recurrent injury. Recurrent injuries occur in the same body location and usually are of the same nature and/or mechanism. They can be further classified as re-injury (when the injury has fully healed) or as an exacerbation (when the injury has not fully healed)20,31.
According to consequences Medical attention and time loss classifications are
also very common. They are frequently used to define an injury (as discussed previously). For example, a study involving recreational runners was conducted based on a time loss definition: “[...] any pain of musculoskeletal origin attributed to running and severe enough to prevent the runner from performing at least one training session [...]”32. It could also be that the same study had a definition based on medical
Figure 1. Example of the course of a sports injury over time40. The thresholds (dashed lines) represent the amount of musculoskeletal tissue damage (in percentage) necessary to result in pain, hamper performance, hamper participation in sports, or result in time loss (training sessions or competitions fully missed). The grey area represents the severity or burden related to the injury.
Measuring sports injuries on the pitch
371 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
attention, e.g. “any pain of musculoskeletal origin attributed to running and resulting in a health care professional consultation”.
Although using these classifications (i.e. medical attention and time loss) is important to provide information about injuries, using these classifications as injury definitions raises concern. It is possible that athletes do not consult medical professionals for some minor injuries. Additionally, this definition is strictly dependent on medical staff availability, which may not be a reality in many settings. This could result in an underestimation of the number and burden of injuries. Similar reasoning can be used for the application of a time loss definition. Minor injuries are no longer registered or monitored in the injury registration system if they cause no sport time loss (Figure 1).
Minor injuries are not severe in nature; however, they frequently occur in sports and may pose a large problem. In practice, monitoring ‘minor’ injuries (or complaints) contributes to an early identification of injuries, resulting in the implementation of early interventions to keep these injuries from becoming more severe, lessening the burden on the athlete, team, and/or health care system. Therefore, we suggest using ‘medical attention’ and ‘time loss’ concepts as a classification only and not as criteria to define injury.
Formal and non-formal diagnosis Injuries are commonly classified according to
the body region affected (e.g. ankle) and/or by their nature (e.g. sprain). This helps one to understand which are the most common injuries in a given sport, and therefore guide the prevention and treatment interventions. The best way to do so is to have a formal diagnosis given by a sports health professional or medical staff. However, this is not always possible because of practical/logistic reasons. Therefore, there are other methods to classify such injuries to provide more information about them. Two examples on how to do this in practice are the classifications proposed by Timpka et al.22 and the Orchard Sports Injury Classification System (OSICS)33. In the method of Timpka et al.22, an injury can be classified according to body region (e.g. ankle), type of injury (e.g. sprain), and mode of onset (i.e. sudden or gradual). In the OSICS model, an injury is classified with a code containing 4 characters: the first character relates to a body region, the second relates to a specific tissue affected or the pathology, and the third and the fourth characters further describe the pathology or broaden the diagnosis33,34. For example, the code KJAP means
Knee injury with a Joint sprain involving the Anterior cruciate ligament, although it is a Partial injury. An isolated rupture would be classified as KJAR.
Measuring sports injuries Once the number of injuries is identified, it is
time to put this number into context. A number of injuries by itself does not mean much if the number of individuals at risk and/or the sports exposure are not reported. This information will help one to understand the impact/extent of the problem and to make easier comparisons between different time-point measurements in a single population or team, or between different populations or teams. This is important in order to come to conclusions about whether or not the population or team has been reporting more injuries than expected or to be able to generalize the number of injuries to a specific population. Consequently, specific interventions can be discussed and implemented.
Population at risk and exposure time Individuals can only be at risk of developing
sports injuries if they participate in sports. It does not make sense to measure the proportion of football injuries in individuals who do not play football, for example. Therefore, the population at risk in sports is the population exposed by the sport investigated. Suppose 300 football players were injured during a season. Think about the impact of these 300 injured football players if the source population consisted of 10,000 or 500 football players (i.e. individuals at risk). The probability of having an injury during one season is, in the first case (300/10,000) 0.03, or 3%. In the second case (300/500), the probability is 0.6 or 60%, a much higher figure. Therefore, to measure the burden of injuries, it is necessary to know the total population at risk, or the source population, who have a possibility of being injured.
Exposure time is also a very important measure and concept. Even if all individuals practice sports in a source population (i.e. the population at risk), differences in exposure may lead to differences in injury risk. Individuals who practice sports once a week for one hour (i.e. sports exposure of one hour per week) are less exposed than individuals who practice five days a week for two hours (i.e. sports exposure of 10 hours per week). The practice of sports is a necessary cause for sports injuries35. This means that, theoretically, those who are more exposed to the sport activity are more likely to develop a sports injury
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E
372 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
(if all other variables are controlled). For example, if 50 new injuries were registered in a source population comprised of 200 athletes and the total sports exposure time for this population was 5,000 hours of practice, one could say that the injury risk in this population was 10 injuries per 1,000 hours of practice. However, if the exposure time was 2,000 hours, the injury risk would be 25 injuries per 1,000 hours of practice, which is a risk 2.5 times higher although the number of injuries is the same. Calculations using the entire source population (i.e. population at risk) or the sports exposure are discussed later in the paper.
Prevalence Prevalence is the number of people with a given
health problem (i.e. the number of cases) in a defined population at any given point in time (Equation 1)36. In sports, prevalence is usually reported at a specific point in time (e.g. in the middle of the season) - what is known as ‘point prevalence’. However, in some reports, prevalence is also defined as the period prevalence (e.g. entire season). Prevalence is often used to report the overall extent of the sports injury problem. Suppose a sports manager wants to measure how many football players are injured exactly in the middle of a season. It is known that in this specific time-point, 50 out of 500 football players are injured. The prevalence (Equation 1) of football injuries in the middle of the football season could be 0.1 or 10% in this example.
( )
cases injured individuals Prevalence
entire source population = (1)
Incidence Incidence is the number of new events that occurred
in a given population at risk during a period of time36. To identify the onset of events (e.g. injuries) and then to be certain that the events are new, a continuous (i.e. longitudinal) measurement is needed. Incidence can be expressed as a proportion (i.e. incidence proportion or risk) by dividing the number of new injured participants (i.e. the number of cases) by the total number of individuals at risk (i.e. the entire source population) during a period of time (Equation 2)37. As an athlete may have more than one injury over a period of time (e.g. a season), the clinical incidence can also be calculated. Clinical incidence (Equation 3) is the number of events (i.e. the number of new injuries) divided by the total number of individuals at risk (i.e. the entire source population)37.
( )
new cases newinjured individuals
Incidence proportion entire source population
= (2)
( )
number of events newinjuries
Clinical incidence entire source population
= (3)
Incidence can also be expressed as incidence density (or incidence rate), i.e. the number of events (NOTE: participants can have more than one injury over a period of time) by the exposure (i.e. person-time) of the sport investigated (Equation 4)38. Exposure refers to the period from the beginning to the end of the measurement for non-injured individuals. For injured individuals, the exposure is from the beginning of the measurement until the time the injury was identified (i.e. time-to-injury). Person-time is an epidemiological term often used to describe exposure, and it means that the exposure of each individual was calculated and then added (i.e. the sum of person-time exposure) to the incidence density calculation37.
In sports, the exposure can be expressed in such terms as hours of participation, days (training or competition), or km. The incidence density is usually expressed by the number of events per 1,000 or 10,000 person-time exposure. Even though different types of exposure units are described, efforts are needed to achieve a common measure. For instance, a study in field hockey reported an incidence density of 7.87 injuries per 1,000 games, and 3.7 injuries per 1,000 training sessions39. Although this information gives the impression that more injuries were identified during games than during training sessions, this conclusion is misleading, because the exposure unit is not the same. A game could have lasted 1.2 hours and a training session could have lasted 5 hours, but they will still count as 1 unit for games and 1 unit for training sessions, making the comparability between the incidence densities problematic. Therefore, the authors suggest that the exposure unit should be expressed using hours of participation in order to facilitate the comprehension and comparison between different sports (e.g. field hockey and football) and types of participation (i.e. training or competition), unless a relevant reason justifies otherwise.
( ) ( )
. . number of events newinjuries
Incidence density total exposure e g hours of sports participation
= (4)
Consider a population of 500 football players. Suppose 70 new injuries were identified in 50 athletes, and the total exposure (i.e. the sum of injured and non-injured person-time exposure) was 20,000 football hours
Measuring sports injuries on the pitch
373 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
(i.e. both training and competition). The incidence proportion (Equation 2) of this example is 10% (50 new cases divided by 500 individuals at risk) and the incidence density (Equation 4) is 0.0035 (70 new injuries divided by 20,000 hours) or 3.5 injuries per 1,000 hours of sport exposure (0.0035 multiplied by 1,000). Note that the incidence density takes into account the number of injuries, which is suitable since an athlete commonly has more than one injury during a certain period of time (e.g. a season).
Prevalence and incidence applications Prevalence rather than incidence is used to describe
the overall burden or extent of the sports injury problem. If the question is ‘How many athletes are expected to have sports injuries?’, the recommended measure would be prevalence. However, most sports managers are more interested in the risk of sports injuries. In this case, incidence proportion is the best option to answer the following question: ‘What is the risk of athletes being injured?’. If the athletes can have more than one injury during a period of time and one wants to know ‘what the frequency of injuries is in a certain population’, then the clinical proportion is a good measure. Incidence density is widely used to answer the following question: ‘How many injuries would be expected for a certain amount of exposure?’37. This is an interesting question, because an individual cannot have a sports injury if he or she is not exposed to the sport being investigated.
The issue of measuring overuse injuries in sports should also be discussed. By definition, overuse injuries are those injuries with a gradual onset. However, it is very difficult to identify precisely the real onset of these injuries. In addition, the symptoms of an overuse injury could present as a sudden onset, whilst the course of the injury is actually a long-term process. This phenomenon makes things even more difficult40. Therefore, it has been suggested that the mean prevalence, calculated based on the time-point prevalences repeatedly measured over time, is a better measure of the sports injury magnitude than incidence from an overuse injury perspective40,41.
Severity Measuring injury severity is essential to understand
the extent to which sports injuries affect health19. Different aspects are used to determine the severity of sports injuries such as: nature of injury, duration, medical attention, sports time loss, working time loss, permanent damage, and costs of sports injuries42.
This emphasizes the importance of appropriate injury monitoring and classification.
The nature of a sports injury is an indication of its severity. A concussion is more likely to be more severe than a blister. A similar reasoning occurs with the anatomical location of injuries. A blister on the foot or toe of a runner has different consequences than the same injury in a rower. Despite the nature and anatomical location, the extent of symptoms and other consequences of an injury are also crucial. Individual characteristics, the energy involved at the moment of injury occurrence, and the injury mechanism are examples of how the same injury in individuals from the same source population may lead to a different classification of severity.
Mapping the duration of injury also contributes to the measure of severity. For this and other reasons, continuous monitoring (i.e. longitudinal data) is essential. An ankle sprain might be considered more severe than an Achilles tendinopathy in the short term. However, the overuse mechanism of the Achilles tendinopathy might lead to a longer recovery period than an ankle sprain that had an acute mechanism. Therefore, in the long-term, the Achilles tendinopathy may result in greater consequences to the athlete, leading to a higher severity classification than an ankle sprain.
Medical attention and time loss are also examples of severity. An injury that requires medical attention is more severe than an injury that does not. Similarly, if an athlete is not able to participate fully in normal sport activities due to an injury, the time loss indicates the severity of this injury. From a societal perspective, injuries occurring during sports participation may have consequences during other activities. Therefore, working time loss can also be used as a measure of severity, since it is not uncommon that people are not able to work because of a sports injury.
Most athletes recover from sports injuries without a permanent disability (residual symptoms)42. However, injuries like concussions with brain damage, spinal injuries, or eye injuries may leave permanent damage. Injuries that cause permanent damage are clearly more severe than injuries that do not. The costs of sports injuries are also important to determine severity, and the discussion about costs can be found in the next section.
Economic costs The costs of sports injuries are usually described
as a measure of injury severity42. In general, a more severe injury leads to higher monetary costs because
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E
374 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
of such things as medical consultations, medications, medical devices, and productivity loss42. All costs related to sports injuries are most commonly taken into account in an economic evaluation, no matter who pays or receives payment43. This is a societal perspective approach. There are four typical classifications of economic costs from this perspective42-45:
• Direct costs or health care costs: costs related to health care utilization, such as consultations with a general medical practitioner, sports physician, medical specialist (e.g. orthopedic surgeon), physical therapist, massage therapist, alternative therapist, the use of hospital care, medications, and medical devices (e.g. crutches, tape, braces).
• Indirect costs or lost productivity costs: costs related to loss of productivity due to absenteeism from paid or unpaid work (e.g. household work, loss of study time, loss of leisure time) or due to presenteeism (i.e. not being able to perform fully at work as a result of the injury).
• Societal costs: include insurance administration costs, costs related to insurance programs, workers’ compensation costs (i.e. workers may receive wage replacement and/or medical benefits due to sick leave44), and litigation costs (i.e. legal and court costs related to time spent by lawyers and judges, contribution made by legal support services, and overhead expenses).
• Social costs: costs related to the psychological burden of the injury (e.g. depression, social isolation, and economic dependence).
Costs data should be collected and monitored by a reliable and continuous injury registration system42. Besides the challenge, the evidence about economic costs of sports injuries has been growing, especially for direct and indirect costs17,18,46,47. Societal and social costs evidence is less common because they are more difficult to measure and estimate. Moreover, social costs are considered “unquantifiable” because of the difficulty in measuring them42.
Challenges in costs data analysis An economic evaluation requires the collection of
data on such things as the number of (para)medical consultations, medications taken, number of medical devices used, loss of paid working productivity (in hours or days), loss of studying hours, and loss of leisure
time hours. However, this is not enough. After data collection, it is necessary to transform the number of consultations, loss of productivity, and societal and social consequences into a monetary value.
The Dutch health care system maintains a continuous registration of costs-related data. From a central website48, it is possible to download a full report of all the relevant information about the costs related to health care49. If additional information is necessary, the Dutch Central Bureau of Statistics website50 provides a variety of additional information (e.g. average hours spent during paid work by age and gender51). Therefore, the Dutch system allows a very reliable economic evaluation for those who want to perform such analysis in that country.
In Brazil, differences in socioeconomic groups and availability of medical care and costs (e.g. public and private systems) make the economic evaluation even more challenging. However, the Brazilian public health care system (SUS) also keeps continuous records of health-related data through DATASUS52. Within this database, it is possible to find a plethora of information such as number of health care consultations and hospitalizations, costs, and per capita income. DATASUS may be an important tool to perform economic evaluations on sports injuries in Brazil and should be used more for this purpose.
Sports injury monitoring systems Injury monitoring has been performed in a variety
of ways in research and practice. It can vary from very simple and non-validated surveys32 to more sophisticated and validated injury management systems28,53. Regardless of the vehicle used to collect the injury data, the aspects discussed previously should be addressed in all of them.
There are several injury monitoring systems that record sports injuries over time in a continuous (i.e. longitudinal) manner and also measure the amount of sports exposure53-56. Some of these systems measure exposure indirectly and provide estimations. For example, a team of 50 players with 20 training sessions and 5 competitions may have 1,250 athlete exposures (50 multiplied by 25). Examples of this approach are56: National Athletic Injury Reporting System (NAIRS), Canadian Athletic Injury/Illness Reporting System (CAIRS), NCAA Injury Surveillance System, Sports Injury Monitoring System (SIMS), National High School Athletic Injury Registry, and Athletic Injury Monitoring System (AIMS). However,
Measuring sports injuries on the pitch
375 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
other injury monitoring systems can measure individual sports exposure directly and may be able to provide more accurate measures based on sports exposure (e.g. incidence density). Examples of this approach are53-56: Athletic Health Care System (AHCS), Sport Injury/Illness Reporting System (SIIRS), Canadian Intercollegiate Sport Injury Registry, the IOC Injury Surveillance System for Multi-Sports Events, Training and Injury Prevention Platform for Sports (TIPPS), and the Sports Injury Tracker.
There is a debate about differences between systems in measuring acute and overuse injuries40,41. Many injuries that occur during tournaments and/or participation in contact sports present an identifiable acute onset, and most of the monitoring systems are effective in identifying these injuries. Because of this, these systems provide reliable information for incidence calculations. However, in many endurance sports, most injuries occur by gradual onset or repetitive movements. The onset and symptoms of overuse injuries are very difficult to record in these systems because they present a gradual and transient mechanism40. In this case, incidence is almost impossible to measure accurately. Therefore, a monitoring system was developed in order to deal properly with overuse injuries41 and was further broadened to monitor any sort of health problems in sports: the Oslo Sports Trauma Research Center (OSTRC) Questionnaire on Health Problems28.
The OSTRC questionnaire28 prospectively registers health problems asking 4 key questions: (1) the extent to which injury, illness, or other health problems have affected sports participation; (2) training volume; (3) running performance; and (4) the extent to which the individual has experienced symptoms. Based on the responses, a severity score ranging from 0 to 100 is created. The health problems are further differentiated into illnesses or injuries. For the purposes of this paper, only the sports injury application will be discussed.
The system is based on weekly prevalence measures, and the mean weekly prevalence with its 95% confidence interval (95% CI) has been recommended to be the summary measure. Moreover, it is possible to identify the first report of an injury, and then incidence calculations for acute injuries are also possible. The developers of the questionnaire recommended that medical staff should do the classification of the injuries28. However, if this is not possible, the tools previously discussed could be used for this purpose. The severity score provides an overview of the injury course over time and also differentiates periods of lower and higher severity (Figure 1).
Due to the ability of the OSTRC questionnaire to deal with both acute and overuse injuries, our research group has been using this questionnaire to collect injury data on a variety of sports. In addition to the OSTRC questionnaire, sport-specific questions about exposure (usually in hours of training and competition) and costs related to injury are also included. Costs data are usually neglected in injury monitoring systems in spite of their well-recognized importance, and then the overall burden of injuries may be underestimated. The English version of the OSTRC questionnaire can be found elsewhere28.
Example of application and implications for practice
An example of how injury data collected by these monitoring systems may be displayed for analysis and interpretation in practice is presented in Figure 2. The black lines represent the duration of the injuries from onset or from the time they are first reported (black circles). The grey area represents the variation in severity over time of each injury in each individual. With this monitoring chart, one can identify the periods when the athletes reported more injuries and/or the severity was worse, for example in weeks 2, 6, and 7 of Figure 2. The implication is that the trainer or the medical staff can analyze what happened during this period (e.g. a specific competition or period in which a specific training program was implemented) and develop a strategy and/or intervention to prevent this from happening again. Moreover, after the action, they can see if the strategy and/or intervention was effective in decreasing the prevalence, incidence, or severity of all or specific injuries while the surveillance is maintained.
A more individual tailored approach could be the early identification of injuries for the implementation of early interventions. This aspect has two implications. Firstly, the early identification and early intervention can prevent a minor injury from becoming a more severe injury with more sports participation, health, and societal consequences. This could be done with the individuals 10 and 16 in Figure 2, because it is clear that in the early stages, the injury severity was not high, but it got worse over time. Maybe this sequence could have been prevented. Secondly, the early identification of an injury leads to an earlier treatment or intervention, which prevents the injury from getting worse and/or avoids permanent damage. Individuals 8 and 20 in Figure 2 are examples of an early identification and intervention leading to a faster recovery.
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E
376 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
Online technology The usage of online technology is becoming a
reality worldwide. It is estimated that more than 40% of the world population used the internet in 201457. In Brazil, more than 50% of the population used the internet in the same year, and this number is growing58. Therefore, there is a lot of opportunity to use e-Health, which means “the usage of information and communication technologies (ICT) for health”59. In sports, e-Health can be used to monitor injuries in a variety of ways. Online platforms have been used widely in sports injury research, since it is possible to create questionnaires and send a link to these questionnaires (usually by email) and the answers can be downloaded afterward.
Sometimes this requires cooperation between sports, medical, and ICT personnel to create an online platform. However, now there are several commercial online platforms in which one can simply imbed a questionnaire and start using it. Another way to collect data in order to monitor injuries is by text messaging (e.g. short message service: SMS). This method has been increasingly and successfully implemented60-63, since more and more people are using mobile phones or other portable devices (m-Health)64.
Advantages of using online platforms include65,66: (1) self-entering data by the participant or athlete eliminating the manual entry by the sports manager, increasing fidelity of the data and decreasing the reporting bias; (2) response fields can be predefined with a reasonable range of possibilities, eliminating errors and out-of-range data; (3) reminders may appear if the individual skips some mandatory questions, eliminating missing data and increasing the accuracy of information; and (4) the possibility of branching questions based on the previous responses, saving time, minimizing the burden of answering the questionnaire, and still maintaining the individuals’ motivation to continue answering the questionnaire over time.
Privacy and confidentiality issues are the major concerns about the usage of online technology64. Privacy is the right of an individual not to have his/her private information exposed, and confidentiality is the permission to access information by authorized individuals only67. An unprecedented amount of an individual’s information can be collected and stored in online platforms, and the ‘terms and conditions of use’ of these platforms cannot violate the privacy and confidentiality rights of the individual. For example, one may have consented to provide information to be used by the team staff, but has not consented for
Figure 2. Example of how sports injury monitoring data may be presented in a population level40. The black lines represent the duration of the injuries since their onset or first report (black circles). The grey area represents the variation of severity over time.
Measuring sports injuries on the pitch
377 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
commercial use of the information by third parties64. These issues must be considered beforehand to avoid misuse of information.
The use of online technology in sports practice is still challenging. Even with the increasing number of internet and portable device users, not all individuals can be reached by such technology. In addition, different populations may use online resources differently, meaning that the questionnaire should target the population of interest (e.g. adolescents or elderly). Another important aspect is the validity of using existing questionnaires on an online platform. Questionnaires created and tested in a paper version may not have the same clinimetric properties of the online version, thus it should be tested in the online environment. Finally, the online technology does not substitute the personal contact between the athlete and the trainer, medical staff, or sports managers, which is invaluable64. It is recommended that both approaches should be used in order to optimize and improve the monitoring of sports injuries28,64.
Conclusions Today, the development of a system to monitor
injuries in individual or team sports is not only feasible, but also strongly recommended in practice. Many tools have been developed and proven to be implementable and manageable, and they are waiting to be used. This paper reviewed the most important aspects of implementing injury-monitoring systems for sports populations and/or facilities, and we recommend their immediate use. Only with this information collected over the long-term will it be possible to truly identify the burden of injuries; enable early identification of possible cases to prevent them from becoming an injury with greater consequences in sports participation, health and social activities (including work); enable comparisons within or between sports modalities; and providing data for sports injury prevention and intervention. Although plausible considerations may differ between different settings, knowledge provided by continuous injury surveillance in sports practice is the key to the management of sports injuries.
Acknowledgements We wish to thank CAPES (Coordenação de
Aperfeiçoamento de Pessoal de Nível Superior) and the Brazilian Ministry of Education for the PhD scholarships (process number 0763/12-8 and 0832/14-6).
References 1. Kohl HW 3rd, Craig CL, Lambert EV, Inoue S, Alkandari
JR, Leetongin G, et al. The pandemic of physical inactivity: global action for public health. Lancet. 2012;380(9838):294- 305. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)60898-8. PMid:22818941.
2. Hallal PC, Andersen LB, Bull FC, Guthold R, Haskell W, Ekelund U, et al. Global physical activity levels: surveillance progress, pitfalls, and prospects. Lancet. 2012;380(9838):247- 57. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)60646-1. PMid:22818937.
3. Trost SG, Blair SN, Khan KM. Physical inactivity remains the greatest public health problem of the 21st century: evidence, improved methods and solutions using the ‘7 investments that work’ as a framework. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(3):169-70. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2013-093372. PMid:24415409.
4. World Health Organization – WHO. Global health risks: mortality and burden of disease attributable to selected major risks. Geneva: WHO; 2009.
5. Lee IM, Shiroma EJ, Lobelo F, Puska P, Blair SN, Katzmarzyk PT. Effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: an analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy. Lancet. 2012;380(9838):219-29. http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61031-9. PMid:22818936.
6. World Health Organization – WHO. Global strategy on diet, physical activity and health. Geneva: WHO; 2004.
7. Hallal PC, Victora CG, Wells JC, Lima RC. Physical inactivity: prevalence and associated variables in Brazilian adults. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2003;35(11):1894-900. http://dx.doi. org/10.1249/01.MSS.0000093615.33774.0E. PMid:14600556.
8. Brasil. Ministério da Saúde. Plano de ações estratégicas para o enfrentamento das doenças crônicas não transmissíveis (DCNT) no Brasil 2011-2022. Brasília: Ministério da Saúde; 2011.
9. Brasil. Ministério da Saúde. Portal da Saúde. Programa academia da saúde [Internet]. Brasília [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://portalsaude.saude.gov.br/index.php/o-ministerio/ principal/secretarias/svs/academia-da-saude-svs.
10. Parra DC, Hoehner CM, Hallal PC, Reis RS, Simoes EJ, Malta DC, et al. Scaling up of physical activity interventions in Brazil: how partnerships and research evidence contributed to policy action. Glob Health Promot Educ. 2013;20(4):5-12. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1757975913502368. PMid:24323944.
11. Wen CP, Wai JP, Tsai MK, Yang YC, Cheng TY, Lee MC, et al. Minimum amount of physical activity for reduced mortality and extended life expectancy: a prospective cohort study. Lancet. 2011;378(9798):1244-53. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ S0140-6736(11)60749-6. PMid:21846575.
12. Hamer M, Lavoie KL, Bacon SL. Taking up physical activity in later life and healthy ageing: the English longitudinal study of ageing. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(3):239-43. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092993. PMid:24276781.
13. van de Laar RJ, Ferreira I, van Mechelen W, Prins MH, Twisk JW, Stehouwer CD. Lifetime vigorous but not light-to- moderate habitual physical activity impacts favorably on carotid stiffness in young adults: the amsterdam growth and health longitudinal study. Hypertension. 2010;55(1):33-9.
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E
378 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/HYPERTENSIONAHA.109.138289. PMid:19996070.
14. Sattelmair J, Pertman J, Ding EL, Kohl HW 3rd, Haskell W, Lee IM. Dose response between physical activity and risk of coronary heart disease: a meta-analysis. Circulation. 2011;124(7):789-95. http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/ CIRCULATIONAHA.110.010710. PMid:21810663.
15. Almeida OP, Khan KM, Hankey GJ, Yeap BB, Golledge J, Flicker L. 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity per week predicts survival and successful ageing: a population-based 11-year longitudinal study of 12 201 older Australian men. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(3):220-5. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2013-092814. PMid:24002240.
16. Verhagen E, Bolling C, Finch CF. Caution this drug may cause serious harm! Why we must report adverse effects of physical activity promotion. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(1):1-2. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-093604. PMid:25082617.
17. Hupperets MD, Verhagen EA, Heymans MW, Bosmans JE, van Tulder MW, van Mechelen W. Potential savings of a program to prevent ankle sprain recurrence: economic evaluation of a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(11):2194-200. http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546510373470. PMid:20699429.
18. Collard DC, Verhagen EA, van Mechelen W, Heymans MW, Chinapaw MJ. Economic burden of physical activity- related injuries in Dutch children aged 10-12. Br J Sports Med. 2011;45(13):1058-63. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2010.082545. PMid:21685503.
19. van Mechelen W, Hlobil H, Kemper HC. Incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries. A review of concepts. Sports Med. 1992;14(2):82-99. http://dx.doi. org/10.2165/00007256-199214020-00002. PMid:1509229.
20. Finch CF, Cook J. Categorising sports injuries in epidemiological studies: the subsequent injury categorisation (SIC) model to address multiple, recurrent and exacerbation of injuries. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(17):1276-80. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091729. PMid:23501833.
21. Roos KG, Marshall SW. Definition and usage of the term “overuse injury” in the US high school and collegiate sport epidemiology literature: a systematic review. Sports Med. 2014;44(3):405-21. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-013- 0124-z. PMid:24242858.
22. Timpka T, Alonso JM, Jacobsson J, Junge A, Branco P, Clarsen B, et al. Injury and illness definitions and data collection procedures for use in epidemiological studies in Athletics (track and field): consensus statement. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(7):483-90. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2013-093241. PMid:24620036.
23. Orchard J, Newman D, Stretch R, Frost W, Mansingh A, Leipus A. Methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. J Sci Med Sport. 2005;8(1):1-14. http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/S1440-2440(05)80019-2. PMid:15887896.
24. Fuller CW, Ekstrand J, Junge A, Andersen TE, Bahr R, Dvorak J, et al. Consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(3):193-201. http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.025270. PMid:16505073.
25. Fuller CW, Molloy MG, Bagate C, Bahr R, Brooks JH, Donson H, et al. Consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in
rugby union. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(5):328-31. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282. PMid:17452684.
26. Pluim BM, Fuller CW, Batt ME, Chase L, Hainline B, Miller S, et al. Consensus statement on epidemiological studies of medical conditions in tennis, April 2009. Br J Sports Med. 2009;43(12):893-7. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2009.064915. PMid:19900956.
27. Turner M, Fuller CW, Egan D, Le Masson B, McGoldrick A, Spence A, et al. European consensus on epidemiological studies of injuries in the thoroughbred horse racing industry. Br J Sports Med. 2012;46(10):704-8. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2011-090312. PMid:22067282.
28. Clarsen B, Rønsen O, Myklebust G, Flørenes TW, Bahr R. The Oslo Sports Trauma Research Center questionnaire on health problems: a new approach to prospective monitoring of illness and injury in elite athletes. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(9):754-60. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-092087. PMid:23429267.
29. Yamato TP, Saragiotto BT, Lopes AD. A consensus definition of running-related injury in recreational runners: a modified Delphi approach. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 2015;45(5):375- 80. http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2015.5741. PMid:25808527.
30. Clarsen B, Bahr R. Matching the choice of injury/illness definition to study setting, purpose and design: one size does not fit all! Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(7):510-2. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-093297. PMid:24620038.
31. Hamilton GM, Meeuwisse WH, Emery CA, Shrier I. Subsequent injury definition, classification, and consequence. Clin J Sport Med. 2011;21(6):508-14. http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ JSM.0b013e31822e8619. PMid:21959796.
32. Hespanhol Junior LC, Pena Costa LO, Lopes AD. Previous injuries and some training characteristics predict running- related injuries in recreational runners: a prospective cohort study. J Physiother. 2013;59(4):263-9. http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/S1836-9553(13)70203-0. PMid:24287220.
33. Rae K, Orchard J. The Orchard Sports Injury Classification System (OSICS) version 10. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(3):201- 4. http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/JSM.0b013e318059b536. PMid:17513912.
34. Finch CF, Orchard JW, Twomey DM, Saad Saleem M, Ekegren CL, Lloyd DG, et al. Coding OSICS sports injury diagnoses in epidemiological studies: does the background of the coder matter? Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(7):552-6. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091219. PMid:22919021.
35. Malisoux L, Nielsen RO, Urhausen A, Theisen D. A step towards understanding the mechanisms of running-related injuries. J Sci Med Sport. 2014;pii: S1440-2440(14)00140-6. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.07.014. PMid:25174773
36. Botha JL, Yach D. Epidemiological research methods. Part II. Descriptive studies. S Afr Med J. 1986;70(12):766-72. PMid:3787409.
37. Knowles SB, Marshall SW, Guskiewicz KM. Issues in estimating risks and rates in sports injury research. J Athl Train. 2006;41(2):207-15. PMid:16791309.
38. Verhagen E, van Mechelen W. Sports injury research. New York: Oxford; 2010.
39. Dick R, Hootman JM, Agel J, Vela L, Marshall SW, Messina R. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate women’s field
Measuring sports injuries on the pitch
379 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
hockey injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988-1989 through 2002-2003. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):211-20. PMid:17710169.
40. Bahr R. No injuries, but plenty of pain? On the methodology for recording overuse symptoms in sports. Br J Sports Med. 2009;43(13):966-72. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2009.066936. PMid:19945978.
41. Clarsen B, Myklebust G, Bahr R. Development and validation of a new method for the registration of overuse injuries in sports injury epidemiology: the Oslo Sports Trauma Research Centre (OSTRC) overuse injury questionnaire. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(8):495-502. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091524. PMid:23038786.
42. van Mechelen W. The severity of sports injuries. Sports Med. 1997;24(3):176-80. http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256- 199724030-00006. PMid:9327533.
43. Davis JC, Verhagen E, Bryan S, Liu-Ambrose T, Borland J, Buchner D, et al. 2014 consensus statement from the first Economics of Physical Inactivity Consensus (EPIC) conference (Vancouver). Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(12):947-51. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-093575. PMid:24859181.
44. van Dongen JM, van Wier MF, Tompa E, Bongers PM, van der Beek AJ, van Tulder MW, et al. Trial-based economic evaluations in occupational health: principles, methods, and recommendations. J Occup Environ Med. 2014;56(6):563- 72. http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/JOM.0000000000000165. PMid:24854249.
45. Tolpin HG, Vinger PF, Tolpin DW. Ocular sports injuries. Economic considerations. Int Ophthalmol Clin. 1981;21(4):179- 201. http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00004397-198102140-00013. PMid:7309427.
46. Verhagen EA, van Tulder M, van der Beek AJ, Bouter LM, van Mechelen W. An economic evaluation of a proprioceptive balance board training programme for the prevention of ankle sprains in volleyball. Br J Sports Med. 2005;39(2):111-5. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2003.011031. PMid:15665210.
47. Janssen KW, Hendriks MR, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E. The cost-effectiveness of measures to prevent recurrent ankle sprains: results of a 3-Arm randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(7):1534-41. http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546514529642. PMid:24753237.
48. Zorginstituut Nederland. [Internet]. [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://www.zorginstituutnederland.nl.
49. Zorginstituut Nederland. Handleiding voor kostenonderzoek: methoden en standaard kostprijzen voor economische evaluaties in de gezondheidszorg [Internet]. 2011 [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://www.zorginstituutnederland.nl/binaries/ content/documents/zinl-www/documenten/publicaties/overige- publicaties/1007-handleiding-voor-kostenonderzoek/1007- handleiding-voor-kostenonderzoek/Handleiding+voor+kos tenonderzoek.pdf.
50. Centraal Bureau voor de Statistiek. [Internet]. [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://www.cbs.nl/nl-NL/menu/ home/default.htm.
51. Centraal Bureau voor de Statistiek. Arbeidsdeelname; kerncijfers (12-uursgrens) [Internet]. [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://statline.cbs.nl/Statweb/publication/?DM=SLNL&PA= 71738ned&D1=8-10&D2=a&D3=a&D4=0&D5=l&VW=T.
52. Brasil. Ministério da Saúde. Portal da Saúde. DATASUS por dentro 2.0. [Internet]. Brasília. 2008 [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://www2.datasus.gov.br/DATASUS/ index.php.
53. Junge A, Engebretsen L, Alonso JM, Renström P, Mountjoy M, Aubry M, et al. Injury surveillance in multi-sport events: the International Olympic Committee approach. Br J Sports Med. 2008;42(6):413-21. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2008.046631. PMid:18390916.
54. Ekegren CL, Gabbe BJ, Donaldson A, Cook J, Lloyd D, Finch CF. Injuries in community-level Australian football: results from a club-based injury surveillance system. J Sci Med Sport. 2014 [Epub ahead of print]. http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.11.390.
55. Malisoux L, Frisch A, Urhausen A, Seil R, Theisen D. Monitoring of sport participation and injury risk in young athletes. J Sci Med Sport. 2013;16(6):504-8. http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.01.008. PMid:23481535.
56. Meeuwisse WH, Love EJ. Athletic injury reporting. Development of universal systems. Sports Med. 1997;24(3):184-204. http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-199724030-00008. PMid:9327535.
57. Internet Live Stats. Internet users in the world [Internet]. [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://www.internetlivestats. com/internet-users/.
58. Internet Live Stats. Brazil internet users [Internet]. [cited 2015 July 22]. Available at: http://www.internetlivestats. com/internet-users/brazil/.
59. World Health Organization – WHO. eHealth [Internet]. [cited 2015 July 22]. Available from: http://www.who.int/topics/ ehealth/en/.
60. Ekegren CL, Gabbe BJ, Finch CF. Injury reporting via SMS text messaging in community sport. Inj Prev. 2014;20(4):266- 71. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/injuryprev-2013-041028. PMid:24413851.
61. Jespersen E, Holst R, Franz C, Rexen CT, Klakk H, Wedderkopp N. Overuse and traumatic extremity injuries in schoolchildren surveyed with weekly text messages over 2.5 years. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2014;24(5):807-13. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.12095. PMid:23800031.
62. Moller M, Attermann J, Myklebust G, Wedderkopp N. Injury risk in Danish youth and senior elite handball using a new SMS text messages approach. Br J Sports Med. 2012;46(7):531-7. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091022. PMid:22554848.
63. Nilstad A, Bahr R, Andersen TE. Text messaging as a new method for injury registration in sports: a methodological study in elite female football. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2014;24(1):243-9. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600- 0838.2012.01471.x. PMid:22537065.
64. Verhagen E, Bolling C. Protecting the health of the @hlete: how online technology may aid our common goal to prevent injury and illness in sport. Br J Sports Med. 2015 [Epub ahead of print]. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-094322. PMid:25614537.
65. Verhagen EA, Clarsen B, Bahr R. A peek into the future of sports medicine: the digital revolution has entered our pitch. Br J Sports Med. 2014;48(9):739-40. http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-093103. PMid:24273310.
66. Höher J, Bach T, Münster A, Bouillon B, Tiling T. Does the mode of data collection change results in a subjective knee
Hespanhol Junior LC, Barboza SD, van Mechelen W, Verhagen E
380 Braz J Phys Ther. 2015 Sept-Oct; 19(5):369-380
score? Self-administration versus interview. Am J Sports Med. 1997;25(5):642-7. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659702500509. PMid:9302469.
67. Ferreira A, Cruz-Correia R, Antunes L, Chadwick D. Access control: how can it improve patients’ healthcare? Stud Health Technol Inform. 2007;127:65-76. PMid:17901600.
Correspondence Evert Verhagen VU University Medical Center EMGO+ Institute for Health and Care Research Department of Public & Occupational Health Van der Boechorststraat 7, 1081 BT Amsterdam, The Netherlands e-mail: [email protected]
Copyright of Brazilian Journal of Physical Therapy / Revista Brasileira de Fisioterapia is the property of Brazilian Journal of Physical Therapy / Revista Brasileira de Fisioterapia and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week9DontWannaGetHurtDontPlayHockey.pdf
248
ARTICLE
Sociology of Sport Journal, 2015, 32, 248 -265
© 2015 Human Kinetics, Inc.
Sociology of Sport Journal, 2015, 32, 248 -265 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ssj.2014-0092 © 2015 Human Kinetics, Inc.
‘If You Don’t Want to Get Hurt, Don’t Play Hockey’: The Uneasy Efforts of Hockey
Injury Prevention in Canada
Stephen Adams University of Ottawa; Bishop’s University
Courtney W. Mason Thompson Rivers University
Michael A. Robidoux University of Ottawa
Ice hockey is known for its speed, skill and aggression. This paper uses an analyses of injuries in boys’ minor leagues and primary documents to examine competing discourses that surround participant safety which give meaning to broader hockey practices. We problematize a prevailing discourse that preserves the physicality of Canadian hockey and an emerging reverse discourse that prioritizes player safety. Theoretically informed by Foucault’s concepts of discourse, knowledge and power relations, we interpret the relationships between these two competing discursive streams which have created a public controversy, particularly concerning body checking, and intensified a polarizing national debate. Ultimately, we argue that these discourses impact the implementation of progressive injury prevention initiatives in minor hockey and youth sport.
Le hockey sur glace est réputé pour être rapide, technique et violent. Cet article utilise une analyse des blessures et documents de ligues mineures masculines afin d’examiner les discours qui circulent à propos de la sécurité des participants et qui sont reliés aux pratiques plus générales du sport. Nous mettons en évidence un discours dominant qui préserve la physicalité du hockey canadien et un discours contraire émergeant qui priorise la sécurité des joueurs. En nous appuyant au niveau
Adams is with the Research Centre for Sport in Canadian Society, School of Human Kinetics, Univer- sity of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, and also the Psychology Department, Bishop’s University, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada. Mason is with the Tourism Department at Thompson Rivers University, Kamloops, British Columbia, Canada. Robidoux is with the Research Centre for Sport in Canadian Society, School of Human Kinetics, and also the Indigenous Health Research Group, School of Human Kinetics, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Address author correspondence to Stephen Adams at [email protected].
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 249
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
théorique sur les concepts foucaldiens de discours, savoir et relations de pouvoir, nous interprétons les relations entre ces deux courants discursifs en compétition qui ont créé une controverse publique, particulièrement en ce qui concerne les mises en échec, et intensifié un débat national polarisé. En bout de ligne, nous avançons que ces discours influencent l’implantation d’initiatives progressistes de prévention des blessures dans le hockey mineur et le sport pour les jeunes.
Ice hockey1 is a sport celebrated for its speed, skill and intense physicality. These qualities, however, also make it a high risk sport where players at all levels experience injuries, most notably head injuries, which scientific evidence suggests is having serious and at times debilitating effects (short and long-term) on players (Caron, Bloom, Johnston, & Sabiston, 2013; Harmon et al., 2013; Johnson, 2011). As a result there are increased efforts by researchers to document the extent to which injuries are occurring in hockey (Emery, Hagel, Decloe, & McKay, 2010; Yard & Comstock, 2006) and understanding the impact they are having on players’ health (Cusimano et al., 2011; Post, Oeur, Hoshizaki, & Gilchrist, 2013). Little of this research focuses specifically on injury prevention. There are even fewer studies that conceptualize injury prevention beyond the ice and examine it within its broader sociocultural contexts. For example, it has been proven repeatedly that body checking is the leading mechanism of injury in youth hockey (Emery et al., 2010; Emery & Meeuwisse, 2006; Macpherson, Rothman, & Howard, 2006), yet efforts to entirely remove body checking from the sport are refuted and deemed impractical if not heretical in some hockey circles2. This is in spite of virtually every nonprofessional or semiprofessional adult league playing nonbody checking hockey due to unnecessary risks of injury. The example of body checking reveals that there is an adequate amount of research telling us how and why players are getting injured, but not enough studies demonstrating why there is such resistance to changing the sport to reduce what is universally understood to be the primary cause of injury.
In this paper, we offer a critical reading of the complexities of youth sport injury prevention by looking at the debates circulating around risk and injury in Canadian ice hockey3. These debates swirl within a conservativist framework that situate physicality and violence to be the essence of Canadian hockey. Any changes to the game that have the potential to diminish a physical and aggressive style of play are seen as a threat against Canada’s national winter pastime (Cormack & Cosgrave, 2013; Gruneau & Whitson, 1993; Robidoux & Trudel, 2006). In contrast, there is growing popularity around the idea that health and safety should be prioritized over hockey traditionalism and that the sport’s governing bodies should be focus- ing on injury prevention initiatives, grassroots programs and mass participation. By drawing on Michel Foucault’s theories of power, knowledge and discourse, as well as his nuanced tools to interpret competing streams of discursive flows, we critically analyze the situated and shifting meanings around Canadian hockey. Here we examine the tensions between cultural conservatism and safety advocacy as trajectories of knowledge that produce their own discourse creating “cleavages in a society that shift about, fracturing unities and effecting regroupings” (Foucault, 1978, p. 96). We argue that this reinforces prevailing hockey discourse and in turn inhibits the development and implementation of effective injury prevention strate- gies in minor boys hockey.
250 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Theoretical Framework The sport of hockey holds important cultural and symbolic value in Canada, to the point that it serves as a Canadian myth, a creation tale that is constructed as shaping Canada as much Canadians shape it (Gruneau &Whitson, 1993; Jackson, 1994; Kidd & Macfarlane, 1972; Laba, 1992; Robidoux, 2001, 2002). Due to its privileged cultural position, the sport’s evolving regulations are highly contested in Canada. Practices associated with hockey are commonly cited as evidence of a Canadian national identity and any critiques of the sport, or efforts to alter it, are often met with resistance (Adams, 2006; Cormack & Cosgrave, 2013; Gruneau & Whitson, 1993; Lorenz & Osborne, 2006; Robidoux & Trudel, 2006). The issue of safety in hockey is an ongoing, yet intensifying, source of contention for those involved in the sport, whether as organizers, coaches, participants, parents or fans. The debates, along with the emotions fueling them, are generating a complex array of discursive flows. The individuals and groups producing such discourses, often with diverse meanings and objectives, are claiming legitimacy to establish some authoritative position to influence the direction of the sport. These discursive struggles are precisely what Foucault describes in his enduring work The History of Sexuality Vol I. (1978) through his theoretical formulations on the complex relation- ships between knowledge, power and discursive productions. As outlined in detail by many scholars contributing to sport studies (Andrews, 1993; C. L. Cole, 1996; C. L. Cole et al., 2004; Farnell, 2004; Hokowhitu, 2004, 2013; Markula & Pringle, 2006; Shogan, 1998; Sloop, 1997; Mason, 2012), Foucault’s seminal research forward new directions on power relations by thinking beyond Marxist-based or critical discursive arrangements of power, which are possessive and hierarchical. Accordingly, Foucault (1978) argues that power relations are multidirectional and omnipresent, positioning it as a “multiplicity of force relations immanent in the sphere in which they operate” (p. 92). Once again distancing himself from Marxist- based approaches, Foucault conceptualized power relations as a productive, rather than solely a repressive, force. Critically, this speaks not only to how individuals and groups negotiate operating power relations in any society, which has been the predominant way that sport scholars often invoke this aspect of Foucault’s produc- tive power, but also to the relationships between acting or competing discursive flows (Markula & Mason, 2013). Equally important here, however, is Foucault’s (1978) conception of resistance, or refusals as he described it, which are situated within force relations rather than in external opposition to some state or organizational entity. From such a theoretical vantage point, it is possible to discern the relations of power at play in prevailing discourses of Canadian hockey and the oppositional forces that through multiple iterations and “ceaseless struggles and confrontations, transforms, strengthens, or reverses them” (Foucault, 1978, p. 92).
The notion of reversal is key in that as much as Foucault departs from Marxist and neo-Marxist analyses of power, there remains the possibility for hegemonic and counter-hegemonic forces. Foucault (1978) argued that in power relations there is always the possibility of resistance. He stated that “where there is power, there is resistance, and yet, or rather consequently, this resistance is never in a position of exteriority in relation to power” (p. 95). Foucault (1980) makes it clear that he is not as interested in end points—state or institutional power—but is mostly concerned with the forces of power and forces that resist them. He finds that:
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 251
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
One impoverishes the question of power if one poses it solely in terms of leg- islation and constitution, in terms solely of the state and the state apparatus. Power is quite different from and more complicated, dense and pervasive than a set of laws or a state apparatus. (Foucault, 1980, p. 158).
It is the relation of power that changes in that resistance, which is both neces- sary and intrinsic to power, is polyvalent, derived and expressed in a multiplicity of forms. These forms are made evident through discourse, which as Foucault (1978) states is an expression of knowledge and power combined, within the oppositional framework of power. He writes:
Discourses are not once and for all subservient to power or raised up against it, any more than silences are. We must make allowance for the complex and unstable process whereby discourse can be both an instrument and effect of power, but also a hindrance, a stumbling-block, a point of resistance and a starting point for an opposing strategy. Discourse transmits and produces power; it reinforces it, but also undermines and exposes it, renders it fragile and makes it possible to thwart it. (p. 100-101).
Therefore, at any one time, there is a multiplicity of discourses present com- peting for authority and the legitimacy of specific meanings and practices. As a consequence, not all discourse is valued equally or are afforded equal status and, as a result, equal authority (Foucault, 1978). At any point in history, a certain dis- course is prevailing while others are marginalized or excluded. The discourse that is afforded dominant status is the result of power relations and a “whole series of mechanisms operating in different institutions” (Foucault, 1978, p. 33). Certain knowledge is produced and known while simultaneously constraining what is possible to know of other subjects, objects and practices. In this way, individuals face multiple, and often competing discourse that create diverse meanings while informing particular cultural practices (Foucault, 1978).
In referring to the complexity of theorizing resistance or refusals in a sporting or any other cultural context, it is necessary to recognize that disciplinary practices continue to function when there is resistance. Describing this aspect of the resistance in power relationships, Foucault (1978) asserts:
Their existence depends on a multiplicity of points of resistance: these play the role of adversary, target, support, or handle in power relations. These points of resistance are present everywhere in the power network. (p. 95).
His specific concept of strategic elaboration (1980) demonstrates this point which is integral to interpreting the relationships between competing discursive flows. In contrast to Marxist-based analysis, which often celebrates resistance, in strategic elaboration Foucault concentrates on how resistance produces new corri- dors for the exercise of power (Butchart, 1998; Mason, 2014). In this model, expres- sions of resistance facilitate a shift in the balance of power in processes that can reinforce prevailing discourse. As a result, resistance can encourage the formation of new and strategic currents of disciplinary power and can consequently reinforce prevailing discourse. This analysis recognizes the resistive strategies employed by groups, but also how these points of resistance fit into broader discursive flows
252 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
informing practices that either cause, or prevent, potential injurious situations in minor hockey leagues.
For the purposes of this paper, we seek to understand how discourse, within this oppositional dynamic, shapes and determines the availability of practices and the meanings and understandings ascribed to them. In other words, discourse is carried out through regulated practice or patterned behavior where the meanings associated with these practices are produced, reproduced, transformed and ultimately contested (Foucault, 1978). As stated above, this is not to suggest that a reverse discourse merely runs counter to a dominant one, but through its polyvalent iterations car- ries with it its own authority which demands that its “legitimacy or ‘naturality’ be acknowledged, often in the same vocabulary, using the same categories by which it was. . . disqualified” (Foucault, 1978, p. 101). How stylistic patterned behavior produces knowledge and related discourse is well-documented in sport and physi- cal activity contexts using a Foucauldian lens (Hokowhitu, 2005; Johns & Johns, 2000; Markula, 2004; Markula & Pringle, 2006; Pringle & Markula, 2005; Pringle & Pringle, 2012; Giles, 2004; Mason, 2014; Shogan, 1998, 2002). However, no studies relate this to ice hockey or to effectively theorize youth injury prevention.
Similar to any discursive field, Canadian minor hockey is constituted by a multiplicity of discourses that give meaning to and inform practices. Although there are multiple acting discourses at any moment in history and it is difficult to isolate any one prevailing discourse, for this paper we identify at least two compet- ing discourses at play in Canadian minor hockey. The prevailing discourse that we focus on is based in Canadian hockey conservatism which celebrates a physically dominant and aggressive style of play. Conversely, the emerging reverse discourse that we selected to examine is about prioritizing participant safety. This point of view argues that, under its current direction, minor hockey is placing Canadian youth at an unnecessarily high risk of injury and the safety of participants must be the priority. As Foucault (1978) asserts, both discourses circulate and gain force through various institutions and are in turn reconstituted by them as they construct, disseminate and reinforce certain knowledge claims over others. For example, pro- fessional hockey (specifically the National Hockey League) and Hockey Canada4 are institutional authorities that benefit and are hindered by these oppositional forces, while simultaneously reproducing discursive flows through league rules and policies. At present, the conservative hockey discourse is often reinforced by Hockey Canada in that as player safety and enjoyment are formally articulated as priorities, the emphasis is still on player development, international dominance and producing a particular type of “Canadian” hockey player (Bernard & Trudel, 2004; Hockey Canada, 2012). The legitimacy of this discourse is contested by medical practitioners, academics and parents who are concerned with youth safety and the perceived dangers of the sport. The circulation of this body of knowledge produces the reverse discourse that is of central importance to this analysis. Although not identified as such, evidence documenting this reverse discourse in hockey has been well-researched by scholars (Cusimano et al., 2011; Emery et al., 2010; King & LeB- lanc, 2006). Ultimately, these competing discourses are embedded in the ongoing public debate concerning safety in Canadian minor hockey. Subsequently, to avoid falling into a dichotomous binary of power relations, but instead to demonstrate their contradictory and complex interplay, these discourses warrant close examina- tion. As Foucault (1978) argued, it is better to understand these discursive flows as
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 253
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
“tactical elements or blocks operating in the field of force relations” and discover “what reciprocal effects of power and knowledge they ensure…” (p. 101–102). It is with this particular understanding of discursive flows, including the tactical uses, meanings and practices that inform them, that we engage in our analyses of the production of competing discourse on the sport of hockey and problematize their dissemination in Canadian society.
Methods, Methodologies and Context
Before examining the specific discourses at play, it is important to indicate how this paper emerged. It stems from a multiyear injury study involving researchers from our research team at the University of Ottawa. The study had researchers and volunteer research assistants attending league games, observing and documenting game play, and working with training staff to fill in Post-Game Injury Assessments to get more detailed injury information. Over the course of the 2009–2010 season, 25 Minor Peewee AA games were observed (732 athletic exposures5 and 1200 playing minutes). In the 2011–2012 hockey season 62 games were observed; 33 games from Minor Peewee AA (1116 athletic exposures and 1728 playing minutes) and 29 games from Bantam BB (825 athletic exposures and1392 playing minutes). All teams consisted of 12–17 male skating players between the ages of 11–14; no injury data were collected for goalies. All games were 48 min in length.
Over the course of this project and observing firsthand the issues teams and leagues faced in attempting to ensure the safety of participants while gaining competitive advantages over opponents, it was apparent injury prevention must not be solely understood in terms of on ice play. In fact, as more primary sources were analyzed it became apparent how contested injury prevention strategies are embroiled in larger sociohistorical tensions. To further our understanding of the current state of the game, this paper uses primary information to examine the public discourse pertaining to both hockey practices and safety initiatives in Canada. Since the articulation of discourse is often played out through news media, a Google News alert system was set up for recent news articles using any combination of the key words “hockey” + “body checking” + “injury”. Only articles since 2009 were considered. The search yielded 69 articles from the following popular press sources: Globe and Mail, Calgary Herald, The Canadian Press, The Hockey News, Montreal Gazette, Sports Illustrated, Toronto Star, Vancouver Sun and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC). Primary sources from Hockey Canada (31) and USA Hockey (7) were also reviewed. This included all promotional materials for their safety programs, history, mission and mandate, as well as annual reports and press releases. Particularly useful were the meeting minutes from Annual General Meetings and Provincial hockey associations from 2002–2013.
A form of discourse analysis was used to identify the ways that discourse was structured, organized and produced through the collected texts we interpreted. Foucauldian-informed discourse analyses (FIDA) aim to distinguish the discourse operating in a certain area of life and to examine the implications for subjectivity, practice and power relations. This approach recognizes that power relations are embedded in and being produced by prevailing discourse. This also includes how discourse may be refused and transformed in various human interactions. FIDA is
254 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
not hierarchical as it stems from Foucault’s productive and relational conceptions of power. The objective is not to challenge the hegemony of a certain group, but to map how power is used through discourse to produce and define practices in certain fields. Our approach was shaped by the in-depth models provided by sport studies scholars (Barker-Ruchti, 2009; Liao & Markula, 2009).
Conservative Hockey Discourse: Preserving the “Essence” of the Sport
The prevailing discourse informing minor hockey is one based in its historical imaginings (Lorenz & Osborne, 2006; Robidoux, 2002) and maintained through a physically dominant and aggressive style of play at elite and grassroots levels. These discursive formulations of hockey have been critical to the development and popularity of professional hockey in Canada and in the United States, in that intensely physical qualities of the sport are marketed and very much part of the National Hockey League (NHL) brand. The success of the NHL, the leading profes- sional hockey league in the world, produces its own authority and discursive force that influences particular attitudes, behaviors and playing styles in Canadian minor hockey. Listed as an affiliated organization and partner of Hockey Canada, the NHL contributes to the production of conservative hockey discourse and places consid- erable pressure on minor hockey leagues and players to conform to professional demands and expectations (Allain, 2008; Bernard & Trudel, 2004; Kissick, 2007). For example, player selection by coaches, particularly in competitive environments where body checking is permitted, has the tendency to prioritize the attributes of size, strength, toughness and hyper-aggressiveness over other qualities such as skating and shooting. This type of player selection has remained unchanged for decades (Gruneau & Whitson, 1993; Loughead & Leith, 2001; Vaz, 1982). The former characteristics are deemed necessary for players to achieve success at the professional level. This inevitably results in minor hockey players learning to play NHL style hockey (Allain, 2008; Bernard & Trudel, 2004; Kissick, 2007) where the actions of hockey players, such as body checking, illegitimate acts (rule viola- tions), violence, and aggression, produce and reproduce institutionalized behavior; that is learned and are a structural part of a larger system (Weinstein, Smith, & Wiesenthal, 1995). As a consequence, Hockey Canada is being forced to revisit its approaches to player safety. Due to the rash of head injuries in both professional and minor hockey leagues, as well as advancements made in understanding the short and long-term effects of concussions by medical researchers, public pres- sure regarding youth safety is mounting (C. Cole, 2011; Johnson, 2011; Harmon et al., 2013; Tator, 2012). Considering that professional hockey is often viewed as the pinnacle of success in the sport and the close relationship between the NHL and the sport’s governing bodies in Canada, it is unsurprising that, until recently, minor hockey systems followed the standards modeled by professional leagues.
The professionalization and commodification of hockey only partly explain the transmission of the professional hockey value system to the minor leagues. Rather than viewing hockey as a site where competing ideologies are contested or as a cultural terrain where the struggle for meaning between dominant and sub- ordinate groups takes place in the everyday lives of people, hockey is constituted
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 255
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
by a multiplicity of profound and pervasive discourses that give meaning to and produce hockey practices. The struggle for the authority to shape legitimate hockey knowledge and practices between competing discourses is exercised through power relations. Instead of imposing its ideology from the top-down through class power, the NHL plays a substantial role in the production and diffusion of conservative discourse through its uneven power relations with Hockey Canada. Since discourse circulates through institutions as they produce, disseminate and reinforce their own operating strategies, the NHL benefits from its historical and economic positioning and lays claim to what constitutes players and the sport through the production of prevailing discourse on hockey. Accordingly, the NHL takes part in the formation of conservative discourse through the establishment of a system that legitimizes, disperses and controls knowledge and the threshold of acceptable behavior.
Reverse Discourse: Prioritizing the Safety of Youth Participants
The heightened awareness of athletic health and safety provides a competing discourse as well as different views on the practice and meanings ascribed to sport. Guidelines aimed at minimizing the risk of injury as well as an increase in parental supervision of youth during unstructured physical activity in neighborhood playgrounds, points to a societal shift toward a more cautious cultural landscape when it comes to youth (Ball, 2002; Clements, 2004; Howard et al., 2005). Similar safety concerns have been documented in Canadian community sport organiza- tions, particularly in Canadian minor hockey as parents are becoming increasingly concerned with the significant risk of traumatic brain, neck and spinal injuries of youth participants (Donnelly & Kidd, 2003; Rick Hansen Institute, 2013). Even with the predominant assumptions about the way sports should be played and orga- nized, namely, using a highly competitive professional or pyramid model where opportunities for less talented or smaller participants become fewer as they grow older (Donnelly & Kidd, 2003), academic and medical researchers have argued for an alternative sport model with a greater emphasis on participant safety, par- ticularity in North American minor hockey (Cusimano, Nastis, & Zuccaro, 2013; Emery et al., 2010).
Although the genealogy of any discourse cannot be easily identified, the critique of conservative discourse in hockey can be traced to when recreation (‘house’) leagues were criticized by researchers in the 1970s in Canada for over-emphasizing winning at all costs and focusing excessively on the outcome of games (Donnelly & Kidd, 2003). These critiques led to ‘best practice initiatives’ promoting fair play and positive participation experiences. Meanwhile, because of the decline of minor hockey registration in the late 1970s and early 1980s, its excessive violence and related risk of injury, there was growing concern expressed by hockey practitioners and the general public over safety issues in the sport (Marcotte & Simard, 1993). The levels of violence in hockey perceived by hockey stakeholders as well as the declining participation rates led to a number of studies on the subject (Brust, Leonard, Pheley, & Roberts, 1992; Vaz, 1982). In particular, researcher Edmund Vaz (1982) suggested a reward system (a ‘fair play’ point system where teams are awarded additional points in the standings for fewer penalties) to encourage less
256 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
violent and aggressive behaviors. This paved the way for the implementation of ‘fair play’ leagues in the province of Québec (Marcotte & Simard, 1993; Roberts, Brust, Leonard, & Hebert, 1996). In fact, the ‘fair play’ solution started with parents who were concerned about the state of minor hockey and proactive in advocating for improved safety conditions for youth participants (Marcotte & Simard, 1993).
In the last five years, there is emphasis by the media and academics on player safety due to the increased number of incidents of professional and amateur hockey players receiving season or career ending injuries, particularly those involving con- cussions (The Canadian Press, 2011; C. Cole, 2011; Cusimano et al., 2013). While much public scrutiny of injury in hockey has focused on professional cases, injury in minor hockey is just as problematic (King & LeBlanc, 2006; Yard & Comstock, 2006). This has led to a public debate regarding how to make minor hockey safer for its players while attracting more participants to the game. Some researchers contend that rule changes are the most effective method for injury prevention since they address both cultural and behavioral changes (Cusimano, Nastis, & Zuccaro, 2013). However, rule changes that could potentially curb the distinctive Canadian style of game are difficult to modify because of a host of sociocultural reasons (Robidoux & Trudel, 2006). Despite these constraints, academics, medical practitioners and safety advocates continue to challenge more conservative hockey practices.
While the medical community and sports sciences continue to generate knowledge highlighting the dangers of body checking (Emery et al., 2010; Emery & Meeuwisse, 2006; Macpherson, Rothman, & Howard, 2006) and the effects of concussions (Cusimano et al., 2011; Harmon et al., 2013; Johnson, 2011), it is generally coaches and former players advocating a style of play that emphasizes toughness, intimidation, violence and other values such as hard work, sacrifice and fighting (Bernard & Trudel, 2004; Dowbiggin, 2008) that reinforce prevailing conservative hockey discourse. Coaches in the sport also play a critical role in support of conservative discourse. As Johns and Johns (2000) note, coaches “hold privileged positions in a performance discourse because of their claims to expertise, experience, wisdom and resources” (p. 229). Therefore, in what Foucault (1978) deemed “the system of legitimate knowledge,” coaches’ positions within hockey affords them the title of the expert concerning truth/knowledge claims of what constitutes acceptable Canadian hockey practices.
From a historical standpoint, prioritizing the safety of youth hockey players was once considered a marginalized discourse. However, this discourse should be considered emerging as it is increasingly at the forefront of public debates. Ironi- cally, it is often written and spoken about in the same language in which it was first dismissed (Cusimano et al., 2013). This denotes that the discourse prioritizing youth safety does not simply run counter to the prevailing conservative discourse. On the contrary, after systematic examination of these discourses through media representations and actual on site injuries in minor hockey, it is our opinion that the emergence of the discourse prioritizing youth safety has entrenched the position of the prevailing conservative hockey discourse preventing further progressive change in the sport to prevent injuries. Before the materialization of the reverse discourse and the subsequent public discussions about safety in minor and professional hockey, it was just “the way the sport was played” (Robidoux & Trudel, 2006). Much like Foucault’s (1978) tracing of the explosion of discourses of sexuality in response to the repression of public discussions of sex, with the surfacing of debates about player
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 257
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
safety comes the simultaneous production of waves of prevailing discourse. This prevailing discourse is buttressed by powerful narratives on national and masculine identities (Robidoux, 2011). As detailed in Foucault’s (1980) strategic elaboration, the response to this reverse discourse on athlete safety was the production of new currents of power that reinforced prevailing discourse on the ways to ‘know’ and ‘play’ ice hockey in Canada.
The rise of this reverse discourse stems from the efforts of informed hockey parents as well as the support of medical and academic institutions that take part in the production and transmission of related knowledge. Although NHL norms and values were once considered the ones that ‘count’ compared with the values and priorities of medical practitioners and health and safety researchers (Gruneau & Whitson, 1993), there has been a shift toward prioritizing participant safety. Evidence of this can be seen in the 2011 and 2013 decisions of North American minor hockey governing bodies to amend their body checking policy based on the knowledge claims of scientific research about safe hockey practices (USA Hockey, 2011ab; Hockey Canada AGM, 2013; Thomson & Clipperton, 2013). Unfortunately, body checking and safety issues seem to arise through ‘crisis management,’ as they respond to public scrutiny following high profile injuries, rather than through a systematic and proactive approach (Donnelly & Kidd, 2003).
At the Crossroads: Hockey Discourse and the Implications for Youth Safety
In attempting to analyze the oppositional discourses that influence youth hockey practices, there is the temptation to locate the source by which these discourses take shape. This is especially evident with the more recent and locatable reverse dis- course that urges hockey reform to reduce the risk of injury and protect participants. Intentionality, however, must not be confused with subjectivity in that Foucault (1978) clearly states, “power relations are both intentional and nonsubjective” (p. 94). The intention of medical practitioners, researchers and/or league officials to implement injury prevention strategies does not imply that the reverse discourse described above stems from specific advocates of hockey safety. Rather, instead the intentions of these advocates reproduce a circulating and self-generating system of meanings that call into question behavioral norms and practices that produce injurious situations for youth participants. In other words, the efforts by the medi- cal community, researchers and other safety advocates are made possible through discourse that is in opposition to the high risk behaviors routinely expressed and legitimized through the intense physical contact hockey enacts. In this paper, we focus on specific resistive strategies articulated by certain elements of advocacy. Yet resistance, as detailed by Foucault’s strategic elaboration, is also sporadic, ambiguous and less consolidated and involuntary.
Take for example the tragic case of 21 year old Don Sanderson who died as a result of a fight in a 2009 Senior Hockey game in Hamilton, Ontario. The public outcry over the incident produced its own discursive and resistive logic that has tremendous oppositional force and transformative potential. In a CBC story covering the incident, the President of Sanderson’s team was quoted as saying, “At the time, it looked like so many other fights that anybody connected with hockey would have
258 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
watched over the last number of years” (CBC Sports, 2009). The article goes on to discuss the importance of wearing helmets properly so that incidents like this will not happen again. The fact that the player died as a result of a fight on the ice is not interrogated, but rather equipment modification or rules to prevent players from taking off their helmets during a fight are. The article highlights the need to protect players from serious injury yet simultaneously normalizes violent and injurious behaviors, which in this case led to a player dying. The following year, prompted by Sanderson’s death, a CBC investigative journalism program entitled The Fifth Estate aired an episode exposing the “dark side” of fighting in hockey. Host Bob McKeown points to the hypocrisy of the NHL, an organization claiming efforts to reduce brain injury by eliminating shots to the head, yet continues to allow fighting in the sport. According to McKeown, what hockey ‘insiders’ apparently all agree on is that “hockey, and the violence in it, is governed by an unwritten law that makes the sport far safer. They call it the code. And you are about to meet some of the men that for better or worse have lived by it” (McKeown, 2010). It then quickly shifts to a series of brutal hockey fights that display the unnecessary violence of the sport, yet are insidiously celebratory knowing that the CBC profits from them through their weekly airing of Hockey Night in Canada, which “has been a cash cow that helped float many of CBC’s other news and original programming endeavours, with some estimating it was worth $200 million, and up to half of the TV network’s advertising revenue” (Mudhar, 2013).
The intense response to the Sanderson incident has generated discursive flows that fuel the controversy of player safety and the obligations of governing bodies to respond accordingly. As the self-proclaimed ‘national guardian’ of the game, Hockey Canada has positioned itself as the gate-keeper of legitimate hockey practices (Hockey Canada, 2012). In doing so, Hockey Canada faces the difficult task of managing the sport in light of these competing discourses. The most recent step it has taken to prioritize player safety is the removal of body checking from the Peewee level (ages 11–12). This reveals the impacts these discursive flows are having. Although earlier changes to body checking policy have been made to main- tain conservative hockey practices, such as lowering the age when body checking is introduced (Maguire, 1996; Robidoux & Trudel, 2006), the sport’s provincial governing bodies, such as Hockey Québec, Hockey Alberta, and Hockey Nova Scotia, have all made the step to delay the introduction of body checking until the Bantam level (ages 13–14) in reaction to public pressure to improve player safety (Hockey Canada AGM, 2013; Thomson, & Clipperton, 2013). In response to pro- vincially led changes and mounting public outcry to protect player safety, Hockey Canada also recently adapted this policy in 2013 (Hockey Canada AGM, 2013; Thomson & Clipperton, 2013). Delaying the introduction of body checking is not a solution in itself; researchers argue that suddenly exposing youth to full contact without mandatory training is also problematic (Emery & Meeuwisse, 2006; USA Hockey, 2011b). However, in addition to training, a graduated introduction to body contact would enable youth to gradually immerse themselves into a physical con- tact environment where they are better prepared to give and receive body checks. Although efforts to introduce some sort of a graduated system are underway, there is nothing in place to date. What is certain at this point is that there has been sig- nificant public backlash to whatever direction Hockey Canada takes. In response
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 259
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
to the latest changes to delay body checking, the public debate has intensified, so too has the complex interplay between prevailing and reverse discourses.
Caught in the middle of the competing discourses at play are the youth in minor hockey. Since many Canadians care about both mass participation and international hockey supremacy (Moore, 2002), issues surrounding body checking are debated with great passion and emotion. In response to the latest decisions by Hockey Canada and its provincial branches to raise the age level of body checking initiation, some Canadians are infuriated that hockey is being changed and fear that it will lose its more traditional components (CBC News, 2013a). While some have expressed concerns about the debilitating effects these decisions will have on player development, others applaud Hockey Canada and its thirteen member branches for finally responding to safety advocates and public scrutiny (The Globe and Mail, 2013). Canadian hockey parents are also caught in the middle between these competing discourses. The public debate and ambivalence among hockey stakeholders is reflected in the views of local minor hockey parents. Their diverse views on the appropriate age to introduce body checking and whether to preserve hockey integrity at the expense of player safety, demonstrates some of the complexities around competing discourse (CBC News, 2013ab; The Globe and Mail, 2013; Tetley, 2012). For example, some parents take conflicting positions by simultaneously endorsing the physicality of the Canadian game and supporting the conservative hockey discourse while also advocating behavioral and rule changes to body checking to ensure their children’s safety and minimize risk (Thomson & Clipperton, 2013). The legitimacy of certain hockey practices over others and the meanings and understandings ascribed to them are ultimately contested through competing discourse. Since discourse cannot be separated from power (Foucault, 1980), the complex interplay between prevailing (conservative) and emergent (player safety) discourse is the articulation of power and knowledge. These com- peting discursive streams produce knowledge about Canadian hockey and shape what is possible to know about what hockey is and how it should be played. This complicates our understandings of why the reverse discourse, advocating for player safety and rule modification, has difficulty gaining traction, despite the support of medical and health research communities and its obvious value to society (protect- ing children who play the sport).
Conclusion
From its inception, and subsequent merger with the Canadian Hockey Association in 1994, Hockey Canada has struggled with the competing discourses that surround the sport. The recent changes in body checking policy by Hockey Canada (Hockey Canada AGM, 2013; Thomson & Clipperton, 2013) illustrate the direction the organization is currently heading. However, with the intensification of advertising dollars and network interest in amateur international ice hockey, such as World Juniors competitions, it remains to be seen what responses will be taken by Hockey Canada in the high-performance side of the sport and how they will impact player safety in minor hockey. What is fascinating, at least from an academic perspective, is the generation of competing discourses that are influencing Canadian amateur
260 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
hockey practices. What might seem like innocuous efforts to ensure the safety and well being of youth participating in the national winter pastime are, from another discursive framework, situated as an attack on a sport many hold sacred in Canada. Sadly these reactionary perspectives are hindering constructive dialogue between hockey conservatives and sport safety advocates, consequently impeding progres- sive injury prevention strategies. The most recent decision to delay body checking is an example of the tempered efforts by Hockey Canada to improve safety without removing body checking altogether. If hockey officials are determined to keep body checking part of competitive minor hockey for certain age groups, it would seem logical to institute a graduated approach to physical contact, where players learn to engage in degrees of contact before full body contact. In addition to this graduated approach, there should be a national systematic training program where youth are formally taught body checking (how to give and receive) skills. In other words, rather than addressing the issue of youth being suddenly exposed to body checking in a proactive and systematic manner, Hockey Canada has simply delayed it in a response to public pressure to improve player safety.
The challenges Hockey Canada faces in implementing effective injury preven- tion strategies are not unique to this organization, nor are they specific to hockey. In the United States, fierce debate is being produced around the sport of football, which is generating similar discursive flows around the health and safety of its participants. Much of the focus has been on high profile cases of National Football League (NFL) players seeking, and obtaining, compensation for the acute and chronic degenerative brain trauma they are experiencing (Hopkins, 2013; Sports Illustrated, 2013). These high profile cases are raising doubt about the safety of the sport in general, and as a result there has been a marked drop in youth football registration, as parents are increasingly unwilling to register their children for fears that they will be seriously injured (Fainaru & Fainaru-Wada, 2013; Hruby, 2013). Whether it is elite or amateur football, tensions are being evidenced between those wishing to preserve the special place football has in American culture versus those who are calling for reform or abolishment due to safety concerns. It is a parallel debate to that which is taking place in Canada, and at its source is a similarly con- founding question: if it has been clearly established that the intense physical contact of football/hockey is causing serious injury (in particular serious brain trauma), why do these behaviors persist? The analysis of the competing discourses provided here point to a departure from standard epidemiological and biomechanical injury research and urge closer examination of the sociocultural processes at play that are impeding the implementation of injury prevention strategies. At the very least this paper might enter the nexus of discourses circulating about the health and safety of participants engaged in high risk sport.
Notes 1. To be referred to as hockey from this point forward.
2. Don Cherry, on his popular Hockey Night in Canada segment Coach’s Corner, has been quoted as saying “you have good intentions, but the road to hell is paved with good intentions... you’re gonna be sorry. You watch and see, you will be sorry” in response to Hockey Canada’s decision to remove body checking from Peewee (ages 11–12) hockey nationwide (Perry, 2013).
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 261
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
3. There are likely implications and parallels in the United States, but the analysis is Canadian based.
4. The sport’s national governing body in Canada which oversees both male and female grass- roots and elite development streams as well as the administration of the National Team programs.
5. Defined as one player participating in one practice or competition where they are exposed to the possibility of injury (Dick, Agel, & Marshall, 2007) regardless of the amount of playing time.
References Adams, M.L. (2006). The game of whose lives? Gender, race, and entitlement in Canada’s
‘national game. In D. Whitson & R. Gruneau (Eds.), Artificial ice.: Hockey, Culture, and Commerce (pp. 71–84). Peterborough, ON: Broadview Press.
Allain, K.A. (2008). ‘Real fast and tough’: The construction of Canadian hockey masculinity. Sociology of Sport Journal, 25(4), 462–481.
Andrews, D.L. (1993). Desperately seeking Michel: Foucault’s genealogy, the body, and critical sport sociology. Sociology of Sport Journal, 10(2), 148–167.
Ball, D. (2002). Playgrounds - risks, benefits and choices. Contract Research Report No. 426 for the Health and Safety Executive. Sudbury: HSE Books.
Barker-Ruchti, N. (2009). The media as an authorizing practice of femininity: Swiss newspa- per coverage of Karin Thürig’s bronze medal performance in road cycling. In P. Markula (Ed.), Olympic Women and the Media (pp. 214–231). New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Bernard, D., & Trudel, P. (2004). The values of coaches and players about rule infractions, violence, and ethics. In D.J. Pearsall & A.B. Ashare (Eds.), Safety in ice hockey: Fourth volume (pp. 152–166). West Conshohocken, PA: American Society for Testing and Materials. doi:10.1520/STP11616S
Brust, J.D., Leonard, B.J., Pheley, A., & Roberts, W.O. (1992). Children’s ice hockey injuries. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 146(6), 741–747.
Butchart, A. (1998). The anatomy of power: European constructions of the African body. London, UK: Zed Books.
The Canadian Press. (2011, March 23). Habs jacked up for first tilt with Bruins since Chara hit. TSN. Retrieved from http://www.tsn.ca/nhl/story/ ?id=359236.
Caron, J.G., Bloom, G.A., Johnston, K.M., & Sabiston, C.M. (2013). Effects of multiple concussions on retired national hockey league players. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 35(2), 168–179.
CBC News. (2013a, May 27). Peewee hockey bodychecking ban draws mixed reaction. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/prince-edward-island/story/2013/05/27/ hockey-canada-bodychecking-ban-reaction.html
CBC News. (2013b, May 26). Peewee parents applaud Hockey Canada ban on body checking. Debate over when to allow players to start hitting has gone on for years. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/peewee-parents-applaud-hockey- canada-ban-on-bodychecking-1.1344344
CBC Sports. (2009, January 02). Senior hockey league player dies from fight-related injury. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/sports/hockey/senior-hockey-league-player-dies- from-fight-related-injury-1.793185
Clements, R. (2004). An investigation of the status of outdoor play. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 5(1), 68–80. doi:10.2304/ciec.2004.5.1.10
Cole, C. (2011, February 11). Wake-up call: Crosby concussion might be enough to get NHL to take head shots seriously. Vancouver Sun. Retrieved from http://www.vancouversun. com/news/ Wake+Call+Crosby+concussion+might+enough+take+head+shots+seriou sly/4265664/story.html.
262 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Cole, C.L. (1996). American Jordan, P.L.A.Y., consensus, and punishment. Sociology of Sport Journal, 13(4), 366–397.
Cole, C.L., Giardina, M.D., & Andrews, D.L. (2004). Michael Foucault: Studies of power and sport. In R. Giulianotti (Ed.), Sport and Modern Social Theorists (pp. 207–223). New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Cormack, P., & Cosgrave, J.F. (2013). ‘Our game’ hockey, civilizing projects, and domestic violence. In Desiring Canada: CBC contests, hockey violence, and other stately plea- sures (pp. 94–134). University of Toronto Press.
Cusimano, M.D., Nastis, S., & Zuccaro, L. (2013). Effectiveness of interventions to reduce aggression and injuries among ice hockey players: a systematic review. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 185(1), E57–E69. doi:10.1503/cmaj.112017
Cusimano, M.D., Sharma, B., Lawrence, D.W., Ilie, G., Silverberg, S., & Jones, R. (2013). Trends in North American newspaper reporting of brain injury in ice hockey. PLoS One, 8(4), e61865. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0061865
Cusimano, M.D., Taback, N.A., McFaull, S.R., Hodgins, R., Bekele, T.M., & Elfeki, N. (2011). Effect of bodychecking on rate of injuries among minor hockey players. Open Medicine: a Peer-Reviewed, Independent, Open-Access Journal, 5(1), e57–e64.
Dick, R., Agel, J., & Marshall, S.W. (2007). National collegiate athletic association injury surveillance system commentaries: Introduction and methods. Journal of Athletic Training, 42(2), 173–182.
Donnelly, P., & Kidd, B. (2003). Realizing the expectations: Youth, character, and com- munity in Canadian sport. The Sport We Want (Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Ethics in Sport), 34, 25-44.
Dowbiggin, B. (2008). The Meaning of Puck: How Hockey Explains Modern Canada. Toronto, ON: Key Porter Books.
Emery, C.A., Hagel, B., Decloe, M.D., & McKay, C. (2010). Risk factors for injury and severe injury in youth ice hockey: A systematic review of the literature. Injury Preven- tion, 16(2), 113–118. doi:10.1136/ip.2009.022764
Emery, C.A., & Meeuwisse, W.H. (2006). Injury rates, risk factors, and mechanisms of injury in minor hockey. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 34(12), 1960–1969. doi:10.1177/0363546506290061
Fainaru, S., & Fainaru-Wada, M. (2013). Youth football participation drops. ESPN. Retrieved from http://espn.go.com/espn/otl/story/_/page/popwarner/pop-warner-youth-foo
Farnell, B. (2004). The fancy dance of racializing discourse. Journal of Sport and Social Issues, 28(1), 30–55. doi:10.1177/0193732503261887
Foucault, M. (1980). In C. Gordan (Ed.), Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings, 1972- 1977. Harlow: Harvester.
Foucault, M. (1976/1978). The History of Sexuality Volume I: An Introduction. New York: Vintage Books.
Foucault, M. (1975/1977) Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. (A. M. Sheridan, Trans). New York: Vintage Books.
Foucault, M. (1969/1972). The Archaeology of Knowledge and the Discourse on Language. London: Tavistock Publications.
Giles, A.R. (2004). Crisco, Kevlar, and menstruation: “Tradition” and Dene Games. Sociol- ogy of Sport Journal, 21(1), 18–35.
The Globe and Mail. (2013, May 26). Hockey Canada’s bodychecking ban: How early is too early for hitting? Retrieved from http://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/national/ hockey-canadas-bodychecking-ban-how-early-is-too-early-for-hitting/article12158233/
Gruneau, R., & Whitson, D. (1993). Hockey night in Canada: sport, identities and cultural politics. Garamond Press.
Harmon, K.G., Drezner, J.A., Gammons, M., Guskiewicz, K.M., Halstead, M., Herring, S.A., . . . Roberts, W.O. (2013). American Medical Society for Sports Medicine position
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 263
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
statement: Concussion in sport. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 47(1), 15–26. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-091941
Hockey Canada. (2012). Annual report 2012. Retrieved from http://www.hockeycanada.ca/ en-ca/Corporate/AGM/2012.aspx
Hockey Canada. (2011). Head contact rule. Retrieved from http://hockeycanada.ca/en-ca/ Hockey-Programs/Officiating/Head-Contact-Rule.aspx
Hockey Canada AGM. (2013, May 25). Hockey Canada’s 94th Annual General Meeting Concludes in Charlottetown P.E.I.; Body-Checking Rule Change Approved; Jim Hornell elected Chair of Hockey Canada Board of Directors [Press release]. Retrieved from: http://www.hockeycanada.ca/en-ca/news/agm-concludes-in-charlottetown
Hokowhitu, B. (2013). Foucault, genealogy, sport and indigeneity. In M. Phillips & R. Pringle (Eds.), Critical sport histories: Paradigms, power and the postmodern turn (pp. 225–248). West Virginia: F.I.T. Publishers.
Hokowhitu, B. (2005). Rugby and Tino Rangatiratanga: Early Māori rugby and the forma- tion of Māori masculinity. Sporting Traditions. Journal of the Australian Society for Sports History, 21(2), 75–95.
Hokowhitu, B. (2004). Tackling Māori masculinity: A colonial genealogy of savagery and sport. The Contemporary Pacific, 15(2), 259–284. doi:10.1353/cp.2004.0046
Howard, A.W., MacArthur, C., Willan, A., Rothman, L., Moses-McKeag, A., & MacPherson, A.K. (2005). The effect of safer play equipment on playground injury rates among school children. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 172(11), 1443–1446. doi:10.1503/ cmaj.1041096
Hopkins, J.S. (2013). NFL, players agree to settle concussion lawsuit. Chicago Tribune. Retrieved from http://articles.chicagotribune.com/2013-08-29/sports/chi-nfl-con- cussion-settlement-20130829_1_concussion-lawsuit-duerson-family-mediator-layn- phillips
Hruby, P. (2013). The choice. Sports on Earth. Retrieved from http://www.sportsonearth. com/article/63895452/
Jackson, S.J. (1994). Gretzky, crisis, and Canadian identity in 1988: rearticulating the Ameri- canization of culture debate. Sociology of Sport Journal, 11(4), 428–446.
Johns, D.P., & Johns, J.S. (2000). Surveillance, subjectivism and technologies of power: An analysis of the discursive practice of high-performance sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 35(2), 219–234. doi:10.1177/101269000035002006
Johnson, L.S.M. (2011). Concussion in youth ice hockey: It’s time to break the cycle. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 183(8), 921–924. doi:10.1503/cmaj.110282
Kidd, B., & Macfarlane, J. (1972). The death of hockey. Toronto: New Press. King, W.J., & LeBlanc, C.M.A. (2006). Should body checking be allowed in minor hockey?
Canadian Medical Association Journal, 175(2), 163–164. doi:10.1503/cmaj.060620 Kissick, J. (2007). Canadian academy of sport medicine. Position statement: Violence and
injuries in ice hockey. 1-7. Retrieved from http://www.casm-acms.org/forms/statements/ HockeyViolEng.pdf
Laba, M. (1992). Myths and markets: Hockey as popular culture in Canada. In H. Holmes & D. Taras (Eds.), Seeing ourselves: Media power and policy in Canada (pp. 333–444). Toronto: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Canada.
Liao, J., & Markula, P. (2009). Reading media texts in women’s sport: Critical discourse analysis and Foucauldian discourse analysis. In P. Markula (Ed.), Olympic Women and the Media (pp. 30–49). New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Lorenz, S.L., & Osborne, G.B. (2006). “Talk about strenuous hockey”: Violence, manhood, and the 1907 Ottawa Silver Seven-Montreal Wanderer rivalry. Journal of Canadian Studies. Revue d’Etudes Canadiennes, 40(1), 125–156.
Loughead, T.M., & Leith, L.M. (2001). Hockey coaches’ and players’ perceptions of aggres- sion and the aggressive behavior of players. Journal of Sport Behavior, 24(4), 394–407.
264 Adams, Mason and Robidoux
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Macpherson, A., Rothman, L., & Howard, A. (2006). Body checking rules and childhood injuries in ice hockey. Pediatrics, 117(2), 143–147. doi:10.1542/peds.2005-1163
Maguire, J. (1996). Blade runners: Canadian migrants, ice hockey, and the global sports process. Journal of Sport and Social Issues, 20(3), 335–360. doi:10.1177/019372396020003007
Marcotte, G., & Simard, D. (1993). Fair-play: An approach to hockey for the 1990’s. In C.R. Castaldi, P.J. Bishop, & E.F. Hoerner (Eds.), Safety in ice hockey: Second volume. ASTM STP 1212 (pp. 103–108). Philadelphia, PA: American Society for Testing and Materials. doi:10.1520/STP13128S
Markula, P. (2004). “Turning into one’s self:” Foucault’s technologies of the self and mindful fitness. Sociology of Sport Journal, 21(3), 302–321.
Markula, P., & Mason, C.W. (2013). Doing Foucauldian sport history. In M. Phillips & R. Pringle (Eds.), Examining sport histories: Power, paradigms and reflexivity (pp. 193–224). West Virginia: F.I.T. Publishers.
Markula, P., & Pringle, R. (2006). Foucault, Sport and Exercise: Power, Knowledge and Transforming the Self. London: Routledge.
Mason, C.W. (2014). Spirits of the Rockies: Reasserting an Indigenous Presence in Banff National Park. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Mason, C.W. (2012). Consuming the physical and cultural practices of Aboriginal peoples: Spaces of exchange, conflict and (post)colonial power relations. In J. Hughson, C. Palmer, & F. Skillen (Eds.), The role of sports in the formation of personal identities: Studies in community loyalties (pp. 157–181). London: Edwin Mellen Press.
McKeown, B. (Host). (2010, March 26). The code [Season 35]. The Fifth Estate. Video retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/fifth/episodes/2009-2010/the-code
Moore, P. (2002). Practical nostalgia and the critique of commodification: On the ‘Death of Hockey’ and the National Hockey League. The Australian Journal of Anthropology, 13(3), 309–322. doi:10.1111/j.1835-9310.2002.tb00212.x
Mudhar, N. (2013, November 26). NHL deal with Rogers huge blow to CBC: Mudhar. Toronto Star. Retrieved from http://www.thestar.com/sports/hockey/2013/11/26/ nhl_deal_with_rogers_a_huge_blow_to_tsn_and_cbc_mudhar.html
Perry, R. (2013, May 25). Don Cherry feels Hockey Canada ‘will be sorry’ for ban. Coach’s Corner commentator disagrees with bodychecking ban at peewee-level. CBC Sports. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/sports/hockey/nhl/don-cherry-feels-hockey-canada- will-be-sorry-for-ban-1.1354398
Post, A., Oeur, A., Hoshizaki, B., & Gilchrist, M.D. (2013). Examination of the relationship between peak linear and angular accelerations to brain deformation metrics in hockey helmet impacts. Computer Methods in Biomechanics and Biomedical Engineering, 16(5), 511–519. doi:10.1080/10255842.2011.627559
Pringle, R., & Markula, P. (2005). No pain is sane after all: A Foucauldian analysis of mas- culinities and men’s experiences in rugby. Sociology of Sport Journal, 22(4), 472–497.
Pringle, R., & Pringle, D. (2012). Competing obesity discourses and critical challenges for health and physical educators. Sport Education and Society, 17(2), 143–161. doi:10.1 080/13573322.2011.607947
Rick Hansen Institute. (2013). Protecting children and youth: Canada speaks out on prevent- ing traumatic spine and head injuries in amateur hockey. [report] pp. 1-11.
Roberts, W.O., Brust, J.D., Leonard, B., & Hebert, B.J. (1996). Fair-play rules and injury reduction in ice hockey. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 150(2), 140–145. doi:10.1001/archpedi.1996.02170270022003
Robidoux, M.A. (2011). Male hegemony or male mythology? Uncovering distinctions through some of Canada’s leading men: The coureurs de bois and professional hockey players. In J. Laker (Ed.), Canadian Perspectives on Men and Masculinity: An Inter- disciplinary Reader (pp. 114–125). Toronto: Oxford University Press.
Competing Discourse of Injury Prevention 265
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Robidoux, M.A. (2001). Men at Play: A Working Understanding of Professional Hockey. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.
Robidoux, M.A. (2002). Imagining a Canadian identity through sport: A historical interpreta- tion of lacrosse and hockey. Journal of American Folklore, 115, 209–225.
Robidoux, M.A., & Trudel, P. (2006). Keeping hitting in boys’ hockey and preserving the “Canadian” game. In D. Whitson & R. Gruneau (Eds.), Artificial ice.: Hockey, commerce, and cultural identity (pp. 101–122). Peterborough, ON: Broadview Press.
Shogan, D. (2002). Characterizing constraints of leisure: A Foucauldian analysis of leisure constraints. Leisure Constraints, 21(1), 27–38.
Shogan, D. (1999). The Making of High Performance Athletes. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Sloop, J.M. (1997). Mike Tyson and the perils of discursive constraints: Boxing, race, and the assumption of guilt. In A. Baker & T. Boyd (Eds.), Out of bounds: Sports, media, and the politics of identity (pp. 102–122). Bloomington: University of Indiana Press.
Sports Illustrated. (2013). Goodell: Settlement ‘significant amount of money’. Retreived from http://sportsillustrated.cnn.com/nfl/news/20130904/rodger-goodell-nfl-concussion-suit. ap/index.html
Tator, C.H. (2012). Sport concussion education and prevention. Journal of Clinical Sports Psychology, 6(3), 293–301.
Tetley, D. (2012, April 17). Parents divided on banning bodychecking for peewees. Cal- gary Herald. Retrieved from http://www2.canada.com/calgaryherald/news/city/story. html?id=990414eb-e76f-4778-bf3b-3f04a83e8a46
Thomson, A., & Clipperton, J. (2013, May 25). Hockey Canada federations remove check- ing from peewee. The Canadian Press [TSN]. Retrieved from http://www.tsn.ca/ canadian_hockey/story/?id=423976
Hockey, U.S.A. (2011a, January n.d.). USA Hockey body checking rule proposal background. Retrieved from http://www.usahockey.com/uploadedFiles/USAHockey/Menu_Educa- tion_and_Training/Menu_Body_Checking_Rule_Proposal/QandABodyCheckingPro- posal2.pdf
Hockey, U.S.A. (2011b, June 11). USA Hockey board of directors approves all points of progressive checking skill development program. Retrieved from http://www.usahockey. com/Template_Usahockey.aspx?NAV=AU_02_03&id=305004
Vaz, E.W. (1982). The professionalization of young hockey players. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
Weinstein, M.D., Smith, M.D., & Wiesenthal, D.L. (1995). Masculinity and hockey violence. Sex Roles, 33(11/12), 831–847. doi:10.1007/BF01544782
Yard, E.E., & Comstock, R.D. (2006). Injuries sustained by pediatric ice hockey, lacrosse, and field hockey athletes presenting to United States emergency departments, 1990–2003. Journal of Athletic Training, 41(4), 441.
Copyright of Sociology of Sport Journal is the property of Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week10CanadianSportOverallinjuryStudy.pdf
44 July 2015 international Journal of athletic therapy & training
© 2015 Human Kinetics - IJATT 20(4), pp. 44-50 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijatt.2014-0090
Original CliniCal researCh
ollegiate athletes belong to a special cohort commonly examined in sports medicine research. Conducting epidemiological stud- ies on both the risks and rates of injury are important to address gaps in injury pre-
vention and sport safety.1–3 In 2007 an epidemiological review of collegiate injuries across 15 different sports governed by the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) in the United States was conducted.1 Although the review noted some important findings in regard to injury rates, it lacked information on injury severity risk
(the risk of sustaining a severe injury in comparison with a nonsevere injury). Furthermore, sex and sport were looked at independently, and therefore comparisons cannot be made.1 While knowledge of injury rates plays a key role in injury prevention strategies, it is also import- ant to understand the risk of sustaining a severe injury. Possible risk factors for severe injury in sport may include the nature of the sport itself (contact or noncontact), age, competition level, and sex.1,2,4,5
Previous results have shown that males have a higher rate of injury, calculated by number of injuries
Johanna M. Hurtubise, MA, CAT(C), Cheryl Beech, MA, CAT(C), and Alison Macpherson, PhD • York University
Comparing Severe Injuries by Sex and Sport in Collegiate-Level Athletes: A Descriptive Epidemiologic Study
context: There is a lack of research on sex differences for severe injuries across a variety of sports at the collegiate level. objective: To compare differences in injury severity and concussion between sexes and collegiate sports. Design: Descriptive epidemiological study. participants: 1,657 injuries were analyzed from collegiate teams at York University. Data collection and analysis: Injuries were assessed by a certified or student athletic therapist and were categorized based on degree of tissue and/or joint damage as either severe or nonsevere. Severe injuries included those with third degree damage, while all others were classified as nonsevere. Injury severity was compared between the sexes and across different sports using Pearson chi- square analysis. Logistic regression was used to assess the relative contribution of each covariate. results: Males sustained 1,155 injuries, with 13.3% of them being severe, while females sustained only 502 injuries, 17.7% of which were severe. The odds of sustaining severe injuries among female athletes are 1.4 times the odds of male athletes (OR: 1.40, CI 1.05–1.86). Eleven percent of all female injuries were concussions— significantly more than males (χ2 = 11.03, p = .001). The odds of female athletes having a concussion are 1.9 times the odds of a male athlete (OR: 1.85, CI 1.28–2.67). conclusion: Based on our analysis, females are at an increased risk of sustaining a severe injury, particularly concussions. These findings highlight the need for future research into sex and sport-specific risk factors. This may provide information for health care professionals, coaches, and athletes for the proper prevention, on-field care, and treatment of sport injuries. Key Words: injury severity, sex differences, concussions, collegiate sports
C
international Journal of athletic therapy & training July 2015 45
per unit of exposure. Females, however, have a greater number of injuries per athletes, indicating that females have a greater risk of injury than males.2,4–6 The major drawback of these studies is that their findings are spe- cific to either one sport or to high school sports, and therefore cannot be compared with the collegiate-level athletes in Canada. Our study looks at a wide variety of sports to compare both sex and sport difference regarding injury severity risks.
We also chose to compare concussion risk between sex and sport. There has been an increase in the number of reported concussions over the past two decades, either due to increased reporting and detection of concussions, or due to an increase in the number of concussive impacts occurring.1,7,8 Although the effects of concussion are still under investigation, it is known that concussions may lead to long-term consequences, and as such require diligence in their prevention and care.8,9 Hootman et al. found that women’s hockey had the highest rate of concussions compared with all other sports.1 Meanwhile, Daneshvar et al. found that concussions represented a greater proportion of total injuries in females compared with males in basketball, ice hockey, and soccer.7 In our study we will look at the risk of concussion associated with both sex and sport to add further evidence to this area of research.
The purpose of our study is to determine if a differ- ence in injury severity risk exists between males and females in sex-matched sports at the collegiate level. Information regarding types of injuries sustained by sport will also be included. To our knowledge, there is no existing research looking at this risk across a variety of sports at the collegiate level in Canada. We hypothesize that females will have a higher percentage of severe injuries and a greater percentage of reported concussions.
Methods Study Design
This is a descriptive epidemiologic study using previ- ously collected data from York University’s Gorman/ Shore Sport Injury Clinic sport injury database. Data were de-identified before collection and therefore exempt from ethical approval. The outcome variable was injury severity for the first analysis and concussion for the second analysis. Exposure variables were sex and sport.
Participants
Participants were student-athletes on the York Univer- sity Lions’ varsity teams, as determined by the Ontario University Athletics (OUA) association. These athletes were treated at the Gorman/Shore Sport Injury Clinic at York University (Toronto, Ontario, Canada) from August 1, 2008 through July 31, 2012. The York University Lions collegiate men’s and women’s teams included in this study were as follows: soccer, ice hockey, vol- leyball, basketball, cross-country, and track and field. Men’s football and women’s rugby were also included. Data excluded from this study were injuries sustained by athletes not on one of the aforementioned sport teams or athletes injured outside of collegiate events, including recreational activities, intramurals, or activity courses as part of an academic program.
Injury Information
A sport injury was defined as any physical complaint sustained by an athlete during competition or training, which required medical attention by an athletic thera- pist or medical doctor.2,3,10 An injury assessment form was completed by a certified athletic therapist (CAT) or athletic therapy certificate student therapist, which was subsequently entered into Injury Zone, an Inter- net-based sports medicine database (https://sports1. injuryzone.com/iZoneWeb/) monitored by Presagia (Montreal, Quebec, Canada). Injuries were categorized as severe or nonsevere based on the degree of tissue damage as determined during the initial assessment. Injuries involving first aid treatment, in which assess- ment forms were not completed, were excluded. Severe injuries included those defined as third degree joint or tissue damage in which there is gross instability and complete tear or rupture of the involved tissues.11 Concussions were included as a severe injury as all athletes with concussions were seen by a medical doctor and removed from game play for a minimum of five days, as per the current international concussion protocol.9 All other injuries, including first and second degree tissue damage, were considered nonsevere. See Table 1 for a complete list of injuries in this study. Injury data that was incomplete or inconsistently reported were excluded from analysis.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical analysis was conducted using SPSS 19.0.0 (IBM, Armonk, NY). The exposure variables were sex and sport, and the outcome variables were injury
46 July 2015 international Journal of athletic therapy & training
severity and concussion. Chi-square analyses, with an a priori level of significance set at p = .05, were per- formed to examine the association between exposure and outcome variables. Further logistic regression anal- yses, with an a priori level of significance set at p = .05 and a 95% confidence interval, were used to quantify the associations between sex and severe injury and sex and concussion. Concussions were analyzed as a proportion of both all injuries and severe injuries. We were limited by the data available, however the power calculation based on unequal groups revealed a 1-β of 80%.
Results Injuries
There were 1,657 injuries included in the study, of which 1,414 (85.3%) were nonsevere and 243
(14.7%) were severe (Table 1). Overall, the most common injuries were nonsevere strains (22.9%) and sprains (23.0%) (Table 1). Concussions (7.7%), fractures (1.9%), and subluxations (1.6%) were the most common severe injuries (Table 1). Of the 243 severe injuries reported, approximately half (52.3%) were concussions.
Sex Differences
The number of reported male injuries outnumbered female injuries threefold: 1,155 (69.7%) and 502 (30.3%), respectively (Table 2). Of these, males had 154 severe injuries, while females had 89; however, females had a significantly higher proportion of severe injuries (17.7%) compared with males (13.3%) (Table 2; χ2 = 5.40, p = .02). These results show that female athletes have 1.4 times the odds of severe injury than males (OR: 1.40, CI: 1.05–1.86).
Table 1. Frequency of Type of injury by sex among Collegiate athletes at York University,
august 2008–July 2012
Type of Injury M a l e s ( n = 1 , 1 5 5 ) ,
n ( % ) Fe m a l e s ( n = 5 0 2 ) ,
n ( % )
To t a l ( n = 1 , 6 5 7 ) ,
n ( % ) Severe
Concussion 72 (6.2) 55 (11.0) 127 (7.7)
Fracture 19 (1.6) 13 (2.6) 32 (1.9)
Subluxation 19 (1.6) 7 (1.4) 26 (1.6)
Dislocation 16 (1.4) 6 (1.2) 22 (1.3)
Rupture/tear 12 (1.0) 4 (0.8) 16 (1.0)
Other–surgical repair 16 (1.4) 4 (0.8) 20 (1.2)
Total 154 (13.3) 89 (17.7) 243 (14.7)
Nonsevere
Sprain 263 (22.8) 118 (23.5) 381 (23.0)
Strain 280 (24.2) 100 (19.9) 380 (22.9)
Tendinitis 88 (7.6) 40 (8.0) 128 (7.7)
Tightness/spasm 85 (7.4) 39 (7.8) 124 (7.5)
Contusion 88 (7.6) 22 (4.4) 110 (6.6)
PFPS 25 (2.2) 17 (3.4) 42 (2.5)
Impingement 25 (2.2) 11 (2.2) 36 (2.2)
Joint irritation 13 (1.1) 6 (1.2) 19 (1.1)
Bursitis/fasciitis 11 (1.0) 7 (1.4) 18 (1.1)
Cartilaginous 15 (1.3) 0 (0.0) 15 (0.9)
Other 108 (9.4) 53 (10.6) 161 (9.7)
Total 1,001 (86.7) 413 (82.3) 1,414 (85.3) Abbreviations: PFPS = patellofemoral pain syndrome.
international Journal of athletic therapy & training July 2015 47
Concussions
Eleven percent of all female injuries were concus- sions—significantly more than in males (6.2%) (Table 3; χ2 = 11.03, p = .001). Female athletes were at greater odds of sustaining a concussion than male ath- letes (OR: 1.85, CI: 1.28–2.67). Similarly, concussions made up 61.8% of all female severe injuries and 46.8% of male severe injuries (Table 3; χ2 = 4.47, p = .03). Within severe injuries, female athletes had significantly higher odds of sustaining a concussion compared with males (OR: 1.86, CI: 1.07–3.23).
Sport Differences
Women’s hockey (23.9%), rugby (21.3%), and soccer (20.3%) had the highest percentage of severe injuries (Table 2). Nearly all women’s sports reported a higher proportion of severe injuries when compared with males of the same sport; however, the only statistical significance was found when comparing men’s football to women’s rugby (Table 2; χ2 = 3.90, p = .05). The only exception to this was volleyball, in which males showed a slightly higher proportion of severe injuries
(Table 2). Women’s ice hockey (19.6%), rugby (13.9%), and basketball (13.3%) had the highest proportion of concussions compared with all other teams (Table 3). Although females typically had a higher proportion of concussions compared with males in the same sport, this was only significant in ice hockey and rugby/foot- ball (Table 3; χ2 = 5.42, p = .20; χ2 = 12.02, p = .001). When looking at the proportion of concussions to severe injuries, it is important to note that in both soccer and cross-country/track and field, males had a higher proportion of concussions to severe injury than females (Table 3).
Discussion Our results show that males generally incur more injuries, but females had a significantly higher pro- portion of severe injuries. Furthermore, females had a significantly higher proportion of concussions. Some sports of interest include: volleyball, which was the only sport that males had the greater proportion of severe injuries; soccer, where females had a lower proportion of concussions compared with males; and ice hockey,
Table 2. injury severity by sport and sex among Collegiate athletes at York University,
august 2008–July 2012 S e v e r e, n
( % ) N o n s e v e r e, n
( % ) To t a l P -Va l u e Sex
Male 154 (13.3) 1,001 (86.7) 1,155
Female 89 (17.7) 413 (82.3) 502 .020
Total 243 (14.7) 1,414 (85.3) 1,657
Sport
Football (M) 74 (14.1) 450 (85.9) 524
Rugby (F) 26 (21.3) 96 (78.7) 122 .048
Basketball (M) 20 (14.6) 117 (85.4) 137
Basketball (F) 12 (20.0) 48 (80.0) 60 .344
Volleyball (M) 13 (19.7) 53 (80.3) 66
Volleyball (F) 13 (18.3) 58 (81.7) 71 .836
Soccer (M) 10 (10.6) 84 (89.4) 94
Soccer (F) 14 (20.3) 55 (79.7) 69 .086
Ice hockey (M) 29 (18.0) 132 (82.0) 161
Ice hockey (F) 22 (23.9) 70 (76.1) 92 .260
Cross country/track & field (M) 5 (3.0) 161 (97.0) 166
Cross country/track & field (F) 5 (5.3) 90 (94.7) 95 .362 Abbreviations: M = male; F = female.
48 July 2015 international Journal of athletic therapy & training
where females had a significantly higher proportion of concussions than males.
Although the injury incidence rate is an import- ant factor to consider when looking into possible injury prevention and treatment protocols, the risk of sustaining a severe injury is also essential to study. Previous studies have found similar results to ours, in that females are at a higher risk for sustaining a severe injury.2,4 Powell and Barber-Foss concluded that major injuries in females occur more often than in males in high school basketball and soccer.4 Similarly, Darrow et al. found that severe injuries accounted for 14.9% of all injuries sustained in high school and, among sports that were comparable (soccer, basketball, and baseball/softball), females sustained a higher rate of severe injury that males.2 Future research on females and sport-specific risk factors is important to better understand causes of injury and ways to prevent them.
It is interesting to note that both men and women volleyball players sustained a low, but similar percent- age of severe injuries. This emphasizes the importance
of understanding risk factors associated with each sport to apply prevention and coaching programs for improved sport safety. In an epidemiology study of female collegiate volleyball players, it was found that 23% of all injuries sustained were considered severe.12 Of these, 44% were ankle ligament damage resulting from contact with a teammate or opposing player. This study did not look at men’s volleyball injuries, so a comparison between the sexes cannot be made.12 However, we can speculate that the low risk of severe injuries in volleyball is perhaps attributed to rules and regulations that enhance player safety for both sexes, such as the center line rule which was introduced to the NCAA in 1998.12,13 This rule permits the encroach- ment of the opposing team’s side as long as there is no safety hazard present or does not interfere with the opponent’s play, thus eliminating this particular risk factor.12 Further investigation into the reasons behind the low risk of severe injury in volleyball is needed to implement possible rules or prevention programs throughout other female sports.
Table 3. Proportion of Concussions among all injuries and severe injuries among Collegiate athletes
at York University, august 2008–July 2012
To t a l C o n c u s s i o n s
To t a l I n j u r i e s
( n )
P r o p o r t i o n o f C o n c u s s i o n s
( % ) p - Va l u e
S e v e r e I n j u r i e s
( n )
P r o p o r t i o n o f C o n c u s s i o n s
( % ) p -Va l u e Sex
Male 72 1,155 6.2 154 46.8
Female 55 502 11.0 .001 89 61.8 .024
Sport
Football (M) 27 524 5.2 74 36.5
Rugby (F) 17 122 13.9 .001 26 65.4 .011
Basketball (M) 10 137 7.3 20 50.0
Basketball (F) 8 60 13.3 .176 12 66.7 .358
Volleyball (M) 5 66 7.6 13 38.5
Volleyball (F) 7 71 9.9 .637 13 53.8 .431
Soccer (M) 7 94 7.4 10 70.0
Soccer (F) 7 69 10.1 .544 14 50.0 .327
Ice hockey (M) 15 161 9.3 29 51.7
Ice hockey (F) 18 92 19.6 .020 22 81.8 .026
Cross country/track & field (M)
4 166 2.4 5 80.0
Cross country/track & field (F)
2 95 2.1 .875 5 40.0 .197
Abbreviations: M = male; F = female.
international Journal of athletic therapy & training July 2015 49
Females have 1.9 times the odds of sustaining a concussion as compared with males, and this finding is consistent with current research.1,7,8,14–17 In previous epidemiology studies of sports in the NCAA, it was found that 5% of all injuries were concussions and that females had a higher percentage of concussions than males in basketball, ice hockey, soccer, and lacrosse.1,7 Likewise, Gessel et al. found that 8.9% of all high school injuries and 5.8% of all collegiate injuries were concussions.14 Females were found to have a higher rate of concussions, and a higher proportion of con- cussions compared with all injuries in sports played by both sexes.14 Sex differences and concussions are highly scrutinized in present sports medicine research in an attempt to discover the reasons behind such disparities.14,16,18 Some proposed explanations for sex differences with concussions include: (1) biomechani- cal—females have weaker neck muscles and therefore greater angular acceleration of neck and head;14,18 (2) psychosocial—some suggest males are socially encouraged to play through injuries, while females are more concerned with long-term effects on health and therefore may be more honest about symptoms;14,18 and (3) hormonal—estrogen, which maintains normal cerebral blood flow16,18 plays a protective role in males while increasing mortality in females.14,18 The values found in our study suggest that research focusing on the risk factors of concussions, as well as on prevention strategies targeted at female athletes, should be of high priority in concussion research. This is necessary to help decrease the risk of concussion in female athletes, which will allow for safer participation in sport.
There were some noteworthy sport-specific differ- ences when looking at concussion risk and sex. For instance, we noted that in some sports, such as soccer, the risk of concussion when compared with other severe injuries was higher in males than in females. This may be due to the high risk of other severe injuries to females in soccer, but requires further investigation into sport-specific risk factors. Current literature has found that females are more likely to sustain an ankle or knee injury than males, and are three times more likely to tear their anterior cruciate ligament.5 A study looking at men’s and women’s soccer injury rates found that 44% of severe injury in females was due to knee derangement, while this only accounted for 11% of severe injuries in males.19,20
In addition, the differences between concussion risk in male and female ice hockey players are essen-
tial to highlight. Women’s ice hockey not only had the highest proportion of concussions compared with all other teams, but was also significantly higher than men’s ice hockey. This holds true when comparing the proportion of concussions to all injuries, or to severe injuries only. This strengthens the fact that sex-specific risk factors in this sport need to be better understood to implement prevention programs. Women’s ice hockey, although similar to men’s, has an important rule distinction, in which intentional body checking is not allowed.18 In theory, this should reduce the number of concussions as player contact should also be reduced, however this does not seem to be the case.18 In an epidemiological study on collegiate-level ice hockey players in the United States, it was found that concussions were the most common injury seen in female hockey players (21.6%), while concussions constituted only 9% of injuries sustained for males.21,22 Furthermore, this study found that over 40% of concus- sions were due to contact with another player.21 Schick and Meeuwisse found that 96% of injuries sustained by females are due to contact with either an opponent or the boards, whereas males received 79% of their injuries from contact.23 It has been suggested that unanticipated body checking in women’s hockey may lead to increased player contact and thus an increased concussion risk.21,23 This unanticipated checking and player contact may be caused by variability in play seen in women’s ice hockey. This variability may be influenced by coaching styles during player develop- ment, as some females may play with male leagues and may be more comfortable with contact, while others may not. Moreover, inconsistent enforcement of the body checking rule increases variability between games.21,23 The results found in both our study, as well as throughout the literature, suggest the need for further investigation into the effectiveness of current rules in hockey to prevent the potential severity and morbidity associated with concussion.
The measure of severity of injury is a limitation to this study. We were unable to confirm interrater reliabil- ity of those evaluating injuries due to the surveillance nature of our data. Furthermore, although degrees of injury are a common method of determining tissue damage in the medical field, this was not confirmed through actual imaging of the tissue itself. While time lost due to injury is the leading measure of injury severity in the literature,24 this information was not available in the database and may have strengthened
50 July 2015 international Journal of athletic therapy & training
the criteria of severe and nonsevere injuries, thereby increasing accuracy in categorizing the injuries. Finally, this study was conducted among collegiate-level ath- letes, and therefore may not be generalizable to other populations.
Conclusion This study highlights sex differences of severe injury in Canadian collegiate sport. Females, when compared with males, have higher odds of incurring a severe injury, as well as higher odds of sustaining a concussion in collegiate sport participation. This emphasizes the need for further research on risk factors which may influence these results. A better understanding of both injury epidemiology, as well as potential risk factors, may allow sport medicine personnel, coaches, trainers, and athletes to implement proper injury prevention, education, and management to improve sport safety for female athletes.
Acknowledgments
We thank Dr. Frances Flint who supervised and guided us and Tracy Meloche of the Gorman/Shore Sport Injury Clinic at York University for coordination of data collection.
References 1. Hootman JM, Dick R, Agel J. Epidemiology of collegiate injuries for
15 sports: Summary and recommendations for injury prevention initiatives. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):311–319. PubMed
2. Darrow CJ, Collins CL, Yard EE, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of severe injuries among united states high school athletes: 2005-2007. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(9):1798–1805. PubMed doi:10.1177/0363546509333015
3. Finch CF. An overview of some definitional issues for sports injury surveillance. Sports Med. 1997;24(3):157–163. PubMed doi:10.2165/00007256-199724030-00002
4. Powell JW, Barber-Foss KD. Sex-related injury patterns among selected high school sports. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(3):385–391. PubMed
5. Colvin AC, Lynn A. Sports-related injuries in the young female athlete. Mt Sinai J Med. 2010;77(3):307–314. PubMed doi:10.1002/msj.20179
6. Sallis RE, Jones K, Sunshine S, Smith G, Simon L. Comparing sports injuries in men and women. Int J Sports Med. 2001;22(6):420–423. PubMed doi:10.1055/s-2001-16246
7. Daneshvar DH, Nowinski CJ, McKee AC, Cantu RC. The epidemiology of sport-related concussion. Clin Sports Med. 2011;30(1):1–17 vii. PubMed doi:10.1016/j.csm.2010.08.006
8. Brooks D, Hunt BM. Current concepts in concussion diagnosis and management in sports: A clinical review. BC Med J. 2006;48(9):453– 459.
9. McCrory P, Meeuwisse WH, Aubry M, et al. Consensus statement on concussion in sport: The 4th international conference on con- cussion in sport held in Zurich, November 2012. Br J Sports Med. 2013;47(5):250–258. PubMed doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313
10. Fuller C. Injury definition. In: Verhagen E, vanMechelen W, eds. Sports injury research. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 2010.
11. Cox JS. Symposium: Functional rehabilitation of isolated medial collateral ligament sprains. injury nomenclature. Am J Sports Med. 1979;7(3):211–213. PubMed doi:10.1177/036354657900700319
12. Agel J, Palmieri-Smith RM, Dick R, Wojtys EM, Marshall SW. Descrip- tive epidemiology of collegiate women’s volleyball injuries: National collegiate athletic association injury surveillance system, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):295–302. PubMed
13. Bahr R, Lian Ø, Bahr I. A twofold reduction in the incidence of acute ankle sprains in volleyball after the introduction of an injury preven- tion program: A prospective cohort study. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 1997;7(3):172–177. PubMed doi:10.1111/j.1600-0838.1997.tb00135.x
14. Gessel LM, Fields SK, Collins CL, Dick RW, Comstock RD. Concussions among United States high school and collegiate athletes. J Athl Train. 2007;42(4):495–503. PubMed
15. Covassin T, Swanik CB, Sachs ML. Epidemiological considerations of concussions among intercollegiate athletes. Appl Neuropsychol. 2003;10(1):12–22. PubMed doi:10.1207/S15324826AN1001_3
16. Frommer LJ, Gurka KK, Cross KM, Ingersoll CD, Comstock RD, Saliba SA. Sex differences in concussion symptoms of high school athletes. J Athl Train. 2011;46(1):76–84. PubMed doi:10.4085/1062-6050-46.1.76
17. Delaney JS, Lacroix VJ, Leclerc S, Johnston KM. Concussions among university football and soccer players. Clin J Sport Med. 2002;12(6):331–338. PubMed doi:10.1097/00042752-200211000- 00003
18. Dick RW. Is there a gender difference in concussion incidence and outcomes? Br J Sports Med. 2009;43(Suppl. 1):i46–i50. PubMed doi:10.1136/bjsm.2009.058172
19. Dick R, Putukian M, Agel J, Evans TA, Marshall SW. Descriptive epi- demiology of collegiate women’s soccer injuries: National collegiate athletic association injury surveillance system, 1988-1989 through 2002-2003. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):278–285. PubMed
20. Agel J, Evans TA, Dick R, Putukian M, Marshall SW. Descriptive epi- demiology of collegiate men’s soccer injuries: National collegiate athletic association injury surveillance system, 1988-1989 through 2002-2003. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):270–277. PubMed
21. Agel J, Dick R, Nelson B, Marshall SW, Dompier TP. Descriptive epide- miology of collegiate women’s ice hockey injuries: National collegiate athletic association injury surveillance system, 2000-2001 through 2003-2004. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):249–254. PubMed
22. Agel J, Dompier TP, Dick R, Marshall SW. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate men’s ice hockey injuries: National collegiate athletic association injury surveillance system, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athl Train. 2007;42(2):241–248. PubMed
23. Schick DM, Meeuwisse WH. Injury rates and profiles in female ice hockey players. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31(1):47–52. PubMed
24. Orchard J, Hoskins W. For debate: Consensus injury definitions in team sports should focus on missed playing time. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(3):192–196. PubMed doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e3180547527
Johanna M. Hurtubise and Alison Macpherson are with the York University Sports Medicine Team, York University, Toronto, ON.
Cheryl Beech is with York University, Toronto, ON.
Matthew Hoch, PhD, ATC, Old Dominion University, is the report editor for this article.
Copyright of International Journal of Athletic Therapy & Training is the property of Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week10NCAA Study.pdf
Journal of Athletic Training 311
Journal of Athletic Training 2007;42(2):311–319 � by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association, Inc www.journalofathletictraining.org
Epidemiology of Collegiate Injuries for 15 Sports: Summary and Recommendations for Injury Prevention Initiatives Jennifer M. Hootman, PhD, ATC, FACSM*; Randall Dick, MA, FACSM†; Julie Agel, MA, ATC‡
*Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA; †National Collegiate Athletic Association, Indianapolis, IN; ‡University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN
Objective: To summarize 16 years of National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) injury surveillance data for 15 sports and to identify potential modifiable risk factors to target for injury prevention initiatives.
Background: In 1982, the NCAA began collecting standard- ized injury and exposure data for collegiate sports through its Injury Surveillance System (ISS). This special issue reviews 182 000 injuries and slightly more than 1 million exposure re- cords captured over a 16-year time period (1988–1989 through 2003–2004). Game and practice injuries that required medical attention and resulted in at least 1 day of time loss were in- cluded. An exposure was defined as 1 athlete participating in 1 practice or game and is expressed as an athlete-exposure (A- E).
Main Results: Combining data for all sports, injury rates were statistically significantly higher in games (13.8 injuries per 1000 A-Es) than in practices (4.0 injuries per 1000 A-Es), and preseason practice injury rates (6.6 injuries per 1000 A-Es) were significantly higher than both in-season (2.3 injuries per 1000 A-Es) and postseason (1.4 injuries per 1000 A-Es) prac-
tice rates. No significant change in game or practice injury rates was noted over the 16 years. More than 50% of all injuries were to the lower extremity. Ankle ligament sprains were the most common injury over all sports, accounting for 15% of all re- ported injuries. Rates of concussions and anterior cruciate lig- ament injuries increased significantly (average annual increas- es of 7.0% and 1.3%, respectively) over the sample period. These trends may reflect improvements in identification of these injuries, especially for concussion, over time. Football had the highest injury rates for both practices (9.6 injuries per 1000 A- Es) and games (35.9 injuries per 1000 A-Es), whereas men’s baseball had the lowest rate in practice (1.9 injuries per 1000 A-Es) and women’s softball had the lowest rate in games (4.3 injuries per 1000 A-Es).
Recommendations: In general, participation in college ath- letics is safe, but these data indicate modifiable factors that, if addressed through injury prevention initiatives, may contribute to lower injury rates in collegiate sports.
Key Words: athletic injuries
S ince 1988, the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Injury Surveillance System (ISS) has collected injury and exposure data from 16 sport activities: men’s
baseball, men’s basketball, women’s basketball, women’s field hockey, men’s fall football, men’s spring football, men’s gym- nastics, women’s gymnastics, men’s ice hockey, men’s la- crosse, women’s lacrosse, men’s soccer, women’s soccer, wom- en’s softball, women’s volleyball, and men’s wrestling. Data collection for a 17th sport, women’s ice hockey, began in the 2000–2001 season. Men’s gymnastics is not included due to small sample size, and fall and spring football are reported in the same article. A total of 182 000 injuries and slightly more than 1 million exposure records are contained in the sample from 1988–1989 through 2003–2004 described in this special issue. This article will summarize selected information from the 15 individual sport activities to provide an overview of general injury trends in college athletics. We also highlight injury rates for 3 specific conditions across all sports: ankle ligament sprains, anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries, and concussions.
A reportable injury in the ISS had to meet all of the follow- ing criteria: (1) injury occurred as a result of participation in an organized intercollegiate practice or contest; (2) injury re- quired medical attention by a team certified athletic trainer or physician; and (3) injury resulted in restriction of the student-
athlete’s participation or performance for one or more days beyond the day of injury. An exposure was defined as 1 athlete participating in 1 practice or game (athlete-exposure, A-E), and injury rates were expressed as the number of injuries per 1000 A-Es. More detail regarding the sports covered, sampling methods, and case definitions can be found in the ‘‘Introduc- tion and Methods’’ article in this special issue.1
Over the 16-year sample period, injury trends may have been influenced by a variety of factors, including increased athletics participation, changes in NCAA rules and policies, and the continued evolution of the practice of sports medicine. Participation has increased among both sexes (80% increase in females and 20% increase in males) in all NCAA champi- onship sports. The NCAA policy changes have been sport spe- cific (eg, mandating eye protection in women’s lacrosse, changing the weight classes in wrestling), division specific (eg, modifications to spring football practice in Divisions I and II), and across all divisions (eg, expanding the number of games in a season, increasing the length of practice seasons, and ex- pansion of postseason tournament qualifying fields). Medical coverage for college athletics has improved, particularly with the creation of the 2000 National Athletic Trainers’ Associa- tion (NATA) ‘‘Recommendations and guidelines for appropri- ate medical coverage in intercollegiate athletics.’’2 The NATA
312 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Table 1. Game and Practice Injury Rates, 15 Sports, National Collegiate Athletic Association, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004
Total No. of Game Athlete-
Exposures Injuries,
No.
Game Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval
Total No. of Practice Athlete-
Exposures Injuries,
No.
Practice Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval
Division I
Preseason 114 528 803 7.01 6.53, 7.50 4 903 695 35 710 7.28 7.21, 7.36 In season 1 963 708 31 883 16.24 16.06, 16.41 7 305 903 17 502 2.40 2.36, 2.43 Postseason 89 610 849 9.47 8.84, 10.11 390 538 622 1.59 1.47, 1.72
Total Division I 2 167 846 33 535 15.47 15.30, 15.63 12 600 136 53 834 4.27 4.24, 4.31
Division II
Preseason 56 590 356 6.29 5.64, 6.94 2 290 173 14 696 6.42 6.31, 6.52 In season 1 017 991 13 855 13.61 13.38, 13.84 3 138 541 7013 2.23 2.18, 2.29 Postseason 45 747 388 8.48 7.64, 9.33 146 101 179 1.23 1.05, 1.40
Total Division II 1 120 328 14 599 13.03 12.82, 13.24 5 574 815 21 888 3.93 3.87, 3.98
Division III
Preseason 115 725 562 4.86 4.45, 5.26 3 502 829 20 545 5.87 5.79, 5.95 In season 1 754 358 22 940 13.08 12.91, 13.25 5 472 374 12 625 2.31 2.27, 2.35 Postseason 85 831 680 7.92 7.33, 8.52 252 727 268 1.06 0.93, 1.19
Total Division III 1 955 914 24 182 12.36 12.21, 12.52 9 227 930 33 438 3.62 3.58, 3.66
All Divisions
Preseason 286 843 1721 6.00 5.72, 6.28 10 696 697 70 951 6.63 6.58, 6.68 In season 4 736 057 68 678 14.50 14.39, 14.61 15 916 818 37 140 2.33 2.31, 2.36 Postseason 221 188 1917 8.67 8.28, 9.05 789 366 1069 1.35 1.27, 1.44
Total 5 244 088 72 316 13.79 13.69, 13.89 27 402 881 109 160 3.98 3.96, 4.04
*Wald �2 statistics from negative binomial model: game injury rates differed among divisions (P � .01) and within season (P � .01). Practice injury rates differed among divisions (P � .01) and within season (P � .01). Postseason sample sizes are much smaller (and have a higher variability) than preseason and in season sample sizes because only a small percentage of schools participated in the postseason tournaments in any sport and not all of those were a part of the Injury Surveillance System sample. Numbers do not always sum to totals because of missing division or season information. Spring football data are not included here.
reports that the number of certified athletic trainers working in the collegiate setting has increased 86% over the last 10 years (from 2654 in 1995 to 4947 in 2005; NATA, unpub- lished data, 2007). Finally, the field of sports medicine has advanced over this time, particularly with regard to evidence- based interventions (eg, bracing, physical conditioning pro- grams) and medical awareness and diagnosis (eg, heightened awareness and ability to assess concussions).
In the following section, we first report selected results sum- marized across years and, in most cases, across sports and divisions. After each set of results, we provide commentary that addresses potential related prevention initiatives.
DATA SUMMARY AND COMMENTARY
Overall Game and Practice Injury Rates
Table 1 shows overall game and practice injury rates by division and season, combined across 15 sports. The seasonal injury rates in both games and practices show similar patterns across divisions. For games, preseason competition accounted for the lowest injury rate in all divisions (6.0 injuries per 1000 A-Es, 95% confidence interval [CI] � 5.7, 6.3), whereas the in season was associated with the highest game injury rates (14.5 per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 14.4, 14.6). Rates in the postseason were significantly higher than those in the presea- son (8.7 versus 6.0 per 1000 A-Es) but significantly lower than those in the regular season (14.5 per 1000 A-Es). Division I had the highest rates and Division III the lowest, regardless of season; however, not all differences were statistically signifi- cant.
For practices (Table 1), preseason practices accounted for the highest injury rate (6.6 per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 6.6, 6.7) across all divisions, whereas the postseason had the lowest practice injury rates (rates ranged from 1.1 per 1000 A-Es in Division III to 1.6 per 1000 A-Es in Division I). Within each Division and overall, preseason practice injury rates were 2.5 to 3 times higher than in-season practice rates and 4.6 to 5.5 times higher than postseason practice rates. As was the case with game rates, practice injury rates were highest in Division I and lowest in Division III, regardless of season.
Across all divisions and seasons, the rate of game injuries (13.8 per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 13.7, 13.9) was 3.5 times higher than the rate of practice injuries (4.0 per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 3.9, 4.0). These rates equate to 1 injury every 2 games and 1 injury every 5 practices for a team of 50 partic- ipants.
Significant variability exists across sports for the ‘‘intensi- ty’’ of both game activities and, particularly, practice activities. Quantifying this variable is an important research opportunity that could aid future injury prevention research. In general, the higher ‘‘intensity’’ of game activity, in nonquantifiable terms, is most likely an important contributor to the higher injury rates in games compared with practices.
A variety of reasons may explain why injury rates are high- er during the preseason than during other parts of the sport season. Some athletes may come to the preseason poorly con- ditioned, and, thus, the stress of the high-intensity, high-load preseason training may result in an excess of injuries. Also, any given preseason practice often lasts longer than an in- season or postseason practice. Because an ISS exposure has no time component, an individual is at a higher risk of injury
Journal of Athletic Training 313
Figure 1. Game and practice injury rates, 15 sports, National Collegiate Athletic Association, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004. Game time trend P � .78. Average annual change � �0.3% (95% confidence interval � �2.5, 1.9). Practice time trend P � .70. Average annual change � �0.2% (95% confidence interval � �1.4, 0.9).
in a longer practice because of the extended exposure to ath- letic activity. Future authors who use a finer level of exposure measurement, such as player-minutes, may be better able to discriminate among these possible seasonal differences in in- jury rates. However, it should be noted that this more detailed exposure measurement (player-minutes) may be extremely dif- ficult or impractical to obtain given the time and effort it would take to gather these data. Preseason practice also often includes multiple practices on the same day; this scenario may limit recovery for subsequent activities and pose a higher in- jury risk to players. Preseason practices also may have more less-skilled or ‘‘walk-on’’ persons trying out for the sport; such individuals may be more susceptible to injury. Preseason is also a time when all players may be competing for starting positions, thus creating a highly competitive atmosphere, which may increase injury rates. Many of the listed seasonal factors may be modifiable, so the potential is great for devel- oping injury prevention interventions to address the high rates of preseason injuries. Preseason competition injury rates were lower than in-season or postseason competition rates. This finding is likely due to the fact that preseason competitions in most sports may be more like scrimmages or practice games. Coaches may be using players in different combinations than during the regular season, and the intensity of play may be somewhat mitigated compared with regular-season competi- tions.
Injury prevention strategies, such as phased-in, multiple-day practices; modifying practice times to accommodate environ- mental conditions; mandating appropriate recovery time; and preparticipation medical examinations, should be developed and implemented to reduce preseason injury rates. In 2003, the NCAA created legislation to address heat illness and gen- eral injury in preseason football practices. This policy man- dated a 5-day acclimatization period and other practice time limitations during the preseason training session.3 Initial feed- back from both coaches and players was generally favorable, although it is too early to quantify the effect on preseason heat or general injury rates. The American College of Sports Med- icine has followed up on this NCAA policy with a 2004 expert panel roundtable, ‘‘Youth football: heat stress and injury risk,’’4 expanding the conversation to youth sports and setting
the stage for discussions across multiple sports. Minimizing preseason injury rates in all sports through basic concepts of recovery and hydration, as well as through more innovative ideas, represents an important area in which certified athletic trainers can make a difference.
Time Trends in Game and Practice Injury Rates
Figure 1 shows time trends in game and practice injury rates from 1988–1989 to 2003–2004 for all the 15 sports combined. Time trends show that game injury rates varied somewhat from 1988–1989 through 1995–1996 and leveled out for the remaining years, while practice injury rates demonstrated a more stable course. No statistically significant increases or de- creases in game (P � .78) or practice (P � .70) injury rates occurred over the 16-year sample period.
Although not statistically significant, visual trends indicate decreasing game injury rates over the 16 years, particularly in the last 2 academic years. This finding may be related to the modifications associated with NCAA policy and general sports medicine practice discussed in the ‘‘Introduction and Meth- ods’’ article.1 In particular, many of the specific NCAA rules modifications made over this time period were specifically fo- cused on game situations (eg, clipping in football, hitting from behind in ice hockey). If such policies achieved some level of success in the applicable sport, the resulting injury trends may eventually be reflected in these data. It also is possible that the steady increase in the number of schools participating in the ISS over the sample period has contributed to a stabilization of game injury rates by effectively increasing the sample size over time.
Injury Mechanism
Figure 2 shows practice and game injury mechanisms for the 15 sports combined across years. For both practices and games, player contact accounted for the majority of injuries (58.0% in games, 41.6% in practices). In practices, noncontact injury mechanisms account for 36.8% of all injuries, compared with only 17.7% in games.
Player contact is a normal part of some sports, such as foot-
314 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Figure 2. Distribution (percentage) of injuries by injury mechanism for practices and games, 15 sports, National Collegiate Athletic Association, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004.
Figure 3. Distribution (percentages) of injuries by body part for games and practices for 15 sports, National Collegiate Athletic Asso- ciation, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004.
ball, men’s ice hockey, men’s lacrosse, and wrestling. How- ever, as noted earlier, although the percentages of player con- tact injuries may be somewhat similar between practices and games, the overall practice injury rate in these contact sports may be significantly lower because of the judicious use of player contact in practice. Sport rules and policies that promote safer forms of player contact can be instituted and enforced. For example, the no-spearing and no-clipping rules were in- stituted in an effort to reduce contact-related injury rates (spe- cifically head and neck injuries and knee injuries) in football. The no-spearing rule was thought to be such an important part of the game that the 2006 NCAA Football Division I Manual3
listed it in the opening ‘‘Points of Emphasis’’ section, as well as under the code of ethics for coaches. Protective equipment, such as face guards in men’s ice hockey and protective devices for injured body parts, also can be effective in minimizing player and apparatus contact injuries. Athletic trainers continue to play a leading role in creating innovative protection for susceptible body parts that allow players to participate with a reduced risk of injury from a direct blow.
Sports that limit or restrict player contact, such as soccer, basketball, and women’s ice hockey, still have a majority of
their game injuries associated with player contact. A review of playing rules in these sports to determine the effectiveness of the noncontact emphasis seems warranted.
The high percentage of practice noncontact injuries primar- ily reflects muscle strains and joint sprains that, for the most part, cannot be effectively addressed by formal NCAA legis- lation. Most of these noncontact practice injuries would best be addressed by identification and modification of risk factors. Just by being present and observing practices, athletic trainers may be able to identify and remedy potential injury-causing situations (eg, wet floors, environmental conditions). Future researchers should investigate the circumstances and charac- teristics of these noncontact practice injuries in more detail to identify possible injury prevention initiatives.
Distribution of Injuries by Body Part
Figure 3 shows the distribution of injuries by body part for practice and games, for 15 sports, combined across years. The distribution of injuries by body part was similar for both practices and games. More than 50% of all reported injuries were to the lower extremity in both practices and games, with knee and ankle injuries accounting for most of the lower extremity injuries (data not shown). Injuries to the upper extremity accounted for 18.3% and 21.4% of game and practice injuries, respectively.
In terms of total burden in the athletic population, the pre- ponderance of injuries to the lower extremity justifies partic- ular emphasis in athletic training education and prevention ef- forts in this area. Although studies targeted to minimize injury to particular joints (ankles) or structures (ACLs) have merit, more attention should be directed to injury prevention research that is applicable to all types of lower extremity injuries. Iden- tifying modifiable risk factors that are common to the majority of lower extremity injuries and targeting injury prevention in- terventions to the populations that have the greatest need (eg, highest incidence or prevalence, those who are disproportion- ately affected) should result in noticeable reductions in injury rates and, possibly, reductions in related medical costs over time. This approach also may be scientifically stronger, be- cause it is extremely difficult and expensive (since very large sample sizes and long follow-up times are needed) to conduct randomized controlled trials of injury prevention interventions
Journal of Athletic Training 315
for conditions that are relatively rare (eg, noncontact ACL in- juries). For example, much of the research on neuromuscular exercise training programs for ACL injury prevention may have applicability to other conditions, such as ankle ligament sprains,5,6 hamstring injuries,7 and lower extremity injuries in general.8–10 There is a critical need to train researchers in the appropriate methods and to increase funding for injury pre- vention research in the United States. The NCAA ISS is an ongoing, flexible, and standardized injury surveillance tool that can be a valuable resource for such studies.
Rates of Select Injuries (Ankle Ligament Sprains, Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries, and Concussions) by Sport
Table 2 shows the frequency, distribution, and rates of select injuries (ankle ligament sprains, ACL injuries, and concus- sions), broken out by the 16 sports, combined across years. More than 27 000 ankle ligament sprains were reported over the 16 academic years, yielding an average of approximately 1700 per year. Assuming the sample represents approximately 15% of the total population of NCAA institutions, this equates to an annual average of more than 11 000 ankle sprains in these 15 activities. These injuries accounted for approximately one quarter of all injuries in men’s and women’s basketball and women’s volleyball. However, spring football (1.34 per 1000 A-Es) and men’s basketball (1.30 per 1000 A-Es) had the highest rates of ankle ligament sprains.
Approximately 5000 ACL injuries were reported over the 16 years, an average of 313 per year in this sample. Assuming the sample represents approximately 15% of the total population, this equates to an annual average of more than 2000 ACL injuries in these 15 activities. Football had the highest number of reported ACL knee injuries (2159 in fall and 379 in spring, 53% of all recorded ACL injuries), but women’s gymnastics had the highest rate (0.33 per 1000 A-Es), equal to the rate for spring football (0.33 per 1000 A-Es). Three of the 4 sports with the highest rates were women’s sports (gymnastics, basketball, and soccer), and, along with spring football, all had significantly higher ACL in- jury rates than any other sport.
More than 9000 concussions were reported over the 16 years, an average of 563 per year in this sample. Assuming the sample represents approximately 15% of the total popu- lation, this equates to an annual average of about 3753 con- cussions in these 15 activities. Football had the highest number of reported concussions (fall and spring combined, n � 5016, 55% of all concussions recorded), but women’s ice hockey had the highest rate (0.91 injuries per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 0.71, 1.11; significantly higher than for all other sports). However, we caution that the ISS has collected data from women’s ice hockey for only 4 years, and therefore data must interpreted with caution. Women’s soccer, traditionally a noncontact sport, also had a relatively high rate of concussions (0.41 per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 0.38, 0.44).
Time Trends in Injury Rates for Select Injuries
Figure 4 shows time trends in injury rates for select conditions (ankle ligament sprains, ACL knee injuries, and concussions), combined across the 15 sports and combined across years. Time trends in the rates of reported ankle ligament sprains across sports appear relatively stable, with a nonsignificant decrease (�0.1%, P � .68) noted over 16 years. Rates of ACL injuries and con-
cussions both demonstrated significant increases (ACL: 1.3% av- erage annual increase, P � .02; concussion: 7.0% average annual increase, P � .01) over time. The rates of concussions doubled from 0.17 per 1000 A-Es in 1988–1989 to 0.34 per 1000 A-Es in 2003–2004. The observed upward trend in the concussion rate undoubtedly reflects improvements in the detection and manage- ment of concussion over the 16-year study period (especially in football) but may also represent some true increases in concus- sion rates over time.
Ligamentous injuries to the ankle are the most common in- jury occurring, regardless of sport or exposure type (game or practice), a fact supported in the literature.11 In this sample, ankle ligament injuries represented 14.8% of all reported in- juries (range � 3% [women’s ice hockey] to 26% [men’s bas- ketball]). Marchi et al12 reported in 1999 that 23% of ankle sprains in their study of moderate to severe sports injuries among children aged 6 to 15 years resulted in permanent se- quelae over 12 years of follow-up. Although only 1 in 5 ISS ankle ligament injuries resulted in 10� days of time loss (a marker of injury severity), if even a small proportion of these injuries result in long-term morbidity or disability, then they represent a large potential burden in the population.
Effective interventions exist that can reduce the incidence of ankle injury without critically impairing performance.5,13,14
Prophylactic bracing or taping and neuromuscular/balance ex- ercise programs can reduce the rate of lower extremity injuries by as much as 50%.5 These interventions are particularly ef- ficacious among athletes with a prior history of ankle injury. Specifically looking at the sport of volleyball, ankle sprain prevention programs have been proven efficacious and cost effective.6,15,16 Because the majority of lower extremity sports injuries occur to the ankle, it is reasonable to think that these interventions, if broadly implemented, could reduce the inci- dence of ankle injury and/or reinjury. Despite this likelihood, no existing ‘‘best practice’’ or clinical practice guidelines di- rect the broad uptake of these interventions in the sports med- icine community.
Overall, ACL injuries, regardless of mechanism, only ac- counted for approximately 3% of all injuries (range: 0.7% [women’s ice hockey, men’s baseball] to 5% [women’s gym- nastics, women’s basketball]), but 88% of these injuries re- sulted in 10� days of time loss. The rate of ACL injury in- creased 1.3% per year on average over the sample period. Evaluation of this injury trend over time also must include consideration of the significant changes in conditioning, brac- ing, and medical technology and diagnosis discussed earlier. The intense interest focused on ACL injuries—in particular, the noncontact ACL sex differences reported previously,17,18
which continue to be substantiated in this sample period—may have contributed to increased detection of these injuries. In conjunction with the increased clinical awareness of these in- juries is the increased use and sensitivity of adjunct diagnostic tools such as arthrograms and magnetic resonance imaging. Although serious (as measured by time loss, pain, disability, and costs) in terms of both frequency and rates, ACL injuries are not ‘‘epidemic.’’ In fact, using the standard of �.05 as rare, the actual probability of ACL injury would be considered a rare event. For example, in 2003 Uhorchak et al19 reported the probability of noncontact ACL injury during club and var- sity sports at the US Military Academy to be 1 in 25 782 hours of exposure (probability, �.0001). The ACL injury rates in these NCAA data range from 0.02 to 0.33 per 1000 A-Es, depending upon the sport, which also indicates that ACL in-
316 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Table 2. Frequency, Distribution, and Rates of Select Injuries (Ankle Ligament Sprains, Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries, and Concussions) for Games and Practices Combined for 15 Sports, 1988–1989 to 2003–2004
Injuries Frequency Percentage of All
Injuries Injury Rate per 1000 Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence Interval
Ankle ligament sprains
Men’s baseball 663 7.9 0.23 0.21, 0.25 Men’s basketball 3205 26.6 1.30 1.26, 1.35 Women’s basketball 2446 24.0 1.15 1.10, 1.20 Women’s field hockey 327 10.0 0.46 0.41, 0.51 Men’s football 9929 13.6 0.83 0.81, 0.84 Women’s gymnastics 423 15.4 1.05 0.95, 1.15 Men’s ice hockey 296 4.5 0.23 0.20, 0.26 Women’s ice hockey* 12 2.8 0.14 0.06, 0.22 Men’s lacrosse 698 14.4 0.66 0.61, 0.71 Women’s lacrosse 602 17.7 0.70 0.65, 0.76 Men’s soccer 2231 17.2 1.24 1.19, 1.29 Women’s soccer 1876 16.7 1.30 1.24, 1.36 Women’s softball 526 9.9 0.32 0.29, 0.35 Women’s volleyball 1649 23.8 1.01 0.96, 1.06 Men’s wrestling 715 7.4 0.56 0.52, 0.60 Men’s spring football 1519 13.9 1.34 1.27, 1.40
Total ankle ligament sprains 27 117 14.9 0.83 0.82, 0.84
Anterior cruciate ligament injuries
Men’s baseball 56 0.7 0.02 0.01, 0.02 Men’s basketball 167 1.4 0.07 0.06, 0.08 Women’s basketball 498 4.9 0.23 0.21, 0.25 Women’s field hockey 53 1.6 0.07 0.05, 0.09 Men’s football 2159 3.0 0.18 0.17, 0.19 Women’s gymnastics 134 4.9 0.33 0.28, 0.39 Men’s ice hockey 78 1.2 0.06 0.05, 0.07 Women’s ice hockey* 3 0.7 0.03 0.00, 0.07 Men’s lacrosse 131 2.7 0.12 0.10, 0.15 Women’s lacrosse 145 4.3 0.17 0.14, 0.20 Men’s soccer 168 1.3 0.09 0.08, 0.11 Women’s soccer 411 3.7 0.28 0.26, 0.31 Women’s softball 129 2.4 0.08 0.06, 0.09 Women’s volleyball 142 2.0 0.09 0.07, 0.10 Men’s wrestling 147 1.5 0.11 0.10, 0.13 Men’s spring football 379 3.5 0.33 0.30, 0.37
Total anterior cruciate ligament injuries 4800 2.6 0.15 0.14, 0.15
Concussions
Men’s baseball 210 2.5 0.07 0.06, 0.08 Men’s basketball 387 3.2 0.16 0.14, 0.17 Women’s basketball 475 4.7 0.22 0.20, 0.24 Women’s field hockey 129 3.9 0.18 0.15, 0.21 Men’s football 4404 6.0 0.37 0.36, 0.38 Women’s gymnastics 64 2.3 0.16 0.12, 0.20 Men’s ice hockey 527 7.9 0.41 0.37, 0.44 Women’s ice hockey* 79 18.3 0.91 0.71, 1.11 Men’s lacrosse 271 5.6 0.26 0.23, 0.29 Women’s lacrosse 213 6.3 0.25 0.22, 0.28 Men’s soccer 500 3.9 0.28 0.25, 0.30 Women’s soccer 593 5.3 0.41 0.38, 0.44 Women’s softball 228 4.3 0.14 0.12, 0.16 Women’s volleyball 141 2.0 0.09 0.07, 0.10 Men’s wrestling 317 3.3 0.25 0.22, 0.27 Men’s spring football 612 5.6 0.54 0.50, 0.58
Total concussions 9150 5.0 0.28 0.27, 0.28
*Data collection for women’s ice hockey began in 2000–2001.
juries are relatively rare. Contrast this with the ankle ligament sprain rates discussed above (range: 0.14 to 1.34 per 1000 A- Es); all but 4 sports (men’s ice hockey, women’s ice hockey, men’s baseball, and women’s softball) had ankle ligament sprain rates that were higher than that associated with the
sports with the highest ACL injury rate (women’s gymnastics and men’s spring football). One interpretation of these data, as noted previously, is that injury prevention research should focus more on lower extremity injuries in general and not just on injuries to specific anatomical structures. This approach
Journal of Athletic Training 317
Figure 4. Injury rates for select conditions (concussions, ankle ligament sprains, and anterior cruciate ligament injuries) for games and practices combined for 15 sports, National Collegiate Athletic Association, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004. Ankle ligament sprains time trend P � .68. Average annual change � �0.1% (95% confidence interval � �0.8, 0.5). Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury time trend P � .02. Average annual change � 1.3% (95% confidence interval � 0.2, 2.4). Concussion time trend P � .01. Average annual change � 7.0% (95% confidence interval � 5.4, 8.7).
Figure 5. Overall (A) game and (B) practice injury rates for 15 sports, National Collegiate Athletic Association, 1988–1989 to 2003–2004. Although data for 15 total sports are presented, fall and spring football are reported separately for practices; because no ‘‘official games’’ are played during spring football, only fall football is listed for games.
318 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
would require, however, that we establish risk factors that are common to all (or most) lower extremity injuries and develop interventions to address these factors.
Concussions represented 5% (women’s volleyball) to 18% (women’s ice hockey) of reported injuries, 14% of which re- stricted participation for 10 days or more (range: 2%). The rate of concussion increased significantly by 7% on average over the 16 years covered in this report, despite sport-specific efforts (eg, in ice hockey and men’s lacrosse) to address the rising risk. This trend may reflect an actual increase in the numbers of concussions per unit of exposure, but it is also attributable, at least in part, to improvements in the identifi- cation of concussion (better awareness and diagnosis) in recent years. Even mild traumatic brain injuries may have long-term effects; therefore, it is critically important to identify potential prevention interventions for this injury. Promising areas of re- search include baseline neuropsychological testing for identi- fication and helmet and mouthguard design for prevention. Collins et al20 recently reported that newer models of football helmets (eg, the Riddell Revolution, Elyria, OH) may protect players from concussion. More research is needed in these areas, as well as in the area of injury biomechanics in ice hockey and lacrosse, to maximize the potential beneficial ef- fect of concussion identification and prevention in all sports. Sex differences in the susceptibility to concussions in similar sports (such as soccer and basketball in this issue) may be another area for future research and prevention.
Game and Practice Injury Rates, by Sport
Figure 5 shows game and practice injury rates for 15 sports (fall and spring football are listed separately for practices; only fall football is listed for games) combined across years.
For games, football had the highest rate of injury in games (35.9 per 1000 A-Es), followed by wrestling (26.4 per 1000 A-Es). Baseball had the lowest game injury rate (5.8 per 1000 A-Es) among men’s sports. Among women’s sports, soccer (16.4 per 1000 A-Es) had the highest game injury rate (fourth highest overall) and women’s softball the lowest (4.3 per 1000 A-Es).
For practices, spring football had the highest rate of practice injuries (9.6 per 1000 A-Es), followed by women’s gymnastics (6.1 per 1000 A-Es), wrestling (5.7 per 1000 A-Es), and wom- en’s soccer (5.2 per 1000 A-Es). The sports with the lowest rates of practice injuries were men’s ice hockey (2.0 per 1000 A-Es), women’s ice hockey (2.5 per 1000 A-Es), and men’s baseball (1.9 per 1000 A-Es).
In sports traditionally associated with player contact, such as football, men’s ice hockey, men’s lacrosse, and even wres- tling, the dramatic difference in the practice injury rate versus the game injury rate may be a reflection of curtailed contact in practice activities. In particular, men’s ice hockey has the same sharp skates, wooden sticks, and high-speed pucks flying around during both practices and games; however, the player contact is reduced, contributing to a practice injury rate (2.0 injuries per 1000 A-Es) more than 8 times lower than the game injury rate (16.3 injuries per 1000 A-Es). The sports that are not traditionally associated with significant player contact do not have such dramatic differences between practice and game injury rates (eg, women’s volleyball, baseball, and softball). The limiting of player contact with teammates in practice may be an important modifiable factor that, along with the concept of effectively quantifying the intensity variables, as noted
above, warrants more research. Two typically noncontact sports, women’s soccer and women’s gymnastics, had injury rates in the range reported for contact sports such as wrestling (practices) and men’s ice hockey (games). These data indicate that identifying risk factors for injury and implementing injury prevention interventions should be a high priority in these ac- tivities.
The ISS data also provide a foundation for informed insti- tutional decision making with regard to staffing activities. Al- though individual school injury rates are the optimal resource, these national data can allow a sports medicine professional to make decisions regarding where to place limited staff during simultaneous events based on the risk of injury, a basic foun- dation of the NATA guidelines discussed previously.2 By vir- tue of its limited and defined practice period, spring football was the only ‘‘nontraditional season’’ activity monitored in this sample. However, the finding of a spring practice injury rate that is almost 3 times higher than the fall football practice injury rate raises concern about why student-athletes appear to be at significantly higher risk for injury in ‘‘nontraditional’’ activities compared with in-season activities. Future research and prevention efforts should be directed to out-of-season ac- tivities in all sports.
CONCLUSIONS
The lower extremity accounted for more than one half of all reported injuries in this sample, justifying particular em- phasis on this region in athletic training education, clinical practice, and prevention efforts. Ankle ligament sprains seem to be a common problem in all levels of college athletics, as they make up 14.8% of all injuries reported in the ISS. Con- cussions and ACL injuries were other high-profile injuries that occurred with less frequency but often carry more significant health consequences. The rates of these latter 2 injuries, par- ticularly concussions, have significantly increased over the sample period. This increase may represent a combination of an actual increase in occurrences as well as a greater aware- ness of the symptoms and consequences associated with the injury (eg, detection bias). Prevention efforts may be more effective in terms of both numbers affected and costs if they are directed toward a larger number of general lower extremity injuries and not to specific low-incidence injuries, such as non- contact ACL injuries.
With the majority of game and practice injuries associated with player contact, prevention initiatives should focus on in- stituting and enforcing existing playing rules and policies de- veloped for competitions. This is most likely the role of gov- erning bodies such as the NCAA. Injury prevention issues related to practices, on the other hand, may be better moni- tored at the institutional level. The model recently adopted for preseason football practices, which involves gradual integra- tion of full-contact practices with appropriate recovery time between sessions, is an example of a policy that may benefit other sports.3,21 Out-of-season and ‘‘nontraditional’’ season practice activities may be another area for intervention if the pattern of high spring (out-of-season) football injury rates, rel- ative to the rates of fall practice, is similar in other sports.
In conclusion, these data indicate that the risk and rate of injury in intercollegiate athletics are relatively low (1 injury every 2 games and 1 injury every 5 practices for a team of 50 participants) and that most reported injuries do not result in substantial time loss (ie, they are minor-severity to moder-
Journal of Athletic Training 319
ate-severity injuries). Most importantly, these data highlight potentially modifiable factors that, if addressed through injury prevention initiatives, may be able to reduce injury rates in collegiate sports even further. Using the 4-step injury preven- tion model proposed by van Mechelen et al,22 in which we (1) identify the problem, (2) establish etiology and mecha- nisms, (3) develop, evaluate, and implement interventions, and (4) reevaluate the effect via continued surveillance, the ISS is perfectly positioned to assist with the first and last steps of this process. The ISS can also be used to (1) guide informed decision making regarding issues such as appropriate medical care staffing and sport-specific safety, (2) identify naturally occurring injury rate peaks and valleys, (3) identify new emerging issues (eg, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus au- reus infections), and (4) evaluate ‘‘before’’ and ‘‘after’’ effec- tiveness of safety policy implementation. Because few evi- dence-based injur y prevention programs currently exist specific to collegiate sports, the most critical need is to estab- lish causes and mechanisms for the most burdensome injuries and to develop, evaluate, and implement injury prevention in- terventions over the next decade.
DISCLAIMER
The findings and conclusions in this article are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the views of the Cen- ters for Disease Control and Prevention or the National Col- legiate Athletic Association.
REFERENCES
1. Dick R, Agel J, Marshall SW. National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System commentaries: introduction and methods. J Athl Train. 2007;42:173–182.
2. National Athletic Trainers Association. Recommendations and guidelines for appropriate medical coverage of intercollegiate athletics, revised May 2003. Available at: http://www.nata.org/employers/ss/AMCIARecs% 20andGuidesRevised.pdf. Accessed January 5, 2007.
3. National Collegiate Athletic Association. NCAA Football Division I Manual, Bylaws 17.11.2.4 and 17.11.2.5. Available at: http://www.ncaa. org/wps/portal/!ut/p/kcxml/04�Sj9SPykssy0xPLMnMz0vM0Y�QjzKLN4j 3CQXJgFjGpvqRqCKO6AI-YRARXwN9X4�83FR9b�0A�YLc0NCIckd FALOxkFY!/delta/base64xml/L3dJdyEvUUd3QndNQSEvNElVRS82Xz BfTFU!?CONTENT�URL�http://www2.ncaa.org/portal/media�and�events/ ncaa�publications/membership/index.html. Accessed January 4, 2007.
4. Bergeron MF, McKeag DB, Casa DJ, et al. Roundtable consensus state- ment: youth football: heat stress and injury risk. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2005;37:1421–1430.
5. Handoll HH, Rowe BH, Quinn KM, de Bie R. Interventions for pre- venting ankle ligament injuries. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2001;2: CD000018.
6. Verhagen E, van der Beek A, Twisk J, Bouter L, Bahr R, van Mechelen W. The effect of a proprioceptive balance board training program for the prevention of ankle sprains: a prospective controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32:1385–1393.
7. Thelen DG, Chumanov ES, Sherry MA, Heiderscheit BC. Neuromuscu- loskeletal models provide insights into the mechanisms and rehabilitation of hamstring strains. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2006;34:135–141.
8. Olsen OE, Myklebust G, Engebretsen L, Holme I, Bahr R. Exercises to prevent lower limb injuries in youth sports: cluster randomized controlled trial. BMJ. 2005;330:449.
9. Garrick JG, Requa R. Structured exercises to prevent lower limb injuries in young handball players. Clin J Sport Med. 2005;15:398.
10. Petersen W, Braun C, Bock W, et al. A controlled prospective case control study of a prevention training program in female team handball players: the German experience. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2005;125:614–621.
11. Fong DT, Hong Y, Chan L, Yung PS, Chan K. A systematic review on ankle injury and ankle sprain in sports. Sports Med. 2007;37:73–94.
12. Marchi AG, Di Bello D, Messi G, Gazzola G. Permanent sequelae in sports injuries: a population based study. Arch Dis Child. 1999;81:324– 328.
13. Olmsted LC, Vela LI, Denegar CR, Hertel J. Prophylactic ankle taping and bracing: a numbers-needed-to-treat and cost-benefit analysis. J Athl Train. 2004;39:95–100.
14. Cordova ML, Scott BD, Ingersoll CD, LeBlanc MJ. Effects of ankle sup- port on lower-extremity functional performance: a meta-analysis. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2005;37:635–641.
15. Verhagen EA, van Tulder M, van der Beek AJ, Bouter LM, van Mechelen W. An economic evaluation of a proprioceptive balance board training programme for the prevention of ankle sprains in volleyball. Br J Sports Med. 2005;39:111–115.
16. Verhagen EA, van Mechelen W, de Vente W. The effect of preventive measures on the incidence of ankle sprains. Clin J Sport Med. 2000;10: 291–296.
17. Arendt E, Dick R. Knee injury patterns among men and women in col- legiate basketball and soccer: NCAA data and review of literature. Am J Sports Med. 1995;23:694–701.
18. Arendt EA, Agel J, Dick R. Anterior cruciate ligament injury patterns among collegiate men and women. J Athl Train. 1999;34:86–92.
19. Uhorchak JM, Scoville CR, Williams GN, Arciero RA, St Pierre P, Taylor DC. Risk factors associated with noncontact injury of the anterior cruciate ligament: a prospective four-year evaluation of 859 West Point cadets. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31:831–842.
20. Collins M, Lovell MR, Iverson GL, Ide T, Maroon J. Examining concus- sion rates and return to play in high school football players wearing newer helmet technology: a three-year prospective cohort study. Neurosurgery. 2006;58:275–286.
21. National Collegiate Athletic Association. 2006NCAA football rules and interpretations. Available at: http://www.ncaa.org/library/rules/2006/ 2006�football�rules.pdf. Accessed January 5, 2007.
22. van Mechelen W, Hlobil H, Kemper HC. Incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries: a review of concepts. Sports Med. 1992; 14:82–99.
Jennifer M. Hootman, PhD, ATC, FACSM; Randall Dick, MA, FACSM; and Julie Agel, MA, ATC, contributed to conception and design; analysis and interpretation of the data; and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Address correspondence to Jennifer M. Hootman, PhD, ATC, FACSM, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 4770 Buford Highway NE MSK-51, Atlanta, GA 30341. Address e-mail to [email protected].
Week11WomensSoccerInjuries.pdf
278 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Journal of Athletic Training 2007;42(2):278–285 � by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association, Inc www.journalofathletictraining.org
Descriptive Epidemiology of Collegiate Women’s Soccer Injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003 Randall Dick, MS, FACSM*; Margot Putukian, MD, FACSM†; Julie Agel, MA, ATC‡; Todd A. Evans, PhD, ATC§; Stephen W. Marshall, PhD��
*National Collegiate Athletic Association, Indianapolis, IN; †Princeton University, Princeton, NJ; ‡University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; §University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls, IA; �University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC
Objective: To review 15 years of National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) injury surveillance data for women’s soccer and identify potential areas for injury prevention initiatives.
Background: The number of NCAA schools sponsoring women’s soccer has grown tremendously, from 271 in 1988– 1989 to 879 schools in 2002–2003. During that time, the NCAA Injury Surveillance System has collected game and practice in- jury data for women’s soccer across all 3 NCAA divisions.
Main Results: The rate of injury was more than 3 times high- er in games than in practices (16.44 versus 5.23 injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures, rate ratio � 3.2, 95% confidence in- terval � 3.1, 3.4, P � .01), and preseason practices had an injury rate that was more than 3 times greater than the rate for in-season practices (9.52 versus 2.91 injuries per 1000 athlete- exposures, rate ratio � 3.3, 95% confidence interval � 3.1, 3.5, P � .01). Approximately 70% of all game and practice injuries affected the lower extremities. Ankle ligament sprains (18.3%), knee internal derangements (15.9%), concussions (8.6%), and leg contusions (8.3%) accounted for a substantial portion of game injuries. Upper leg muscle-tendon strains (21.3%), ankle ligament sprains (15.3%), knee internal derangements (7.7%),
and pelvis and hip muscle strains (7.6%) represented most of the practice injuries. Injuries were categorized as attributable to player contact, ‘‘other contact’’ (eg, contact with the ball, ground, or other object), or no contact. Player-to-player contact accounted for more than half of all game injuries (approximately 54%) but less than 20% of all practice injuries. The majority of practice injuries involved noncontact injury mechanisms. Knee internal derangements, ankle ligament sprains, and concus- sions were the leading game injuries that resulted in 10 or more days of time lost as a result of injury.
Recommendations: Ankle ligament sprains, knee internal derangements, and concussions are common injuries in wom- en’s soccer. Research efforts have focused on knee injuries and concussions in soccer, and further epidemiologic data are needed to determine if preventive strategies will help to alter the incidence of these injuries. Furthermore, the specific nature of the player contact leading to concussions and lower extrem- ity injuries should be investigated. Preventive efforts should continue to focus on reducing knee injuries, ankle injuries, and concussions in women collegiate soccer players.
Key Words: athletic injuries, injury prevention, knee injuries, ankle injuries, concussions
T he National Collegiate Athletic Associate (NCAA) con- ducted its first women’s soccer championship in 1982. In the 1988–1989 academic year, 271 schools were
sponsoring varsity women’s soccer teams, with a total of ap- proximately 5976 participants. By 2002–2003, the number of varsity teams had increased 226% to 879, involving 19 871 participants.1 Participation growth during this time has oc- curred in all 3 NCAA divisions.
SAMPLING AND METHODS
Over the 15-year period studied, an average of 13.9% of schools sponsoring varsity women’s soccer programs partici- pated in annual NCAA Injury Surveillance System (ISS) data collection (Table 1). Women’s soccer data were not collected during the 2003–2004 year as a result of pilot testing for con- version to a Web-based system. The sampling process, data collection methods, injury and exposure definitions, inclusion
criteria, and data analysis methods are described in detail in the ‘‘Introduction and Methods’’ article in this special issue.2
RESULTS
Game and Practice Athlete-Exposures
The average annual numbers of games, practices, and ath- letes participating for each NCAA division, condensed over the study period, are shown in Table 2. The 3 divisions av- eraged a similar number of game and practice participants and a similar number of games played annually. Division I and Division II averaged a higher number of practices each year than Division III.
Injury Rate by Activity, Division, and Season
Game and practice injury rates over time combined across divisions, with 95% confidence intervals (CIs), are displayed
Journal of Athletic Training 279
Table 1. School Participation Frequency (in Total Numbers) by Year and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division, Women’s Soccer, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003*
Academic Year
Division I Schools
Participating Sponsoring
Division II Schools
Participating Sponsoring
Division III Schools
Participating Sponsoring
All Divisions
Participating Sponsoring Percentage
1988–1989 14 72 4 43 21 155 39 271 14.4 1989–1990 11 75 6 44 23 175 40 294 13.6 1990–1991 14 82 11 51 26 185 51 318 16.0 1991–1992 22 91 10 60 30 199 62 350 17.7 1992–1993 20 103 9 69 31 215 60 387 15.5 1993–1994 23 131 7 79 24 236 54 446 12.1 1994–1995 30 154 13 97 36 264 79 515 15.3 1995–1996 31 189 15 127 45 315 91 631 14.4 1996–1997 35 217 16 146 42 331 93 695 13.4 1997–1998 38 233 17 154 38 337 93 724 12.8 1998–1999 24 251 15 177 46 362 8 5 790 10.8 1999–2000 43 260 19 182 41 369 103 811 12.7 2000–2001 35 274 17 199 34 378 86 851 10.1 2001–2002 33 280 25 201 44 387 102 868 11.8 2002–2003 56 288 25 199 77 392 158 879 18.0
Average 29 180 14 122 37 287 80 589 13.9
*‘‘Participating’’ refers to schools that provided appropriate data to the NCAA Injury Surveillance System; ‘‘Sponsoring’’ refers to the total number of schools offering the sport within the NCAA divisions.
Table 2. Average Annual Games, Practices, and Athletes Participating by National Collegiate Athletic Association Division, Women’s Soccer, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003
Division Games Athletes
per Game Practices Athletes
per Practice
I 18 16 52 21 II 18 16 50 20 III 17 16 44 20
Figure 1. Injury rates and 95% confidence intervals per 1000 athlete-exposures by games, practices, and academic year, women’s soccer, 1988–1989 through 2002–2003 (n � 5373 game and 5836 practice injuries). Game time trend P � .59. Average annual change in game injury rate � 0.4% (95% confidence interval � �1.1, 1.9). Practice time trend P � .28. Average annual change in practice injury rate � �0.9% (95% confidence interval � �2.5, 0.7).
in Figure 1. Over the 15 years, the rate of injury was 3 times higher in a game than in a practice (16.4 versus 5.2 injuries per 1000 athlete exposures [A-Es], rate ratio � 3.2, 95% CI � 3.1, 3.4). A nonsignificant average annual increase in game (0.40%, P � .59) and nonsignificant average annual decrease in practice (�0.90%, P � .28) injury rates occurred over the
sample period. Based on visual inspection of Figure 1, injury rates appear to have decreased over the past few years.
The total number of games and practices and associated injury rates, condensed over years by division and season (pre- season, in season, and postseason), are presented in Table 3. Over the 15-year period, 5373 injuries from more than 20 000 games and 5836 injuries from more than 54 000 practices were reported. Practice injury rates were similar across all 3 divi- sions (P � .72), but game injury rates were higher in Division I than in Division III (P � .01). For games, the preseason injury rate was higher than that for the in season, and the in- season rate was higher than the postseason rate (preseason ver- sus regular season: 19.65 versus 16.56 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 1.19, 95% CI � 1.04, 1.36, P � .01; in season versus postseason: 16.56 versus 11.67 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 1.4, 95% CI � 1.22, 1.65, P � .01). For
280 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Table 3. Games and Practices With Associated Injury Rates by National Collegiate Athletic Association Division and Season, Women’s Soccer, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003*
Total No. of Games
Reported
Game Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval Total No. of
Practices Reported
Practice Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval
Division I
Preseason 263 24.04 19.48, 28.59 7495 9.1 8.63, 9.56 In season 6980 17.85 17.07, 18.63 13 619 3.04 2.84, 3.25 Postseason 369 13.99 11.00, 17.01 653 1.92 1.18, 2.66
Total Division I 7612 17.89 17.14, 18.64 21 767 5.2 5.00, 5.41
Division II
Preseason 140 21.62 15.50, 27.74 3541 9.69 8.97, 10.40 In season 3327 16.67 15.56, 17.78 6169 2.69 2.39, 2.98 Postseason 143 9.21 5.27, 13.15 276 1.47 0.45, 2.49
Total Division II 3610 16.48 15.43, 17.53 9986 5.25 4.93, 5.56
Division III
Preseason 266 14.18 10.65, 17.72 7424 9.88 9.39, 10.37 In season 8464 15.45 14.78, 16.11 14 636 2.88 2.69, 3.08 Postseason 399 10.41 7.90, 12.92 741 1.01 0.50, 1.52
Total Division III 9129 15.21 14.58, 15.84 22 801 5.25 5.04, 5.46
All Divisions
Preseason 3203 19.65 17.04, 22.23 21 242 9.52 9.21, 9.83 In season 16 252 16.56 16.10, 17.02 29 562 2.91 2.79, 3.04 Postseason 757 11.67 9.91, 13.43 1360 1.45 1.04, 1.85
Total 20 447 16.44 16.00, 16.88 54 750 5.23 5.09, 5.36
*Wald �2 statistics from negative binomial model: game injury rates differed among divisions (P � .01) and within season (P � .01). Practice injury rates did not differ among divisions (P � .72) but did differ within season (P � .01). Postseason sample sizes are much smaller (and have a higher variability) than preseason and in season sample sizes because only a small percentage of schools participated in the postseason tournaments in any sport and not all of those were a part of the Injury Surveillance System (ISS) sample. Numbers do not always sum to totals because of missing division or season information.
Table 4. Percentage of Game and Practice Injuries by Major Body Part, Women’s Soccer, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003
Body Part Games Practices
Head/neck 13.8 3.9 Upper extremity 6.3 4.2 Trunk/back 8.4 13.2 Lower extremity 67.8 72.0 Other/system 3.7 6.7
practices, the preseason injury rate was significantly higher than that for the in season or postseason (preseason versus in season: 9.52 versus 2.91 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 3.27, 95% CI � 3.09, 3.45, P � .01; preseason versus post- season: 9.52 versus 1.45 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 6.57, 95% CI � 4.96, 8.71, P � .01).
Body Parts Injured Most Often and Specific Injuries
The frequency of injury to 5 general body parts (head/neck, upper extremity, trunk/back, lower extremity, and other/sys- tem) for games and practices, with years and divisions com- bined, is shown in Table 4. Approximately 70% of all game and practice injuries were to the lower extremity. Head and neck injuries accounted for another 13.8% of game injuries but only 3.9% of practice injuries.
The most common body part and injury type combinations for games and practices with years and divisions combined are displayed in Table 5. All injuries that accounted for at least 1% of reported injuries over the 15-year sampling period were
included. In games, ankle ligament sprains (18.3%), knee in- ternal derangements (15.9%), and concussions (8.6%) account- ed for the majority of injuries. Contusions to the upper and lower leg and upper leg muscle-tendon strains also were sig- nificant categories. In practices, upper leg muscle-tendon strains (21.3%), ankle ligament sprains (15.3%), knee internal derangements (7.7%), and pelvis and hip muscle strains (7.6%) represented more than 50% of all reported injuries, with con- cussions accounting for only 2.2%. A participant was almost 12 times more likely to receive a concussion in a game than in a practice (1.42 versus 0.12 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 11.8, 95% CI � 11.4, 12.3), more than 6 times more likely to sustain a knee internal derangement in a game than in a practice (2.61 versus 0.40 per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 6.5, 95% CI � 6.3, 6.8), almost 4 times as likely to sustain an ankle ligament sprain in a game than in a practice (3.01 versus 0.80 per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 3.8, 95% CI � 3.6, 3.9), and equally likely to sustain an upper leg muscle-tendon strain in a game or a practice (1.14 versus 1.11 per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 1.0, 95% CI � 1.0, 1.1).
Mechanism of Injury
The 3 primary injury mechanisms—player contact, other contact (eg, contact with balls, goals, or the ground), and non- contact mechanisms—in games and practices, with division and years combined, are presented in Figure 2. Most game injuries (approximately 54%) resulted from player contact. The remaining game injuries were equally distributed between noncontact mechanisms and other contact mechanisms (ap-
Journal of Athletic Training 281
Table 5. Most Common Game and Practice Injuries, Women’s Soccer, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003*
Body Part Injury Type Frequency Percentage of
Injuries
Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures 95% Confidence
Interval
Games
Ankle Ligament sprain 984 18.3 3.01 2.82, 3.20 Knee Internal derangement 852 15.9 2.61 2.43, 2.78 Head Concussion 463 8.6 1.42 1.29, 1.55 Upper leg Muscle-tendon strain 374 7.0 1.14 1.03, 1.26 Lower leg Contusion 246 4.6 0.75 0.66, 0.85 Upper leg Contusion 198 3.7 0.61 0.52, 0.69 Unspecified† Unspecified 139 2.6 0.43 0.35, 0.50 Pelvis, hip Muscle-tendon strain 120 2.2 0.37 0.30, 0.43 Knee Contusion 91 1.7 0.28 0.22, 0.34 Patella Patella or patella tendon injury 91 1.7 0.28 0.22, 0.34 Foot Contusion 90 1.7 0.28 0.22, 0.33 Lower leg Muscle-tendon strain 69 1.3 0.21 0.16, 0.26 Lower back Muscle-tendon strain 68 1.3 0.21 0.16, 0.26 Ankle Contusion 59 1.1 0.18 0.13, 0.23 Nose Fracture 57 1.1 0.17 0.13, 0.22 Pelvis, hip Contusion 55 1.0 0.17 0.12, 0.21 Foot Ligament sprain 53 1.0 0.16 0.12, 0.21
Practices
Upper leg Muscle-tendon strain 1243 21.3 1.11 1.05, 1.18 Ankle Ligament sprain 892 15.3 0.80 0.75, 0.85 Knee Internal derangement 449 7.7 0.40 0.36, 0.44 Pelvis, hip Muscle-tendon strain 444 7.6 0.40 0.36, 0.43 Unspecified† Unspecified 271 4.6 0.24 0.21, 0.27 Patella Patella or patella tendon injury 166 2.8 0.15 0.13, 0.17 Head Concussion 130 2.2 0.12 0.10, 0.14 Lower leg Muscle-tendon strain 129 2.2 0.12 0.10, 0.14 Lower back Muscle-tendon strain 94 1.6 0.08 0.07, 0.10 Knee Tendinitis 91 1.6 0.08 0.06, 0.10 Heel/Achilles tendon Tendinitis 83 1.4 0.07 0.06, 0.09 General body Heat illness 70 1.2 0.06 0.05, 0.08 Lower leg Inflammation 70 1.2 0.06 0.05, 0.08 Lower leg Contusion 67 1.2 0.06 0.05, 0.07 Lower leg Stress fracture 67 1.2 0.06 0.05, 0.07
*Only injuries that accounted for at least 1% of all injuries are included. †‘‘Unspecified’’ indicates injuries that could not be grouped into existing categories but that were believed to constitute reportable injuries.
Figure 2. Game and practice injury mechanisms, all injuries, wom- en’s soccer, 1988–1989 through 2002–2003 (n � 5373 game injuries and n � 5836 practice injuries). ‘‘Other contact’’ refers to contact with items such as balls, goals, or the ground. Injury mechanism was unavailable for 2% of game injuries and 5% of practice inju- ries.
proximately 22% each). Noncontact injury mechanisms were the primary mechanism for injuries sustained during practices (56%).
Severe Injuries: 10� Days of Activity Time Loss
The most common injuries that resulted in at least 10 con- secutive days of restricted or total loss of participation and their primary injury mechanisms, combined across divisions and years, are shown in Table 6. Time loss of 10� days was, for this analysis, considered a measure of severe injury. Ap- proximately 22% of game and 17% of practice injuries re- stricted participation for at least 10 days. In both games and practices, knee internal derangements accounted for the high- est percentage of these more severe injuries (44.1% and 25.5%, respectively).
Ankle ligament sprains accounted for similar percentages of game (13.3%) and practice (13.8%) 10� day time-loss in- juries. Concussions represented 6.0% of severe game injuries. The most frequent severe game injuries were all associated with player contact, whereas the top severe practice injuries were associated with noncontact injury mechanisms.
282 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Table 6. Most Common Game and Practice Injuries Resulting in 10� Days of Activity Time Loss, Women’s Soccer, 1988–1989 Through 2002–2003
Body Part Injury Type Frequency Percentage of Severe Injuries
Most Common Injury Mechanism
Games (21.8% of all injuries required 10� days of time loss)
Knee Internal derangement 518 44.1 Player contact Ankle Ligament sprain 156 13.3 Player contact Head Concussion 70 6.0 Player contact Other 431 36.7 Total 1175
Practices (16.5% of all injuries required 10� days of time loss)
Knee Internal derangement 245 25.5 No contact Ankle Ligament sprain 133 13.8 No contact Upper leg Muscle-tendon strain 92 9.6 No contact Other 491 51.1 Total 961
Figure 3. Game concussion injury mechanisms, women’s soccer, 1988–1989 through 2002–2003 (n � 463).
Figure 4. Game and practice anterior cruciate ligament injury mechanisms, women’s soccer, 1988–1989 through 2002–2003 (n � 298).
Game Injuries
The mechanisms of game concussions over all years are displayed in Figure 3. A total of 67.7% of reported concus- sions were due to player contact; another 18.3% were asso- ciated with contact with the ball, and 13.4% were associated with contact with the playing surface. Less than 1% were as- sociated with contacting the goal.
The mechanisms of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) inju- ries over all years are presented in Figure 4. These injuries accounted for 6% of game injuries and 2% of practice injuries. Most game (53%) and practice (65%) ACL injuries resulted from noncontact mechanisms.
Regarding activity at the time of injury, across all types of game injuries, approximately 13% were associated with either attempting or receiving a slide tackle (data not shown).
COMMENTARY
Despite tremendous growth in participation, the injury rate and injury profile in women’s collegiate soccer players have remained relatively stable over the past 15 years, with a non- significant increase in game injury rates and a nonsignificant
Journal of Athletic Training 283
decrease in practice injury rates over the sample period. Al- though it would be difficult to confirm, we speculate that the recent emphasis on preventive strategies and programs that include flexibility, plyometric, strength, and neuromuscular training specifically designed for reducing ACL injuries and ankle sprains may have contributed to the fact that injury rates have not risen, despite an increase in the intensity of compe- tition over the 15-year period. The game injury rate was just over 3 times higher than that observed during practice, and this relationship has also remained stable over time. This re- lationship is also consistent with recent reports of adolescent soccer players indicating a predominance of lower extremity injuries that are, for the most part, minor.3–5
For a variety of reasons, however, caution should be used when comparing this current NCAA ISS data with previous descriptive injury studies. Often the injury definitions and methods were different among studies. Several authors did not use a time-loss definition for injury, and many did not incor- porate A-Es as the denominator. Furthermore, data collection for previous studies was not performed by certified athletic trainers, and the data entry intervals were not consistent with those used in this current NCAA ISS report. The NCAA ISS system is unique in that it relies on certified athletic trainers to collect data, and data entry occurs in a timely fashion, as opposed to investigations by other researchers, who may have relied upon nonmedical personnel for providing data such as that included in insurance claims or coaches’ reports.
Despite these limitations of previous studies, the current in- jury distribution is similar to that reported at other levels of soccer play, demonstrating that more than two thirds of all injuries occurred in the lower extremities. Ankle sprains were the most common game injury, and knee internal derange- ments resulted in the greatest time loss,3,4,6,7 as demonstrated in both outdoor and indoor soccer games8,9 and at all levels of competition.3,4,7
For games, the regular-season injury rate was significantly higher than that for the postseason, whereas for practices, the preseason injury rate was significantly higher than that for the regular season or postseason. Some speculate that increased ability is associated with a higher incidence of injury, but these current results indicate no difference, at least in practice injury rates, among Divisions I through III. Furthermore, the as- sumption that Division I athletes are more skilled than those in Divisions II or III has not been established.
The most common injuries in games were ankle ligament sprains, knee internal derangements, and concussions. These results are not surprising and underscore the need for preven- tion of lower extremity injuries and concussions. Soccer play- ers are often resistant to using ankle braces or to having their ankles taped for activity, but the high incidence of ankle lig- ament sprains emphasizes the importance of preventive pro- grams to identify athletes with injuries that may not have been properly rehabilitated or for whom taping or bracing might be appropriate. These programs have been successful in decreas- ing injuries in soccer players.10
For practices, the most common injuries were upper leg muscle-tendon strains, ankle ligament sprains, and knee inter- nal derangements, again underscoring the need for future re- search to determine methods to prevent these injuries. Con- cussions and other facial injuries did not occur commonly in practices.
These data also highlight the frequency and effect of knee ligament injuries in female soccer players. These injuries re-
mained mostly noncontact in both practices and games. This game ACL injury mechanism is consistent with that recently reported by Fauno and Wulff Jakobsen,11 who noted that for 113 confirmed ACL game injuries, the mechanism was pre- dominantly noncontact.
The prominence of ACL injuries in women’s sports has driven research initiatives aimed at identifying risk factors, which could help us to develop preventive measures.12–17 In 1999, Hewett et al18 provided neuromuscular training to soc- cer, basketball, and volleyball players for sessions of 60 to 90 minutes, administered 3 times per week for 6 weeks, and dem- onstrated a 72% decrease in noncontact ACL injuries. This type of injury risk information has led many NCAA schools to incorporate preventive neuromuscular control exercises and agility tasks during practices and conditioning. These pro- grams all have strength, flexibility, agility, aerobic condition- ing, plyometrics, and risk awareness training in common.16
Preliminary reports do support the effectiveness of such neu- romuscular training programs in preventing ACL injury.12,14,17
Mandelbaum et al17 demonstrated that in 14-year-old to 18- year-old soccer players, an intervention program (Prevent In- jury and Enhance Performance Program) emphasizing propri- oception and neuromuscular training was associated with a 74% reduction in ACL tears over the subsequent 2 years. The intervention program included 20 minutes of soccer-specific agility drills, plyometrics, lower extremity and trunk stretch- ing, strengthening exercises, and general warm-up activities. However, additional research using randomized, controlled de- signs is necessary to evaluate the effectiveness of these types of programs in reducing the rate of ACL injuries in female collegiate athletes.
Although knee internal derangement injuries resulted in the greatest time loss per incident, ankle ligament sprains re- mained the most common injury seen in practices and games. Ankle ligament sprains are typically considered less severe than knee internal derangements, but they accounted for a con- siderable portion of time-loss injuries. Significant research has focused on the effectiveness of preseason screening for ankle laxity and/or inadequate rehabilitation from prior ankle injuries in preventing future ankle sprains in soccer.10,19 Unfortunately, many of these injuries are recurrent and occur even when pro- tective strapping is in place.20 Neuromuscular training strate- gies, however, do offer promise in reducing ankle injury and reinjury. McGuine and Keene21 found that a combined pre- season and in-season balance training program significantly reduced the rates of both first-time and recurrent ankle sprains. Given the frequency and severity of ankle injuries in women’s collegiate soccer players, athletic trainers should focus on the implementation and the effect of preventive measures in lim- iting the occurrence and recurrence of ankle sprains.
Concussions are another frequent and important injury in collegiate female soccer players, accounting for 8.6% of game injuries overall and 6.0% of game injuries resulting in more than 10 days of time loss. The primary mechanism of head injury in this study, player contact, was also identified as such by previous authors investigating collegiate soccer.22,23 Fuller et al23 studied videotapes of international men’s and women’s soccer games (19 802 player-hours of match-exposures) and evaluated the mechanisms of head and neck injuries. Concus- sions accounted for 11% of the injuries, and the most common mechanisms involved (sometimes overlapping) challenges while both athletes were in the air (55%) and the use of the upper extremity (33%) or the head (30%). Of all player ac-
284 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
tions, unfair use of the upper extremity was most commonly associated with injury. Similarly, Anderson et al24 reported that heading duels accounted for 58% of head injuries, with upper extremity contact accounting for 41% and contact with the opponent’s head accounting for 32% (again, the types of contact can overlap). Although player-to-player contact has been consistently identified as a head injury mechanism, con- tact with the ball has not. Fuller et al23 found that only 1 cervical strain of 248 head and neck injuries could be attri- buted to purposeful heading of the ball. Anderson et al24 did not identify heading the ball as a mechanism for head injury. These results support those of previous researchers, who have failed to identify purposeful heading as a primary cause of con- cussion.22,25–28
Specific circumstances and player actions have been rec- ognized as risk factors. The risk of injury is considered to be highest in the first and last 15 minutes of play, when players are fighting for possession of the ball in the attacking and defending areas close to the goal.29 Players are at an increased risk for injury when they receive or deliver a tackle or charge and when they are involved in play that is unfair or ille- gal.23,29–32 Anderson et al32 reported that 20% of head injuries due to elbow-to-head contact were related to illegal, purpose- ful use of the upper extremity during an aerial heading chal- lenge. Fauno and Wulff Jakobsen11 noted that 11% of ACL injuries were associated with the administration of a red or yellow card to the opponent. Therefore, as in other contact and collision sports, proper enforcement of the rules by officials is likely important in decreasing the risk for injury.
Player contact appeared to account for the majority of game injuries, whereas injuries from noncontact mechanisms (no di- rect contact to the injured body part) were predominant in practices. This may be because overuse injuries are more likely to be reported by players during practices and less likely to be reported during games.
Muscle-tendon strain injuries are common in soccer because of the nature of the sport, which involves running, sprinting, and sport-specific skills that often require the player to kick or strike the ball with full force. Strains involving the lower extremity predominate, again because of the acceleration and deceleration forces required during running and cutting and the overuse of these muscles with soccer-specific play. Many of these muscle strains can be addressed with better stretching and other injury prevention measures.
Given the contact nature of soccer, contusions are also com- mon, frequently involving the lower extremity. Large muscle contusions involving the quadriceps are typical.
For both games and practices, fractures are relatively un- common in women’s soccer players. When they do occur, they are more likely during games and are also more likely to affect the upper extremity. The mechanism of these injuries, although not reported, is most likely due to falling on an outstretched hand (hand, wrist, and finger injuries) or landing on the shoul- der (clavicle fracture). Lower leg fractures are uncommon and most often occur as a result of trauma to the lower leg. Shin guards may be useful in protecting against lower leg injuries and fractures.
Prior injury has also been associated with an increased risk of injury.11,33–35 This factor emphasizes the need to evaluate athletes before the competitive season to identify those at risk based on a previous injury history, specifically focusing on injuries that have not been effectively rehabilitated. Hagglund et al33 found a 2-fold to 3-fold increase in injury in soccer
players with a history of hamstring strain, groin injury, or knee joint trauma, with the injury occurring in the previously in- jured site. Injury prevention strategies specific to hamstring injuries,36 ankle sprains,19,20,37,38 and ACL injuries14,17,18,39
are all promising areas of further research. Inadequate reha- bilitation and preexisting ligamentous laxity from prior injuries are thought to be risk factors for knee and ankle injuries,19,38
underscoring the importance of detecting these problems in preseason evaluations. Athletic trainers can play a significant role in screening for injury history, preexisting injuries, and injuries that have not been appropriately rehabilitated.
In summary, most of the injuries in women’s soccer affected the lower extremities, with ankle ligament sprains and knee internal derangements representing the most common game injuries. Furthermore, concussions continue to be a concern during games. Despite increased focus and research addressing knee internal derangements and concussions in women’s sports, evidence to indicate that preventive measures have re- duced the risk of these injuries is limited. The lack of a sig- nificant upswing in injury rates over the past few years, despite the escalating intensity of competition, may reflect the benefits of injury prevention strategies. However, additional research is needed to evaluate mechanisms of concussion and knee in- juries and the preventive effect of current programs, such as those emphasizing neuromuscular control or cognitive testing, on injury prevention.
DISCLAIMER
The conclusions in the Commentary section of this article are those of the Commentary authors and do not necessarily represent the views of the National Collegiate Athletic Asso- ciation.
REFERENCES
1. National Collegiate Athletic Association. 1981-82–2004-05 NCAA Sports Sponsorship and Participation Rates Report. Indianapolis, IN: National Collegiate Athletic Association; 2006.
2. Dick R, Agel J, Marshall SW. National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System commentaries: introduction and methods. J Athl Train. 2007;42:173–182.
3. Emery CA, Meeuwisse WH, Hartmann SE. Evaluation of risk factors for injury in adolescent soccer: implementation and validation of an injury surveillance system. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33:1882–1891.
4. Soderman K, Adolphson J, Lorentzon R, Alfredson H. Injuries in ado- lescent female players in European football: a prospective study over one outdoor soccer season. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2001;11:299–304.
5. Le Gall F, Carling C, Reilly T, Vandewalle H, Church J, Rochcongar P. Incidence of injuries in elite French youth soccer players: a 10-season study. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:928–938.
6. Elias SR. 10 year trend in USA Cup soccer injuries: 1988–1997. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2001;33:359–367.
7. Peterson L, Junge A, Chomiak J, Graf-Baumann T, Dvorak J. Incidence of football injuries and complaints in different age groups and skill-level groups. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28:S51–S57.
8. Putukian M, Knowles WK, Swere S, Castle NG. Injuries in indoor soccer: The Lake Placid Dawn to Dark Soccer Tournament. Am J Sports Med. 1996;24:317–322.
9. Lindenfeld TN, Schmitt DJ, Hendy MP, Mangine RE, Noyes FR. Inci- dence of injury in indoor soccer. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22:364–372.
10. Ekstrand J, Gillquist J. Prevention of sport injuries in football players. Int J Sports Med. 1984;5(suppl):140–144.
11. Fauno P, Wulff Jakobsen B. Mechanism of anterior cruciate ligament in- juries in soccer. Int J Sports Med. 2006;27:75–79.
12. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR, Heidt RS, Colosimo AJ, Succop P. Bio-
Journal of Athletic Training 285
mechanical measures of neuromuscular control and valgus loading of the knee predict anterior cruciate ligament injury risk in female athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33:492–501.
13. Griffin LY, Albohm MJ, Arendt EA, et al. Understanding and preventing noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injuries: a review of the Hunt Valley II meeting, January 2005. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:1512–1532.
14. Myklebust G, Engebretsen L, Braekken IH, Skjolberg A, Olsen OE, Bahr R. Prevention of anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female team hand- ball players: a prospective intervention study over three seasons. Int J Sports Med. 2003;13:71–78.
15. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes, part 1: mechanisms and risk factors. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:299–311.
16. Hewett TE, Ford KR, Myer GD. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes, part 2: a meta-analysis of neuromuscular interventions aimed at injury prevention. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:490–498.
17. Mandelbaum BR, Silvers HJ, Watanabe DS, et al. Effectiveness of a neu- romuscular and proprioceptive training program in preventing anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes: 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33:1003–1010.
18. Hewett TE, Lindenfeld TN, Riccobene JV, Noyes FR. The effect of neu- romuscular training on the incidence of knee injury in female athletes: a prospective study. Am J Sports Med. 1999;27:699–706.
19. Surve I, Schwellnus MP, Noakes T, et al. A fivefold reduction in the incidence of recurrent in ankle sprains in soccer players using the sport- stirrup orthosis. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22:601–606.
20. Woods C, Hawkins R, Hulse M, Hodson A. The Football Association Medical Research Programme: an audit of injuries in professional foot- ball. An analysis of ankle sprains. Br J Sports Med. 2003;37:233–238.
21. McGuine TA, Keene JS. The effect of a balance training program on the risk of ankle injury in high school athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34: 1103–1111.
22. Boden BP, Kirkendall DT, Garrett WE Jr. Concussion incidence in elite college soccer players. Am J Sports Med. 1998;26:238–241.
23. Fuller CW, Junge A, Dvorak J. A six year prospective study of the in- cidence and causes of head and neck injuries in international football. Br J Sports Med. 2005;39(suppl 1):3–9.
24. Anderson TE, Amason A, Engebretsen L, Bahr R. Mechanisms of head injuries in elite football. Br J Sports Med. 2004;38:690–696.
25. Putukian M, Echemendia RJ, Mackin S. The acute neuropsychological effects of heading in soccer: a pilot study. Clin J Sport Med. 2000;10: 104–109.
26. Schmitt DM, Hertel J, Evans TA, Olmsted LC, Putukian M. Effect of an acute bout of soccer heading on postural control and self reported symp- toms of concussion. Int J Sports Med. 2004;25:326–331.
27. Straume-Naesheim TM, Anderson TE, Dvorak J, Bahr R. Effects of head- ing exposure and previous concussion on neuropsychological perfor- mance among Norwegian elite footballers. Br J Sports Med. 2005;39:70– 77.
28. Broglio SP, Guskiewicz KM, Sell TC, Lephart SM. No acute changes in postural control after soccer heading. Br J Sports Med. 2004;38:561–567.
29. Rahnama N, Reilly T, Lees A. Injury risk associated with playing actions during competitive soccer. Br J Sports Med. 2002;36:354–359.
30. Fuller CW, Junge A, Dvorak J. An assessment of football referees’ de- cisions in incidents leading to player injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2004; 32(suppl 1):S17–S22.
31. Fuller CW, Smith GL, Junge A, Dvorak J. The influence of tackle param- eters on the propensity for injury in international football. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(suppl 1):S43–S53.
32. Anderson TE, Engebretsen L, Bahr R. Rule violations as a cause of in- juries in male Norwegian professional football: are the referees doing their job? Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(suppl 1):S62–S68.
33. Hagglund M, Walden M, Ekstrand J. Previous injury as a risk factor for injury in elite football: a prospective study over two consecutive seasons. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40:767–772.
34. Walden M, Hagglund M, Ekstrand J. High risk of new knee injury in elite footballers with previous anterior cruciate ligament injury. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40:158–162.
35. Dvorak J, Junge A, Chomiak J, et al. Risk factor analysis for injuries in football players: possibilities for a prevention program. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(suppl 5):S69–S74.
36. Petersen J, Holmich P. Evidence based prevention of hamstring injuries in sport. Br J Sports Med. 2005;39:319–323.
37. Murphy DF, Connolly DA, Beynnon D. Risk factors for lower extremity injury: a review of the literature. Br J Sports Med. 2003;37:13–29.
38. Caraffa A, Cerulli G, Projetti M, Aisa G, Rizzo A. Prevention of anterior cruciate ligament injuries in soccer: a prospective controlled study of proprioceptive training. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 1996;4: 19–21.
39. Ekstrand J, Gillquist J, Moller M, Oberg B, Liljedahl SO. Incidence of soccer injuries and their relation to training and team success. Am J Sports Med. 1983;11:63–67.
Randall Dick, MS, FACSM, contributed to conception and design; analysis and interpretation of the data; and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Margot Putukian, MD, FACSM, contributed to analysis and interpretation of the data and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Julie Agel, MA, ATC; Todd A. Evans, PhD, ATC; and Stephen W. Marshall, PhD, contributed to conception and design; analysis and interpretation of the data; and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Address correspondence to Margot Putukian, MD, FACSM, Princeton University, McCosh Health Center, Princeton, NJ 08544. Address e- mail to [email protected].
Week11WomensBBallInjuries.pdf
202 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Journal of Athletic Training 2007;42(2):202–210 � by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association, Inc www.journalofathletictraining.org
Descriptive Epidemiology of Collegiate Women’s Basketball Injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004 Julie Agel, MA, ATC*; David E. Olson, MD, CAQ Primary Care Sports Medicine*; Randall Dick, MS, FACSM†; Elizabeth A. Arendt, MD*; Stephen W. Marshall, PhD‡; Robby S. Sikka§
*University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; †National Collegiate Athletic Association, Indianapolis, IN; ‡University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC; §University of Southern California Medical School, Los Angeles, CA
Objective: To review 16 years of National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) injury surveillance data for women’s bas- ketball and to identify potential areas for injury prevention initia- tives.
Background: The number of colleges participating in wom- en’s college basketball has grown over the past 25 years. The Injury Surveillance System (ISS) has enabled the NCAA to col- lect and report injury trends over an extended period of time. This has allowed certified athletic trainers and coaches to be more informed regarding injuries and to adjust training regi- mens to reduce the risk of injury. It also has encouraged ad- ministrators to make rule changes that attempt to reduce the risk of injury.
Main Results: From 1988–1989 through 2003–2004, 12.4% of schools across Divisions I, II, and III that sponsor varsity women’s basketball programs participated in annual ISS data collection. Game and practice injury rates exhibited significant decreases over the study period. The rate of injury in a game situation was almost 2 times higher than in a practice (7.68 versus 3.99 injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures, rate ratio � 1.9, 95% confidence interval � 1.9, 2.0). Preseason-practice injury rates were more than twice as high as regular-season
practice injury rates (6.75 versus 2.84 injuries per 1000 athlete- exposures, rate ratio � 2.4, 95% confidence interval � 2.2, 2.4). More than 60% of all game and practice injuries were to the lower extremity, with the most common game injuries being ankle ligament sprains, knee injuries (internal derangements and patellar conditions), and concussions. In practices, ankle ligament sprains, knee injuries (internal derangements and pa- tellar conditions), upper leg muscle-tendon strains, and concus- sions were the most common injuries.
Recommendations: Appropriate preseason conditioning and an emphasis on proper training may reduce the risk of in- jury and can optimize performance. As both player size and the speed of the women’s game continue to increase, basketball’s evolution from a finesse sport to a high-risk contact sport also will continue. The rates of concussions and other high-energy trauma injuries likely will increase. The NCAA ISS is an excel- lent tool for identifying new risk factors that may affect injury rates and for developing consistent injury definitions in order to improve the research and provide a source of clinically relevant data.
Key Words: athletic injuries, injury prevention, ankle sprains, knee injuries, anterior cruciate ligament injuries, stress frac- tures, concussions
T he National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) conducted its first women’s basketball championship in 1982. In the 1988–1989 academic year, 766 schools
were sponsoring varsity women’s basketball teams, with 10 345 participants. By 2003–2004, the number of varsity teams had increased 34% to 1026, involving 14 596 partici- pants.1 Participation growth during this time has been apparent in all 3 divisions but particularly in Divisions II and III.
SAMPLING AND METHODS
Over the 16-year period from 1988–1989 through 2003– 2004, an average of 12.4% of schools sponsoring varsity wom- en’s basketball programs participated in annual NCAA Injury Surveillance System (ISS) data collection (Table 1). The sam- pling process, data collection methods, injury and exposure definitions, inclusion criteria, and data analysis methods are
described in detail in the ‘‘Introduction and Methods’’ article in this special issue.2
RESULTS
Game and Practice Athlete-Exposures
The average annual numbers of games, practices, and ath- letes participating for each NCAA division, condensed over the study period are shown in Table 2. Division I annually averaged 10 more practices than Division II and 24 more than Division III. Divisions I and II annually played 2 to 3 more games than Division III. Mean numbers of participants per practice and per game were similar in all divisions.
Journal of Athletic Training 203
Table 1. School Participation Frequency (in Total Numbers) by Year and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division, Women’s Basketball, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004*
Academic Year
Division I Schools
Participating Sponsoring
Division II Schools
Participating Sponsoring
Division III Schools
Participating Sponsoring
All Divisions
Participating Sponsoring Percentage
1988–1989 22 281 15 25 294 62 766 8.1 1989–1990 39 279 27 192 41 290 107 761 14.1 1990–1991 44 284 30 206 41 296 115 786 14.6 1991–1992 53 288 35 216 45 306 133 810 16.4 1992–1993 44 289 25 219 41 319 110 827 13.3 1993–1994 36 292 23 239 41 324 100 855 11.7 1994–1995 48 293 31 242 41 334 120 869 13.8 1995–1996 40 298 31 273 48 381 119 953 12.5 1996–1997 40 300 42 274 48 382 130 956 13.6 1997–1998 38 301 28 271 44 384 110 956 11.5 1998–1999 48 306 35 287 62 408 145 1001 14.5 1999–2000 39 317 20 284 55 410 114 1011 11.3 2000–2001 35 318 8 288 42 414 85 1020 8.3 2001–2002 38 321 34 284 47 412 119 1017 11.7 2002–2003 47 323 27 276 49 417 123 1016 12.1 2003–2004 39 325 33 276 39 421 111 1026 10.8
Average 41 301 28 255 44 362 113 914 12.4
*‘‘Participating’’ refers to schools that provided appropriate data to the NCAA Injury Surveillance System; ‘‘Sponsoring’’ refers to the total number of schools offering the sport within the NCAA divisions.
Table 2. Average Annual Games, Practices, and Athletes Participating by National Collegiate Athletic Association Division per School, Women’s Basketball, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004
Division Games Athletes
per Game Practices Athletes
per Practice
I 27 10 89 12 II 26 10 79 12 III 24 10 65 13
Injury Rate by Activity, Division, and Season
Over the 16 years of the study, the rate of injury in a game situation was almost 2 times higher than in a practice (7.68 versus 3.99 injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures [A-Es], rate ratio � 1.9, 95% confidence interval [CI] � 1.9, 2.0; Figure 1). There were statistically significant decreasing linear trends in the injury rates in games (average annual change: �1.8%, P � .04) and practices (average annual change: �1.3%, P � .05) over the sample period.
The total number of games and practices and associated injury rates, condensed over the study period, by division and season (preseason, in season, postseason) are presented in Ta- ble 3. During this time, 3556 injuries from more than 45 000 games and 6665 injuries from more than 134 000 practices were reported. Game injury rates were higher in Division I than in Division II (8.85 versus 7.43 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 1.2, 95% CI � 1.1, 1.3, P � .01) and Division III (8.85 versus 6.62 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 1.3, 95% CI � 1.3, 1.5, P � .01). Across all divisions, preseason- practice injury rates were more than twice as high as regular- season practice rates (6.75 versus 2.84 injuries per 1000 A- Es, rate ratio � 2.4, 95% CI � 2.2, 2.4, P � .01), and regular-season game injury rates were significantly higher than those in the postseason (7.74 versus 5.52 injuries per A-Es, rate ratio �1.4, 95% CI � 1.2, 1.7, P � .01).
Body Parts Injured Most Often and Specific Injuries
The frequency of injury to 5 general body areas (head/neck, upper extremity, trunk/back, lower extremity, and other/sys- tem) for games and practices with years and divisions com- bined is shown in Table 4. More than 60% of all game and practice injuries were to the lower extremity. Approximately 15% of all game injuries involved the head and neck and an- other 14% involved the upper extremity.
The most common body part and injury type combinations for games and practices with years and divisions combined are displayed in Table 5; all injuries that accounted for at least 1% of reported injuries over the 16-year sampling period were included. In games, ankle ligament sprains (24.6%), knee in- ternal derangements (15.9%), concussions (6.5%), and patellar problems (2.4%) accounted for the majority of injuries. In practices, ankle ligament sprains accounted for 23.6% of all reported injuries, whereas knee internal derangements (9.3%) and patellar injuries (4.0%) together accounted for another 13.3%; upper leg muscle-tendon strains (5.0%) and concus- sions (3.7%) were other common injury categories. Thirty per- cent of ankle ligament injuries were identified as recurrent sprains. In a game versus a practice, participants were more than 3 times more likely to sustain a concussion (0.50 versus 0.15 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 3.3, 95% CI � 2.8, 4.0), more than 3 times as likely to sustain a knee internal derangement (1.22 versus 0.37 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 3.3, 95% CI � 2.9, 3.7), and twice as likely to sustain an ankle ligament sprain (1.89 versus 0.95 injuries per 1000 A-Es, rate ratio � 2.0, 95% CI � 1.8, 2.2).
Mechanism of Injury
The 3 primary injury mechanisms—player contact, other contact (eg, balls, standards, floor), and no contact—in games and practices with division and years combined are presented in Figure 2. Most game injuries (46%) resulted from player contact. The remaining game injuries were distributed approx-
204 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Figure 1. Injury rates and 95% confidence intervals per 1000 athlete-exposures by games, practices, and academic year, women’s basketball, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004 (n � 3556 game injuries and 6655 practice injuries). Game time trend, P � .04. Average annual change � �1.8% (95% confidence interval � 0.1, 3.5). Practice time trend, P � .05. Average annual change � �1.3% (95% confidence interval � 0.0, 2.5).
imately equally between no contact (29%) and other contact (24%). The majority of practice injuries (47%) involved no contact.
Severe Injuries: 10� Days of Activity Time Loss
The most common injuries that resulted in at least 10 con- secutive days of restricted or total loss of participation and their primary injury mechanisms combined across divisions and years are reported in Table 6. For this analysis, time loss of 10� days was considered a measure of severe injury. Ap- proximately 25% of both game and practice injuries restricted participation for at least 10 days. In both games and practices, lower extremity (knee, lower leg, ankle, and foot) problems accounted for most of these more-severe injuries. Noncontact mechanisms were associated with the majority of severe knee injuries, whereas most severe ankle ligament sprains were as- sociated with player contact. Concussions accounted for 3.4% of severe game injuries, most of which were contact injuries. Stress fractures associated with the foot and lower leg ac- counted for 15.0% of severe practice injuries.
Game Injuries
Game injury mechanisms are shown in more detail in Figure 3. Contact with another player and no contact were the most commonly reported game injury mechanisms accounting for more than 50% of injuries. Contact with the floor accounted for 19.2% of game injuries. Very few injuries were associated with contact with the standard or rim or running into an out- of-bounds apparatus.
The mechanisms of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) inju- ries in games are displayed in Figure 4. Injuries to the ACL accounted for 8% of all game injuries in women’s basketball (0.66 injuries per 1000 A-Es); of these, 64% occurred as a result of noncontact injury mechanisms.
Stress Fractures
Stress fractures were recorded in a variety of anatomic ar- eas; 50% affected the foot, with an additional 39% affecting the lower leg. A total of 80% of stress fractures required at least 10 days of time lost from activity; 25% of all stress fractures reported were classified as recurrent injuries, with 75% of these requiring at least 10 days of time loss. The stress- fracture injury rate (ie, any stress fracture during any expo- sure) increased from 0.10 per 1000 A-Es in 1988–1989 to 0.19 per 1000 A-Es in 2003–2004. The rate peaked in 2001–2002 at 0.34 per 1000 A-Es but has been higher than 0.16 per 1000 A-Es since 1994–1995 (data not shown). This was a signifi- cant increase over time (P � .01).
COMMENTARY
Participation in women’s sports has increased since the ad- vent of Title IX in the 1970s and, according to the NCAA, more colleges sponsored women’s soccer, basketball, and la- crosse teams than corresponding men’s teams in 2003.3 Be- cause women’s participation at all levels of athletics has in- creased dramatically in recent years, attention has shifted to the characterization of injuries in female athletes. Although not considered a collision sport, basketball is a fast and aggressive sport that has been shown to have a high frequency of injury.4
Despite increases in the number of schools reporting to the ISS over the 16-year time period, the overall injury rates have decreased in both the game and practice environments. Game rates were consistently higher than their comparable practice rates; however, when compared with game injury rates in women’s professional basketball (24.9 per 1000 A-Es, 95% CI � 22.9, 26.9, P � .05),5 all women’s collegiate rates were substantially lower. The overall men’s NCAA basketball game injury rate of 9.9 per 1000 A-Es (95% CI � 9.7, 10.2) was also consistently and significantly higher than the overall
Journal of Athletic Training 205
Table 3. Games and Practices With Associated Injury Rates by National Collegiate Athletics Association Division and Season, Women’s Basketball, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004*
Total No. of Games Reported
Game Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval
Total Number of Practices Reported
Practice Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval
Division I
Preseason 594 11.49 8.88, 14.11 16 072 8.00 7.61, 8.39 In season 15 897 8.94 8.48, 9.40 38 850 3.19 3.03, 3.35 Postseason 927 5.93 4.35, 7.51 2121 1.64 1.14, 2.14
Total Division I 17 418 8.85 8.42, 9.29 57 043 4.52 4.36, 4.68
Division II
Preseason 340 9.37 6.22, 12.52 9991 6.45 6.00, 6.89 In season 10 498 7.50 6.98, 8.02 21 967 2.73 2.53, 2.93 Postseason 629 5.18 3.39, 6.98 1201 1.62 0.96, 2.28
Total Division II 11 467 7.43 6.94, 7.92 33 159 3.86 3.67, 4.05
Division III
Preseason 371 6.49 3.99, 8.98 13 828 5.60 5.26, 5.95 In season 15 245 6.67 6.26, 7.07 29 309 2.48 2.32, 2.64 Postseason 655 5.26 3.52, 7.01 1113 1.12 0.57, 1.67
Total Division III 16 271 6.62 6.23, 7.01 44 250 3.45 3.30, 3.60
All Divisions
Preseason 1305 9.52 7.91, 11.13 39 891 6.75 6.53, 6.98 In season 41 640 7.74 7.48, 8.01 90 126 2.84 2.74, 2.94 Postseason 2211 5.52 4.53, 6.50 4435 1.49 1.17, 1.82
Total 45 295 7.68 7.43, 7.94 134 786 3.99 3.90, 4.09
*Wald �2 statistics from negative binomial model: game injury rates differed among divisions (P � .01) and within season (P � .01). Practice injury rates differed among divisions (P � .01) and within season (P � .01). Postseason sample sizes are much smaller (and have a higher variability) than preseason and in season sample sizes because only a small percentage of schools participated in the postseason tournaments in any sport and not all of those were a part of the ISS sample. Numbers do not always sum to totals because of missing division or season information.
Table 4. Percentage of Game and Practice Injuries by Major Body Part, Women’s Basketball, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004
Body Part Games Practices
Head/neck 14.7 8.9 Upper extremity 14.1 10.4 Trunk/back 7.4 10.4 Lower extremity 60.8 65.6 Other/system 3.0 4.8
women’s NCAA basketball game injury rate of 7.7 per 1000 A-Es (95% CI � 7.4, 7.9).6
Division I preseason games had the highest overall rate of injury. Division I preseason practice rates demonstrated the highest injury rate of all practice categories. However, these data do not allow us to determine why these Division I pre- season game and practice rates were high and why overall preseason injury rates were higher than in-season and post- season rates.
Games, Practices, and Seasons
As expected, the rate of injuries was higher during games than during practices. Player-to-player contact, increased in- tensity, and uncontrolled game situations are likely factors contributing to this increased injury rate. The injury rate in regular-season games (7.74 per 1000 A-Es) was 1.4 times higher than in postseason games (5.52 per 1000 A-Es). This finding suggests that players may be more prone to injury
earlier in the season. However, this result could also be due to selection bias, as teams that have high injury rates may not reach the postseason.
Preseason practice rates (6.75 per 1000 A-Es) were also more than twice (rate ratio � 2.38) as high as in-season prac- tice injury rates (2.84 per 1000 A-Es). During the preseason, deconditioning from the off-season, increased intensity as players try to earn starting positions, and early season fatigue are all factors associated with an increased risk of injury. Many colleges have athletic trainers, nutritionists, and condi- tioning coaches who work with the athletes and help them to maintain good conditioning during the season. Yet with year- round training, players often train in the off-season, and when they are not in school, they make their own decisions about frequency of play, what court surface to play on, and what equipment to use. This uncontrolled environment may lead to early season injuries when players return to regular practice at school and may help to explain the increasing number of in- juries such as stress fractures.
Preseason conditioning should be carefully planned because it can optimize performance and may reduce the risk of injury. Strength, agility, and flexibility should be emphasized both in the preseason and during the season, with stretching and warm-ups preceding all intensive practices and games. Injury prevention should be emphasized by coaches as much as in- dividual and team skills and basic principles taught to athletes. During practices and games, coaches must be sensitive to the effects of fatigue, recognizing that not only is performance compromised in tired players but also that fatigue may raise the risk of injury.7
206 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Table 5. Most Common Game and Practice Injuries, Women’s Basketball, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004
Body Part Injury Type Frequency Percentage of Injuries
Injury Rate per 1000
Athlete-Exposures
95% Confidence
Interval
Games
Ankle Ligament sprain 873 24.6 1.89 1.76, 2.01 Knee Internal derangement 566 15.9 1.22 1.12, 1.32 Head Concussion 230 6.5 0.50 0.43, 0.56 Unspecified† Unspecified 95 2.7 0.21 0.16, 0.25 Patella Patella or patella tendon injury 86 2.4 0.19 0.15, 0.23 Nose Fracture 60 1.7 0.13 0.10, 0.16 Upper leg Contusion 60 1.7 0.13 0.10, 0.16 Shoulder Subluxation 49 1.4 0.11 0.08, 0.14 Lower back Muscle-tendon strain 48 1.3 0.10 0.07, 0.13 Knee Contusion 46 1.3 0.10 0.07, 0.13 Upper leg Muscle-tendon strain 45 1.3 0.10 0.07, 0.13 Foot Ligament sprain 44 1.2 0.10 0.07, 0.12 Finger(s) Fracture 42 1.2 0.09 0.06, 0.12 Foot Stress fracture 41 1.2 0.09 0.06, 0.12 Pelvis, hip Contusion 41 1.2 0.09 0.06, 0.12 Thumb Ligament sprain 41 1.2 0.09 0.06, 0.12 Knee Hyperextension 34 1.0 0.07 0.05, 0.10
Practices
Ankle Ligament sprain 1573 23.6 0.95 0.90, 0.99 Knee Internal derangement 620 9.3 0.37 0.34, 0.40 Upper leg Muscle-tendon strain 332 5.0 0.20 0.18, 0.22 Other Unspecified 283 4.3 0.17 0.15, 0.19 Patella Patella or patella tendon injury 268 4.0 0.16 0.14, 0.18 Head Concussion 245 3.7 0.15 0.13, 0.17 Pelvis, hip Muscle-tendon strain 213 3.2 0.13 0.11, 0.15 Lower back Muscle-tendon strain 192 2.9 0.12 0.10, 0.13 Foot Stress fracture 153 2.3 0.09 0.08, 0.11 Lower leg Stress fracture 136 2.0 0.08 0.07, 0.10 Lower leg Muscle-tendon strain 107 1.6 0.06 0.05, 0.08 Thumb Ligament sprain 88 1.3 0.05 0.04, 0.06 Nose Fracture 82 1.2 0.05 0.04, 0.06 Upper leg Contusion 74 1.1 0.04 0.03, 0.05 Foot Ligament sprain 71 1.1 0.04 0.03, 0.05 Finger(s) Fracture 68 1.0 0.04 0.03, 0.05 Heel/Achilles
tendon Tendinitis 64 1.0 0.04 0.03, 0.05
*Only injuries that accounted for at least 1% of all injuries are included. †‘‘Unspecified’’ indicates injuries that could not be grouped into existing categories but that were believed to constitute reportable injuries.
The most common region of injury, accounting for nearly two thirds of injuries in both games and practices, was the lower extremity. Most of these injuries were ankle ligament sprains caused by player contact. Knee internal derangements were the second most common injury, with the primary mech- anism for ACL and meniscal injuries being no apparent con- tact and the primary mechanism for collateral ligament injuries being player-to-player contact. The distribution of occurrence of the 3 injuries was relatively equivalent (data not shown).
Ankle Ligament Sprains
The ankle is the body part most susceptible to injury during basketball games and practices. Ankle sprains are the most frequent injury associated with basketball at all levels of play.5,8 Hosea et al9 reported that women collegiate basketball players had a 25% greater risk of sustaining a grade I ankle sprain than men collegiate basketball players had, but no dif- ference was noted in the rates for grade II and III sprains. The NCAA database does not allow for reporting of grade I, II,
and/or III with any degree of confidence, so data in this report include all grades of injury. However, in the ISS data, women basketball players had a lower ankle sprain injury rate than their male counterparts in both games and practices.6
In 1973, Garrick and Requa10 showed a protective effect of taping and high-top shoes on the rate of ankle sprains. The combination was particularly effective in players with prior injuries, although the protective effect was also significant among players without a history of ankle injury. McKay et al11 and Thacker et al7 confirmed that ankle taping decreased the risk of ankle injury in players with a history of ankle injury. However, changes in shoe technology may limit the practical uses of these findings.10 A semirigid orthosis pro- tected the ankle in patients with prior ankle injuries (1.6 sprains per 1000 A-Es versus 5.2 per 1000 A-Es in the un- protected ankle), but did not seem to reduce the rate of new sprains.7,10 Identifying inversion versus eversion mechanisms of injury and whether players were taped or untaped at the time of injury may be helpful in further defining risk factors as well as monitoring the success of preventive measures.
Journal of Athletic Training 207
Figure 2. Game and practice injury mechanisms, all injuries, wom- en’s basketball, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004 (n � 3556 game in- juries and 6655 practice injuries). ‘‘Other contact’’ refers to contact with items such as balls, standards, or the floor. Injury mechanism was unavailable for 1% of game injuries and 4% of practice inju- ries.
Table 6. Most Common Game and Practice Injuries Resulting in 10� Days of Activity Time Loss, Women’s Basketball, 1988–1989 Through 2003–2004
Body Part Injury Type Frequency Percentage of Severe Injuries
Most Common Injury Mechanism
Games (25.3% of all injuries required 10� days of time loss)
Knee Internal derangement 377 41.9 No contact Ankle Ligament sprain 119 13.2 Player contact Head Concussion 31 3.4 Player contact Other 372 41.4 Total 899
Practices (23.6% of all injuries required 10� days of time loss)
Knee Internal derangement 409 26.1 No contact Ankle Ligament sprain 180 11.5 Player contact Foot Stress fracture 123 7.8 No contact Lower leg Stress fracture 113 7.2 No contact Other 744 47.4 Total 1569
McKay et al11 also noted that almost half (45%) of ankle injuries were sustained during landing; another third (30%) occurred during a cutting or twisting maneuver. The NCAA data do not record cutting or twisting maneuvers, but 45% of the reported ligamentous injuries in games and practices com- bined resulted from the injured player coming down on an- other player. Players with a history of ankle injury were almost 5 times as likely to sustain another injury as were those with- out such a history. Published reports suggest ankle-sprain re- currence rates in basketball may be as high as 70%, which is substantially higher than the 30% reported in this population.12
Thus, athletes with a history of ankle sprains should be edu- cated as to the increased risk after an initial injury, should undergo proper rehabilitation, and should pursue preventive strategies (eg, taping or bracing, balance training).
Other modifiable factors beyond the athlete’s control also can influence the incidence of ankle injuries. These include rules to limit and minimize unnecessary or hazardous contact with other players, appropriate officiating, responsible coaches who train athletes safely and prepare them appropriately for competitive activities, and safe, hazard-free facilities.
Meeuwisse et al4 described the ‘‘lane’’ as the court zone in which the most, as well as the most severe, injuries occurred. Centers tended to be at greatest risk for injury. Increasing the size of the lane from the current NCAA and Women’s National Basketball Association regulation size to international regula- tion size may reduce congestion in the lane and may force players to spread out on the court, thereby decreasing the risk of certain injuries. Also, calling consistent fouls in the lane may decrease the risk of particular injuries. However, increas- ing the lane size may increase the risk of other injuries, be- cause spread on the court may lead to more cutting, pivoting, and jumping, raising the risk of knee and ankle injuries. Thus, careful studies of modifications in the lane size are needed to help improve our understanding of how rule changes might affect injury rates.
Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
Anterior cruciate ligament injuries accounted for 8% of game injuries in women’s collegiate basketball players. The ISS data indicate that 64% of these injuries in games resulted from noncontact mechanisms, 27% from contact, and 8% from other nonplayer contact. However, what constitutes a noncon- tact injury is not standardized. For example, when a player is jostling for position, has brief contact with another player, and falls to the ground, should this mechanism be classified con- tact, no contact, or other non-player contact? Observer bias also can play a role. Most ACL injuries likely arise from a combined mechanism, so more rigorous definitions may be helpful and improve accuracy in reporting and, thus, help in the development of preventive regimens.
In 1995, Arendt and Dick13 reported a higher rate of ACL injuries in female soccer and basketball players compared with male athletes in those sports. Agel et al14 observed a similar effect in men’s and women’s basketball over a 13-year period. Deitch et al5 noted that although the overall frequency of knee ligament injuries in Women’s National Basketball Association and National Basketball Association players was low, the women’s ACL injury rate was 1.6 times that of the men. In- terestingly, the rate of ACL injuries in women was higher at the collegiate level than at the professional level. Deitch et al5
suggested that this may be a result of attrition and the pre- mature termination of careers that might otherwise include the professional rank.
208 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
F ig
u re
3 .
S p
o rt
-s p
e c ifi
c g
a m
e in
ju ry
m e c h
a n
is m
s ,
w o
m e n
’s b
a s k e tb
a ll ,
1 9 8 8 – 1 9 8 9
th ro
u g
h 2 0 0 3 – 2 0 0 4
(n �
3 5 5 6 ).
Figure 4. Game anterior cruciate ligament injury mechanisms, women’s basketball, 1988–1989 through 2003–2004 (n � 265).
The neuromuscular system is currently generating the most enthusiasm in the research community, because it may be one of the easiest risk factors to change. Neuromuscular training programs have been developed and implemented to reduce ACL injury risk, and the results have been promising.15–19
Stress Fractures
The ISS data show an increasing trend in the rate of lower extremity stress fractures. The most common sites reported for stress fractures in female basketball players reported were the lower leg (39%) and foot (50%). These stress fracture results need to be interpreted with caution, as awareness surrounding the injury, diagnostic tools associated with the injury, and treatments of the injury have undergone major changes during the time period of this report, so changes in rates over time may reflect either better diagnostic skills or true increases in rates. Arendt et al20 reported that the tibia was the bone in- curring the largest number of stress injuries in women’s bas- ketball players at one institution, but, as in other sports, the foot as an anatomic region accounted for the greatest number of stress injuries. Hame et al21 noted that women were more susceptible to stress fractures in the foot, whereas their male counterparts were more susceptible to stress fractures about the ankle.
Arendt et al20 also found that in their population of colle- giate athletes, nearly half of the stress injuries (30 of 61) were associated with a change in training regimen. Not only chang- es in the total volume of training but other specific components of training (eg, increased activities that put torsional stress on the lower extremity skeletal system, such as pivoting) may play a role in the increase in stress fractures over time.22 The military has had some success in preventing lower extremity stress fractures in basic training recruits using a modified, re- duced-running training protocol.23
In addition, traditional basketball court shoes for women are basically pared-down versions of men’s shoes. Because wom- en’s lower extremity biomechanical alignment is often differ- ent than men’s, shoes and/or foot orthotics designed specifi- cally for women may help to disperse stress through the lower kinetic chain in a more efficient manner. The use of shock- absorbing boot inserts among military trainees has shown some injury-reduction benefit.24
Other potentially modifiable risk factors for stress fractures among physically active females include low cardiorespiratory fitness, lack of resistance training, poor nutrition (eg, low cal- cium intake, negative energy balance), and menstrual dys- function.25–27
Journal of Athletic Training 209
Off-season workouts are another area of concern with re- gard to stress fractures. Today’s collegiate athlete has less time to recover and to rest after the end of the season than athletes in the past. Year-round training can result in players being overtrained for the preseason and not having sufficient time to heal from injuries. Addressing these factors with better and more appropriate training techniques and enhanced monitoring of summer workout regimens may help to decrease the risk of injury.
Concussions
Another injury of concern in women’s collegiate basketball players is concussion. Although it can be argued that male athletes may be at greater risk for concussions due to their aggressive natures and the faster pace of their sports, female athletes actually may be at greater risk due to their smaller size and weaker neck strength.28 Covassin et al29 reported that the concussion injury rate in women’s collegiate basketball games increased from 0.54 per 1000 A-Es in the 1997–1998 season to 0.89 per 1000 A-Es in the 1999–2000 season. The ISS data showed a significant average annual increase in the concussion rate of 7.0% (P � .01) across all sports over time. Although this may reflect a true increase in occurrence over time, it may also reflect increased awareness of concussion symptoms and better diagnostic tools. At the time of data col- lection, the ISS did not have a standard definition of concus- sion or a minimum set of required symptoms, so a broad range of injuries may be included in these numbers. Concussions occurred more often in women’s collegiate basketball players than in their male counterparts in both games and practices and in the ISS data as well.29 Deitch et al5 noted that Women’s National Basketball Association players had a concussion rate 3 times that of the National Basketball Association players.
Mouth guards significantly reduce the incidence of dental injuries but have not been shown to substantially decrease the risk of concussions.28,30 Although basketball is considered a noncontact sport, the increasing use of elbows during partici- pation heightens the risk of injury for athletes. As the size of players and the speed of the women’s game continue to in- crease, basketball will complete the evolution from a finesse sport to more of a high-risk contact sport. Thus, we expect the incidence of concussions to continue increasing over time.
Areas for Future Research
Young female athletes are participating in more organized sports and are achieving improved levels of fitness. Yet despite these changes in the experience, participation, and fitness of female athletes over the past 10 years, a decreasing trend in injury cannot be identified. Thus, the presumed increased fit- ness and skill of today’s female athletes has not translated into a significant decrease in the risk of injury in women’s basket- ball.3,31
We need to better understand further the risk factors that may predispose athletes to injury. Anatomic variations (eg, genu recurvatum, below-normal hamstrings-to-quadriceps strength ratio) and environmental and sport-specific factors that may lead to an increased risk for injury must be identi- fied.32,33
Neuromuscular control and balance training may help to reduce the frequency of lower extremity injuries, including ankle sprains and ACL injuries in basketball players. Data
from randomized controlled trials designed to address the ef- fectiveness of an intervention are limited, and no specific risk factor has been identified yet. The best age for interventions that effect the most lasting change in neuromuscular function is just beginning to be studied. Compliance with these pro- grams is another concern that rarely has been measured. Ul- timately, the training programs that will receive the greatest acceptance by athletes, coaches, and teams are those that dem- onstrate both performance enhancement and injury reduction.
Improving training techniques and providing athletes with more supervised training programs for the off-season can help us to diminish some suspected, specific risk factors associated with stress fractures. Additionally, further research on the ef- fects of hormone therapy is a promising area that may help to reduce the incidence of stress fractures.20,22,34,35
Exploring the effects of specific rule changes on injury rates can help us to identify risk factors in games that may predis- pose players to injury. Exploring the effect of an increased size of the lane in either Division II or Division III and com- paring those results with Division I and international basket- ball competition can help us determine if rule modification will reduce the risk of injury.
Use of the information database provided by the ISS must be improved. As we identify new risk factors that may pre- dispose athletes to injury, the ISS should be flexible enough to add variables to capture more information on these risk factors, leading to possible ways to reduce injury. Consistent definitions of injury should be maintained, and injury mech- anisms should be specified accurately to improve the research value and clinical value of the NCAA ISS data. Additionally, in calculating rates of injury, consideration must be given to the choice of denominators (eg, hours of participation versus number of games). If we fail to improve the collection data- base, we will not take full advantage of this excellent resource.
Conclusions
The ISS data provide information on the general risk and specific types of injuries associated with women’s college bas- ketball players over a 16-year period. Overall game and prac- tice injury rates have significantly decreased during this time. Efforts to improve conditioning and training and rule changes designed to decrease the risk of specific injuries have not shown the intended change. Thus, efforts to reduce the injury rate should take on a multifaceted approach. A series of rule and training changes may be more likely than a single specific rule change or training improvement to lead to a long-term decrease in the overall injury rates. It is likely, however, that several specific rule changes, training modifications, and equipment changes can affect the risk of specific injuries in female basketball players.
DISCLAIMER
The conclusions in the Commentary section of this article are those of the Commentary authors and do not necessarily represent the views of the National Collegiate Athletic Asso- ciation.
REFERENCES 1. 1981/82–2004/05 NCAA Sports Sponsorship and Participation Rates Re-
port. Indianapolis, IN: National Collegiate Athletic Association; 2006. 2. Dick R, Agel J, Marshall SW. National Collegiate Athletic Association
210 Volume 42 • Number 2 • June 2007
Injury Surveillance System commentaries: introduction and methods. J Athl Train. 2007;42:173–182.
3. Mihata LCS, Beutler AI, Boden BP. Comparing the incidence of anterior cruciate ligament injury in collegiate lacrosse, soccer, and basketball play- ers: implications for anterior cruciate ligament mechanism and preven- tion. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:899–904.
4. Meeuwisse WH, Sellmer R, Hagel BE. Rates and risks of injury during intercollegiate basketball. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31:379–385.
5. Deitch JR, Starkey C, Walters SL, Moseley BJ. Injury risk in professional basketball players: a comparison of Women’s National Basketball Asso- ciation and National Basketball Association athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:1077–1083.
6. Dick R, Hertel J, Agel J, Grossman J, Marshall SW. Descriptive epide- miology of collegiate men’s basketball injuries: National Collegiate Ath- letic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988–1989 through 2003– 2004. J Athl Train. 2007;42:194–201.
7. Thacker SB, Stroup DF, Branche CM, Gilchrist J, Goodman RA, Weitman EA. The prevention of ankle sprains in sports: a systematic review of the literature. Am J Sports Med. 1999;27:753–760.
8. Starkey C. Injuries and illnesses in the National Basketball Association: a 10-year perspective. J Athl Train. 2000;35:161–167.
9. Hosea, TM, Carey CC, Harrer MF. The gender issue: epidemiology of ankle injuries in athletes who participate in basketball. Clin Orthop Rel Res. 2000;372:45–49.
10. Garrick JG, Requa RK. Role of external support in the prevention of ankle sprains. Med Sci Sports. 1973;5:200–203.
11. McKay GD, Goldie PA, Payne WR, Oakes BW. Ankle injuries in bas- ketball: injury rate and risk factors. Br J Sports Med. 2001;35:103–108.
12. Hertel J. Functional anatomy, pathomechanics, and pathophysiology of lateral ankle instability. J Athl Train. 2002;37:364–375.
13. Arendt E, Dick R. Knee injury patterns among men and women in col- legiate basketball and soccer: NCAA data and review of literature. Am J Sports Med. 1995;23:694–701.
14. Agel J, Arendt EA, Bershadsky B. Anterior cruciate ligament injury in National Collegiate Athletic Association basketball and soccer: a 13-year review. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33:524–531.
15. Hewett TE, Lindenfeld TN, Riccobene JV, Noyes FR. The effect of neu- romuscular training on the incidence of knee injury in female athletes: a prospective study. Am J Sports Med. 1999;27:699–706.
16. Pfeiffer RP, Shea KG, Roberts D, Grandstrand S, Bond L. Lack of effect of a knee ligament injury prevention program on the incidence of non- contact anterior cruciate ligament injury. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006; 88:1769–1774.
17. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR, et al. Biomechanical measures of neu- romuscular control and valgus loading of the knee predict anterior cru- ciate ligament injury risk in female athletes: a prospective study. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33:492–501.
18. Hewett TE, Ford KR, Myer GD. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in
female athletes, part 2: a meta-analysis of neuromuscular interventions aimed at injury prevention. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:490–498.
19. Hewett TE, Myer GD, Ford KR. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes, part 1: mechanisms and risk factors. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:299–311.
20. Arendt E, Agel J, Heikes C, Griffiths H. Stress injuries to bone in college athletes: a retrospective review of experience at a single institution. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31:959–968.
21. Hame SL, LaFemina JM, McAllister DR, Schaadt GW, Dorey FJ. Frac- tures in the college athlete. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32:446–451.
22. Lavienja A, Braam LA, Knapen MH, Guesens P, Brouns F, Vermeer C. Factors affecting bone loss in female endurance athletes: a two-year fol- low-up study. Am J Sports Med. 2003:31;889–895.
23. Jones BH, Knapik JJ. Physical training and exercise-related injuries: sur- veillance, research and injury prevention in military populations. Sports Med. 1999;27:111–125.
24. Rome K, Handoll HH, Ashford R. Interventions for preventing and treat- ing stress fractures and stress reactions of bone of the lower limbs in young adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2005;18: CD000450.
25. Rauh MJ, Macera CA, Trone DW, Shaffer RA, Brodine SK. Epidemiol- ogy of stress fracture and lower-extremity overuse injury in female re- cruits. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2006;38:1571–1577.
26. Shaffer RA, Rauh MJ, Brodine SK, Trone DW, Macera CA. Predictors of stress fracture susceptibility in young female recruits. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34:108–115.
27. Joy EA, Campbell D. Stress fractures in the female athlete. Curr Sports Med Rep 2005;4:323–328.
28. Barnes BC, Cooper L, Kirkendall DT, McDermott TP, Jordan BD, Garrett WE Jr. Concussion history in elite male and female soccer players. Am J Sports Med. 1998;26:433–438.
29. Covassin T, Swanik CB, Sachs ML. Sex differences and the incidence of concussions among collegiate athletes. J Athl Train. 2003;38:238–244.
30. Labella CR, Smith BW, Sigurdsson A. Effect of mouthguards on dental injuries and concussions in college basketball. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2002;34:41–44.
31. American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on Sports Medicine and Fitness. Intensive training and sports specialization in young athletes. Pe- diatrics. 2000;106:154–157.
32. Sanderlin BW, Raspa RF. Common stress fractures. Am Fam Physician. 2003;68:1527–1532.
33. Devan MR, Pescatello LS, Faghri P, Anderson J. A prospective study of overuse knee injuries among female athletes with muscle imbalances and structural abnormalities. J Athl Train. 2004;39:263–267.
34. Boden BP, Osbahr DC. High-risk stress fractures: evaluation and treat- ment. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2000;8:344–353.
35. Koester MC, Spindler KP. Pharmacologic agents in fracture healing. Clin Sports Med. 2006;25:63–73.
Julie Agel, MA, ATC, contributed to conception and design; analysis and interpretation of the data; and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. David E. Olson, MD, CAQ Primary Care Sports Medicine, contributed to analysis and interpretation of the data and critical revision and final approval of the article. Randall Dick, MS, FACSM, contributed to conception and design; analysis and interpretation of the data; and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Elizabeth A. Arendt, MD, contributed to analysis and interpretation of the data and critical revision and final approval of the article. Stephen W. Marshall, PhD, contributed to conception and design; analysis and interpretation of the data; and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Robby S. Sikka contributed to analysis and interpretation of the data and drafting, critical revision, and final approval of the article. Address correspondence to David Olson, MD, CAQ Primary Care Sports Medicine, University of Minnesota, Broadway Family Physicians, 1020 W. Broadway Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55411. Address e-mail to [email protected].
Week13Socal Aspects of ACL Injury Research.pdf
229
ARTICLE
Sociology of Sport Journal, 2015, 32, 229 -247 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ssj.2014-0023 © 2015 Human Kinetics, Inc.
Social Sources of Research Interest in Women’s Sport Related Injuries:
A Case Study of ACL Injuries
Nancy Theberge University of Waterloo
This article offers an analysis of the social sources of biomedical interest in women’s sports injuries through a case study of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries. Although both men and women incur them, there is extensive research interest in women’s ACL injuries. Drawing on interviews with researchers who have contributed to this research, the investigation examines the social sources of this interest. Explanations lie largely in the evolution of the agenda in sport medicine to a concern with injury prevention, which coincides with a movement toward the inclusion of women in health research. The article concludes with a consideration of the political and ideological implications of the interaction of the prevention and inclusion agendas in research on women’s sport injuries.
Cet article propose une analyse des sources sociales de l’intérêt biomédical pour les blessures dans les sports féminins à travers l’étude du cas des blessures au ligament croisé antérieur (LCA). Bien que les hommes et les femmes en soient tous deux victimes, il y a énormément d’intérêt en recherche pour les blessures au LCA chez les femmes. S’appuyant sur des entrevues avec des chercheurs qui ont contribué à ce projet, l’étude examine les sources sociales de cet intérêt. Les explications reposent grandement sur l’évolution de l’agenda en médecine du sport vers un souci de prévention des blessures, ce qui coïncide avec un mouve- ment vers l’inclusion des femmes dans la recherche sur la santé. L’article conclut par une considération des implications politiques et idéologiques de l’interaction des agendas de prévention et d’inclusion en recherche sur les blessures sportives chez les femmes.
In recent years there has been increasing attention in sport medicine and sci- ence to the negative health consequences of sport participation and within this, to the prevention of sport related injuries. One marker of this interest has been a series of World Conferences on Prevention of Injury & Illness in Sport. The first two were held in Norway in 2005 and 2008, where the focus was on injuries, with the third and fourth held in Monaco in 2011 and 2014, with an expanded focus on
Theberge is with the Department of Kinesiology, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada. Address author correspondence to Nancy Theberge at Nancy Theberge [email protected].
230 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
injury and illness prevention. Another indication of interest is the establishment of numerous research centers on sport related injuries; among the most notable are four which have been “tasked” by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) to research sport injuries and their prevention (Olympic.org, 2010). Concern to enhance the well-being of athletes is not uncontested and the implementation of health and safety agendas is balanced against the costs, both financial and com- petitive, of mitigating risks. Notwithstanding limits to these efforts, the growing attention to health concerns arising from sport participation represents an important development in both the research agendas in sport medicine and science and the institutional agendas of governing bodies such as the IOC.
These agendas have been little noted to date in the sociological literature on sport medicine/science1 which has to a considerable extent emphasized the emer- gence of this institution within the professionalized and bureaucratized form of sport that gained prominence in the 1950s and its alignment with a rationalized model of performance. In a recent analysis of this process, Safai (2013, p. 122) argues that the institutionalization of sport medicine in high-performance sport was a political response to the risks arising from “the emerging intensified and hyper-competitive sport production system”. Central to her argument is that sport medicine operates as an agent of “risk management” in which the negative health consequences of sport are managed in the interest of pursuing excellence. Citing Donnelly (2004), Safai (2013, p. 123) laments the lack of attention to rates of injuries in many sports.
As noted by Safai (2013) research on clinical applications has presented an expanded account of sport medicine, most notably in demonstrating that practitio- ners balance institutional pressures to optimize performance with ethical concerns for the health and welfare of athletes (Safai, 2003; Theberge, 2008). While the literature on the delivery of health care in sport has shown that the emphasis on performance is tempered by a concern for athlete well being, there has been little consideration to date of the emergence of this concern in sport science research and the institutional agendas of sport organizations.
Attention to health consequences of sport participation has included some consideration of gendered conditions. The first to receive developed attention was the female athlete triad, the syndrome of disordered eating, amenorrhea and osteo- porosis that women who engage in intense physical activity are at risk to experience. The triad was the subject of a consensus conference in 1992 called by the Task Force on Women’s Issues of the American College of Sports Medicine (Yeager et al., 1993). Another gendered health concern that has more recently been the focus of interest is knee injuries among women athletes, specifically ruptures, or “tears” to the anterior cruciate ligament, or ACL, which stabilizes the knee. As will be dis- cussed below, although both men and women incur ACL injuries, there are gender differences in the rates and extensive research interest devoted to women athletes.
Interest in women’s sport injuries is one manifestation of the broader move- ment to gender inclusion in medicine that arose in the last two decades. A critique of biomedical research in 1994 highlighted the exclusion of women in much health research, where “the selection and definition of problems for study, the choice of experimental subjects, and conclusions drawn… often fail to include women or women’s changing needs throughout the life cycle” (Rosser,1994, p. vii). This appraisal was the impetus for a profound change in research interests and priori- ties wherein socially significant categories such as gender (among other concerns
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 231
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
including race and age) “have taken on a new salience within modern medicine” (Epstein, 2007, p. 1).
When extended to the world of sport attention to women’s health concerns is complicated by the powerful role that ideological constructions of difference have played in the historical exclusion of women. The dramatic advances in women’s sport in recent years would appear to offer convincing refutation of the myth of female frailty that was the ideological underpinning to the maintenance of sport as a masculine preserve for much of the previous century (Theberge, 1989). As discussed below, the emergence of a well developed research agenda directed to injuries among women athletes has prompted apprehension about a revival of notions of women as weak and unsuited for vigorous physical activity.
This article offers an analysis of the social sources of biomedical interest in ACL injuries, as a case study of the turn to a concern with athlete well-being in sport medicine and the manner in which it interacts with a parallel turn to gender inclu- sion in medicine. Drawing on interviews with researchers who have been among the main contributors to the research on this topic, the investigation examines the circumstances that led to a developed interest in injuries among women athletes at an historical moment when images of strong and powerful women appeared to be ascendant in the popular imagination. The analysis suggests that the emergence of an interest in women’s ACL tears arose largely as an extension of the professional project in sport medicine to a consideration of injuries that coincided with but was not driven by the move to gender inclusion in medicine. Following summaries of the relevant literature on ACL injuries that indicate the broader context for the analysis, the article presents the accounts of researchers on the social sources of this research. The concluding discussion offers reflections on the interaction of the prevention and inclusion agendas that considers the broader political and ideological implications of their interaction in research on women’s sport injuries.
Research on ACL Injuries
The upsurge in women’s sport participation that began in the 1970s was followed initially by reports of gender differences in patterns of injuries. By the mid-1980s, literature on sports injuries reported that after conditioning programs had been instituted, men and women competing in the same sports demonstrated similar injury rates and while some exceptions were noted, injuries typically were under- stood to be more sport specific than gender specific (Hunter, 1984; Arendt, 1994).
Understandings of the gendered basis of injuries began to change in the 1990s as growing evidence appeared of higher rates of ACL tears among women athletes. A particular source of interest was the publication of data compiled in the Injury Surveillance System (ISS) maintained by the National Collegiate Athletic Associa- tion (NCAA), the main governing body of university sport in the United States. The ISS tracked injuries for 15 men’s and women’s sports across a sample of institutions and enabled researchers to compare the incidence of different injuries across time and sports and the circumstances under which they occur (for example games and practices) (Klossner et al., 2009).
A variety of analyses of the NCAA data highlight gender differences in the rates of ACL injuries. For example, three of the four sports with the highest rates
232 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
were women’s gymnastics, women’s basketball and women’s soccer and all had a significantly higher incidence than any other sport. The fourth sport in this list was football and it is notable that this sport had the highest overall number of ACL injuries by a large margin (Hootman, Dick & Agel, 2007).
Analyses of the NCAA data have paid particular attention to gender differences in basketball and soccer. These sports are of interest because the rules of play are largely the same for men and women and thus gender comparisons are thought to be more meaningful than in say, gymnastics, where comparisons are problematic because of differences in the content of men’s and women’s gymnastics. These analyses indicate that from 1988–9 to 2003–4, the rate of ACL injuries per 1000 exposures in basketball was .07 for men and .23 for women and in soccer was .09 for men and .28 for women (Hootman, Dick & Agel, 2007). Both the rate of ACL injuries among women athletes and the gender gap remained stable over the period covered by this analysis, suggesting that the risk of injury has not been significantly influenced by changes in the training and experiences of women athletes in this period (Hootman, Dick & Agel, 2007). Analyses from the NCAA are complemented by studies of military populations in the U.S., which have found a similar pattern of higher rates of ACL injuries among women than men involved in similar activities (Gwinn et al., 2000; Mountcastle et al., 2007).
The following features of ACL injuries are important background to under- standing the research on this topic. ACL tears are costly in a number of respects: financially in that they often involve surgical repair followed by lengthy rehabili- tation, in time lost to activity, and long term health effects, specifically the high likelihood of osteoarthritis (Friel et al., 2013). A high proportion of the injuries are noncontact; that is they occur not because of a collision of the athlete with another athlete or a surface but in the athlete’s own movement (Noyes and Barber-Weston, 2012). ACL injuries are rare and in sport contexts occur much less frequently than ankle injuries and less often than concussions (Hootman, Dick & Agel, 2007).2 The absolute number of ACL injuries is higher in men’s sports but when the occur- rence per athlete exposure is calculated the above noted higher rates for women are consistently shown (Hootman, Dick & Agel, 2007).
Following the publication of research demonstrating gender differences in the incidence of ACL injuries in the early 1990s the topic gained increasing atten- tion among sport scientists. As one indication of this interest, there have been six research retreats on this topic, with the first in 2001 (Davis & Ireland, 2001) and the most recent in 2012 (Shultz et al., 2012.) ACL injuries also featured prominently on the program of the most recent (2014) World Conference for the Prevention of Injury and Illness in Sport (International Olympic Committee, 2014). Another indication of interest is the volume of publications. Data collection for the larger project in which the present analysis is located included the compilation of research articles published between 1976 and 2009. Included were publications related to the incidence, risk factors and prevention of ACL injuries. Excluded were articles on surgical techniques and outcomes, and those reporting laboratory based research that was exclusively concerned with physiological and anatomical topics. The search yielded a file of 1054 publications and this number would have been considerably larger without the exclusion criteria.
The underlying focus of the research on ACL injuries has been to determine how and why they occur. Through a number of methods, notably video analysis,
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 233
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
researchers have identified how the injury occurs. The more enduring question is why, and much of the research is devoted to explaining higher rates among women. A representative statement is the following:
Females have less control over (relevant) muscles than males. Their upright stance, combined with their lesser core strength, leads to a lack of central control of limb rotation and makes them favor knee positions that make them susceptible to both ACL ruptures and PF dislocations.3 These problems are not exclusive to females, but researchers find females performing these riskier neuromuscular mechanisms more often than males when doing similar sport- ing moves (Arendt, 2007).
Investigations for why the injury occurs have focused on identifying risk factors that predispose athletes to engage in these risky motions. Early research identified three avenues of inquiry: anatomical, hormonal and neuromuscular. Notable about these approaches is that the first two are largely nonmodifiable while the analysis of neuromuscular factors considers the influence of training and conditioning and thus addresses concerns that are modifiable.
Responses to the Research Interest in women’s ACL injuries outside the biomedical research community has been marked by ambivalence. An early discussions appeared in a 1995 article in Sports Illustrated (McCallum, 1995) that characterized the incidence of ACL inju- ries as “virtually epidemic” in U.S. women’s college basketball and reviewed the main lines of research. Foretelling commentary that would recur some years later in scholarly contexts, the article indicated that “a light … is now being shined on a crucial health issue for women athletes” and that this effort is a needed departure from the heavy emphasis to date on issues in men’s sport. The piece also noted that researchers were “fearful” that the “wrong message” would be sent by attention to this topic and quoted one of the researchers who figured prominently in the early work that “The reason you go on with these studies is, you don’t want anybody to get the message that women shouldn’t be playing” (McCallum, 1995).
Concern about the messages being sent was the focus of a critique of research on women’s ACL injuries that appeared more than ten years later in the Journal of Interdisciplinary Feminist Thought (Croissant & Schmit, 2007). The central concern of this piece is well captured in the title: “Misplaced Focus: Assumptions about Sex Hormones and ACL Injury in Female Athletes”. Singling out the line of research that focused on hormonal risk factors, the authors critiqued both the substance of the research and a corresponding inattention to the social experiences of women in sport that they argue better explain gender differences in the incidence of injuries. In this regard they endorse greater attention to research on neuromuscular concerns that emphasizes training for the adoption of less risky movement patterns.
Particularly notable in this article is a developed discussion of the concern voiced some years earlier from within the research community about “sending the wrong message about women athletes”. Croissant & Schmit (2007) locate research on injuries in women’s sport, notably that which focuses on biological causes of injuries, within a history of scientific research that constructed male bodies as the
234 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
norm, valorized gender difference and pathologized women’s bodies. They indicate that the research on ACL injuries raises questions related to “political assumptions about difference and its implications” and place this in historical context by quot- ing Schiebinger (1987, p. 46) who asks “Why does the search for sex differences become a priority of scientific research at particular times, and what political consequences have been drawn from the fact of difference?” (cited in Croissant & Schmit, 2007, p.16).
Concern with the focus on difference was also the central theme of a critique of a book by the journalist Michael Sokolove, which was previewed in a cover story in the New York Times Magazine (Sokolove, 2008a; 2008b). Warrior Girls: Protecting Our Daughters against the Injury Epidemic in Women’s Sports addressed this topic from a number of vantage points. As the subtitle indicates, the incidence of ACL injuries was characterized as “epidemic” and discussions were provided of gender disparities in rates, the major theories on risk factors and research on prevention programs.
Sokolove’s work was critiqued in a symposium published by The Tucker Center for Research on Girls and Women in Sport at the University of Minnesota (Tucker Center, 2008). Similar to the analysis by Croissant & Schmit (2007), this symposium focused heavily on the social implications of a concentration on women’s sport related injuries. The introduction to the symposium indicated the book “perpetuates the essentialist argument that male athletes are superior to female athletes based on the so-called biological imperative that females are physically weaker, vulnerable, and more prone to injury”, ideas characterized as “age old and troubling arguments” (Weiss, 2008, p. 1). Pieces by contributing authors addressed these concerns and a corresponding inattention to the social circumstances in which injuries occur and the lack of attention to high rate of injuries among male athletes. Following the appearance of this forum (Tucker Center, 2008), an extended online discussion occurred between the authors and Sokolove in which many of the above points were elaborated (Reacting to Warrior Girls, 2008).
Discussions by Croissant & Schmit (2007) and scholars at the Tucker Centre (2008) reflect ambivalence over the profiling of women’s sport related injuries in biomedical research. Both sources indicate a concern for the wellbeing of girls and women in sport but focus their discussion on the features of the research that they argue send inaccurate and damaging messages about women’s sport participation. Critical commentary is directed to the focus on injuries in women’s sport rather than in men’s sport or sport generally and the extended attention to biological risk factors, raising the specter of a revival of notions of female frailty and unsuitability for vigorous physical activity.
Methods The analysis presented here is part of a larger study of scientific constructions of sports injuries as gendered phenomena. Data collection included assemblage of the file of research publications indicated above. A review of this material provided the investigator with an understanding of the main lines of research on ACL inju- ries and essential background for the collection of the data on which the current
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 235
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
analysis is based, interviews with researchers who have investigated the topic of ACL injuries among women athletes.
Participants in the research were recruited from among researchers who have been most active in this work based on the number of publications, and select others who were identified as central to the development of the body of work on this topic. Following a protocol approved by the Office of Research at the University of Waterloo, researchers were contacted by e-mail and in a letter attached to the message, provided with an introduction to the study and asked to participate in an interview on the topics of their own research on ACL injuries and the broader body of research on this topic. Interviews were conducted with 19 researchers between November 2011 and September 2012. The sample includes researchers involved in the early stages of research on ACL injuries as well as those currently working in this area. Eight participants are physicians who specialize in orthopedics and/or sport medicine and the remainder are researchers with interests in human movement science and/or sports injuries. The sample includes seven women and twelve men. Thirteen participants are located in North America and six in Europe. All but two of the interviews were conducted by phone or Skype; two were conducted in person. The interviews were semi- structured and audio recorded and then transcribed.
The interview portion of the research was intended to provide data on the social sources of research interests in ACL injuries and how gender figures in this work by examining the work of scientists who were central to the development of this body of research as well as the observations and assessments of these individuals on the broader research agenda. To this end, the interviews included discussions of the participant’s research program and background to the specific focus on ACL injuries; the state of knowledge on this topic; how gender figured in both the ini- tial interest in the topic and the ongoing research; reasons for the interest in ACL injuries; and the location of this topic within the domains of sport medicine and/or women’s health. The analysis presented here draws mainly on the latter two topics.
Data Presentation: Social Sources of Research Interest in ACL Injuries
Severity and Associated Costs
Among the participants interviewed for this research, the most commonly cited reason for the extensive interest in ACL injuries is the severity and associated costs. Following is a representative account, in which the participant contrasts the interest in ACL injuries, relative to other common sports injuries:
I think the reason that knee injuries get so much press is one because the amount of time lost from sport and it disrupts the career and because the long-term complications; I really think it’s because it’s a fairly serious injury. You don’t die from it but as far as musculoskeletal injury goes and because of how big the surgery is and how big the rehab is and because of how high the potential for long-term degenerative changes, I think that’s why it really continues to get the attention it gets.
236 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Two participants who cited the dramatic nature of ACL injuries as a reason for the extensive interest also expressed reservations about the focus on this injury, rela- tive to other injuries that they felt receive insufficient attention. One participant said:
I think the ACL gets a lot of press because it’s more high level sport athletes that are having this and there’s surgery involved and a long rehab process and once you have one it does cost a lot of money to have the surgery and rehab and you know everything that goes along with it. I think it’s not; there are other conditions that are far more common than ACL tears but for some reason ACL just has this recognition as being important- you know? And I’m not saying it’s not, but I may have misspoke when I said it’s a huge societal problem. It’s not as huge as people think it is. I think largely, I mean surgeons are involved in this and there’s just a lot more attention I think.
Another participant compared the attention given to ACL injuries to ankle injuries, which, in the participant’s view, warrant greater attention:
Nobody sits out 6-9 months (with an ankle injury) as they do with an ACL and go through a formal rehab program with certain bench mark testing–maybe puts a kid out of practice for a couple days, maybe you don’t. I just think that you know those are injuries that are associated with a lot of morbidity that occur in a much broader section of the population and in terms of public health might benefit from a little more attention than you know ACLs, which in reality don’t occur very often.
Like the previous participant, this participant cited the surgical component of treatment as one reason for the extensive interest:
ACL surgery is much more interesting than non-operative management of ankle sprain. And so ACL surgery is a big market and who gets their ACL fixed and how they get it fixed and you know all that is, that’s the glamour injury.
The Availability of Data
As indicated above, research interest on ACL injuries was stimulated by publication of analyses from the ISS. The establishment of the ISS was an important advance- ment in sport injury research because it addressed in significant measure some of the major challenges in injury surveillance, including inconsistent measurement procedures and the cost and logistical difficulties of collecting data across different sites and sports. Testimony to the advantages of the ISS was offered by one of the study participants who is located outside the U.S.:
I think that the NCAA database is probably the best long-term epi (epidemio- logical) study that can provide data across sports. There’s to my knowledge no other database around the world where we have had an ongoing long-term injury surveillance where you have the ability to compare across sports. There are some databases that have been there for a while but typically done in a particular sport:
While the ISS provides data on the incidence of several injuries, the analysis of ACL tears presented a specific advantage. Unlike many injuries, there is common
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 237
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
agreement on the clinical indicators of ACL ruptures, lending further credence to the analyses. Three study participants, all orthopedic surgeons, spoke of this point. The most extensive account was provided by one participant who prefaced the below account by referencing the various costs. S/he then said:
The other reason why I think we know a lot about the ACL is it’s probably one of the few injuries that’s a visible injury that I can grade and that I can say that in (location where participant works) I have an ACL injury that’s proven by MRI and has a positive Lachman and positive Pivot Shift and I can have somebody else in California say the same thing, and we actually believe each other. There’s very few injuries that you can do that…. We believed each other when we said we had an ACL injury and if you look down the list of a lot of the injuries that were recorded in the ISS, I mean I wouldn’t even know what they were really talking about…. So it was an injury that we all cared about, but we also believed, we all had a good way to prove it.
Remarks on the availability of data included some skeptical commentary. One researcher who expressed reservations about the volume of what s/he character- ized as scientific and public media interest connected this to the surgical basis of treatment, which provides ongoing access to study participants over the course of surgical follow up:
I mean to me that’s an easy project for fellows to do and people to look at, is outcomes after ACL surgery and you know because there’s volume within the office and those patients tend to stick around for a year and so you know that’s part of my (reference to) media driven, is not just public media but scientific media as well.
Another participant suggested that the topic of gender differences was “easy” to address and had led to a “flood” of research:
It’s an easy topic to address and I think that, not that’s it’s not a complex problem but you know it’s very easy to wind up like I said, 20 males, 20 females, have them jump and see what’s different. I think that’s what, when I say flooded that’s what a lot of, that’s what I’m seeing.
This participant’s observation that continued studies of gender differences are not warranted is now well accepted. The most recent ACL research retreat endorsed the “need to move beyond the purely descriptive sex comparison studies that continue to dominate the literature” (Shultz et al., 2012, p. 591). Nonetheless, the indication that the ease of conducting research on gender differences has con- tributed to the extensive amount of research remains valid.
The Evolution of Sport Medicine and the Turn to Injury Prevention
Accounts of the evolution of interest in ACL injuries highlight several ways in which a concern with injury prevention was one basis of this interest. The initial point of connection lies in the establishment of the ISS in 1982. The purpose of the ISS was to monitor injury trends to identify opportunities to enhance athlete safety (Klossner et al., 2009). It should be noted that this concern was not specifically connected to
238 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
ACL injuries or, for that matter, gender disparities. Participants in the investigation reported here who were involved in the initial analysis of the ISS data that identified gender disparities in ACL injuries indicated these analyses arose out of curiosity. They directed attention to basketball and soccer, for the above indicated reasons that the rules of the sport are similar for men and women. As it turns out, these sports showed the greatest gender discrepancies in ACL tears. Publication of these findings was met with considerable interest and gave momentum to the research agenda that is the focus of the present analysis. The place of ACL injuries in the evolution of the prevention agenda was discussed by one of the study participants, not involved in the early ACL research:
I think it’s fair to say that, well first of all that the field of sports injury pre- vention or research is a very young field. And I think it is fair to say that the growth of that research field came with ACL injuries and then in women’s sport. So the, I think ACLs in women really came first and then obviously there are some exceptions to this broad picture I’m painting but that growth has then also inspired and stirred interest in other injuries and other sports and in both, for both genders I think. So there’s a number of examples of injuries in sports where research has been done but I think it’s fair to say that with the ACL, that’s clearly the area where most research has been done in sports injury prevention research.
Non-Contact Injuries and Prevention Possibilities
The occurrence of a high proportion of ACL tears in noncontact situations is another reason for interest in this condition. Injuries that arise from contact in a sporting environment are to a considerable extent thought to be “part of the game”. While prevention efforts may be directed to altering rules and playing styles or the use of protective equipment, there is general agreement that eliminating “nature of the game” injuries is exceedingly difficult. (This view of course begs the question of what, for a given sport, is the “game”.) In contrast, injuries arising from some feature of the athlete’s movement present the possibility of prevention through alteration of movement patterns. Two participants discussed this feature, both comparing the potential for reducing noncontact ACL with contact injuries in football. The following participant was involved in the early ACL research and speaks to how the noncontact aspect figured in early interest:
We felt that non-contact ACL was possible to reduce risk or infinitely studyable because in non-contact maybe it is something intrinsic in the way you move or in your body. Different than a football player knocking you down with a contact injury and we therefore identified this high-risk group.
A more extended account was provided by another researcher:
I can tell you that there are thirty percent of the injuries that I cannot help. Those are the direct contact injuries where the guys plant their foot playing football and the linebacker runs into it and that linebacker physically tears the ACL by hitting the knee in that way. The only way to prevent that injury is to stop playing football. I’m not advocating for that. So, thirty percent of them
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 239
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
are just gonna happen. Of the seventy percent that involve indirect contact or no contact with the athlete, I think that, that data out there suggests that we can probably prevent about seventy percent of those.
The preceding discussion has identified several bases of the research interest in ACL injuries: the severity and associated costs of the injury; the availability of data to facilitate research; and the potential for prevention deriving from the high proportion that are noncontact. These reasons combined to focus interest at a time when sport medicine was turning its attention to injury prevention. Notable about these explanations is that they apply to ACL injuries irrespective of gender. And yet, research interest has focused largely on the gendered aspect of this phenomenon, beginning with establishing gender differences in incidence, followed by analyses of mechanisms and risk factors that may explain these rates and more recently, approaches to prevention. The following discussion examines the basis for interest in the gendered dimensions of this injury.
“Because It Happens Way More Frequently”
Interviews with researchers identified a common understanding that the focus on women derives from the higher risk. A succinct statement of this point was made by one researcher: “Because it happens way more frequently in females so there’s a focus. If you’re going to focus on ACL injury then you’re gonna focus on female because that’s where most of them occur.”4 A similar account offered an analogy to laboratory studies of disease incidence:
I think that the driving reason is if you were doing histology or endocrinology or studies with a certain disease that’s relatively rare, do you want to do it in a mouse or whatever population that doesn’t have much risk? So you have to do more and more studies. Or do you want to do it in a high-risk population? So I think in relative risk and modifiable risk factors, females are at far more risk to have a knee injury playing the same sport as a male and I think that is the driving force behind the research in females.
The higher risk among women is the basis for a related rationale, the intention to direct prevention efforts where they may best make a difference. This point was made by two participants whose research is directed to prevention. In both cases they were responding to questions about the rationale for directing attention to women, in light of the fact that both men and women incur ACL tears. One participant said:
With ACL injuries, it makes sense to just have the women. Of course it’s an interesting question: what’s the reason for this gender gap in injury rates but to me that is an academic question. What we really need to understand is which of the women are at risk and again considering that the injury rates among men is relatively low but there are ACL injuries among men too, obviously. But given that it’s relatively low, the type of study that you would have to do to get any information about the risk factors among men would be very, very costly…. The public health perspective is part of our decision making process and such of where we focus our interest and spend our money because it makes sense to try to prevent injuries which would benefit the larger part of the population.
240 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Another participant said, with reference to how gender figures in research, “I think it’s general interest but of course since it’s more frequent in females, it’s natural that the attention is higher in females as well.” S/he then described research s/he is involved in and said “the reason we chose to do this in females is of course because we know that they will have higher injury rates so it will take us shorter time to complete the study but of course we are equally interested in preventing ACL injuries in males as well as females.”
Some participants located the epidemiological rationale–i.e., that’s where the injuries are–in the movement to gender inclusion in biomedical research. Following are the accounts of two participants, both of whom are orthopedic surgeons, who spoke at length on this point. In the following account the participant references the health concerns for women associated with this injury:
When data comes out from collegiate sports saying that you’re six times or eight times more likely to tear your ACL as a collegiate athlete if you’re a female than you’re a male, that’s a big deal. I mean as surgeons we get the knee as close as we can but tearing your ACL increases your risk for development of arthritis going forward even if you have done the best ACL reconstruction in the world. Women are more likely, even women who have not torn their ACL to develop arthritis in their knees than men when they get into their fifties and sixties for reasons we still don’t understand. So, you take a population that is more prone to developing arthritis in the knee, you put on top of that a traumatic injury to the knee in form of an ACL and that is gonna increase that individual’s risk of getting arthritis as they get older both the gender they’re born with and the fact that they’ve torn their ACL. So when you look at going forward, we want women to be active in sports, it’s important for health and fitness and lots of other things that you know all the studies have been done that show that participation in sports is an incredibly positive thing for women. What we want to do is make that participation as safe as possible and I think it’s important.
Another discussion of the focus on women located this in the history of gender inclusion in biomedical research:
It’s probably one of the first injuries that we actually could begin to dissect out that maybe men and women weren’t the same. Because I think that we went from never talking about women, I mean if you look at some of the literature in general, and I’ll speak for orthopedics I guess, which I’m most familiar with, never talking about women, and if there were women maybe we never even identified them. We would, you know you’d look back at studies and you’d say you have 50 patients, rarely do they differentiate males from female, to the fact that if you would look at, I’m going to get my dates a little bit mixed up, but if you looked at I think late seventies through eighties, there was actually publications that if you tried to divide up the data between men and women, they would not accept that paper. That they would say we don’t want to start to divide it out because we don’t want to stir up any concerns. So we went from being politically correct to not divide it out, to then prob- ably not caring to divide it out, to now we feel that if you don’t divide it out, you’re not a good scientist.
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 241
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Sport Medicine or Gender Medicine?
Interviews further explored how gender figures into research interest in ACL injuries by asking participants to locate this topic within the domains of sport medicine and women’s health. All of the participants indicated this was in the first instance a sport medicine issue, though some made connections to the gendered dimension as a follow up to the initial indication of a sport medicine concern. In the following account, the participant appears to struggle some with thinking about how gender fits into this research topic:
From my perspective, it’s a sports medicine issue. I mean, but it’s also a women’s health issue as well. We look at it because you don’t want people to hurt themselves when they’re young and cause them to have problems in middle aged life but so you know, I don’t know how you separate that. I mean there are women playing sports so if they get injured it’s a women’s health issue. If there are men playing sports and they get injured, it’s a men’s health issue. So, it really doesn’t, that doesn’t- it’s a sports medicine issue that involves females.
Another participant said the topic is both, but in the explanation that follows assigns it primarily to sport medicine. In answering this question, this participant referenced the interests of research granting agencies:
I’d have to say it’s both. So overall I think it’s an important sports medicine health problem but it also has that component of a sex disparity, which I think makes it more, potentially more interesting to researchers and potentially more interesting to funding agencies because within funding agencies there are these movements toward putting more research into women’s health issues and sex disparity issues.
Another participant provided a retrospective account of how interest in ACL injuries evolved in the context of the agendas of funding agencies in the United States. This participant was asked how the availability of funding for women’s health played a role in the development of research interest in ACL injuries:
I don’t think it did initially. I think actually what drove at least NIAMS (National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, an agency of the National Institutes of Health) in the U.S. was an interaction between the AOSSM, which is the American Orthopedic Society for Sports Medicine and the group at NIAMS. The ACL injury was targeted- noncontact ACL injury- and I don’t even think gender was listed in the original request for proposals but the study of the noncontact ACL injury, which is obviously more common in women than men and so that was the beginning of the process of funding ACL research through NIH in the U.S…. I think it’s come more from the ACL injury itself rather than the gender thing.
This participant made an additional point that provides further observations on the location of this topic in the agendas of funding agencies:
What’s interesting is that the Office of Women’s Health, has still in the U.S. at least, been much more focused on cardiovascular disease, Alzheimer’s,
242 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
reproductive health issues than it has in orthopedics. So the majority of fund- ing that happened for ACL research in the U.S. comes through NIAMS, not through the Office of Women’s Health.
In the preceding observation, the researcher suggests that the location of ACL injuries within the domain of sport medicine is consistent with the division of interest within the NIH, the main funding body for health research in the U.S. It is relevant to indicate here that these observations were made by the participant quoted above on the gendered dimensions of the health consequences of ACL injuries. Taken together, these comments indicate that while the participant believes the gendered dimensions of ACL injuries warrant research attention, s/he does not believe gender figured prominently in the evolution of research interest.
In locating research interest in women’s ACL injuries within the domain of sport medicine, researchers provide further confirmation for the understanding that gender is incidental to the main agenda in researching ACL injuries to address a health related concern in sport that is significant and potentially preventable in some measure. Moreover, the comments of one researcher that agencies that fund women’s health research have been slow to incorporate musculoskeletal health into their mandates suggest an institutional base for the understanding that ACL injuries are the domain of sport medicine.
Discussion and Conclusion Schiebinger’s (1987, p. 46) question “Why does the search for sex differences become a priority of scientific research at particular times?” points to the central concern of the discussion presented here. The analysis examines why, at an historical moment when women appeared to have mounted significant challenges to histori- cal restrictions on their sport participation grounded in ideologies of difference and physical incapacity, a research agenda arose that foregrounded the negative health consequences of that participation and might be interpreted to imply that this participation should be restricted.
The account presented here locates research interest in ACL injuries among women in the expanded agenda in sport medicine here characterized as the “turn to prevention”. Growing interest in the negative health consequences of sport par- ticipation provided a context in which evidence on the incidence of ACL injuries assumed salience. Several features of these injuries made them of particular inter- est: cost, both financial and in time lost to activity; commonly agreed upon clinical indicators and the availability of study populations arising from surgical treatment and particularly notable for its fit with the prevention agenda, possibilities for pre- vention deriving from the high percentage that occurs in noncontact circumstances.
The finding that study participants located the topic of ACL injuries among women athletes as primarily a concern within sport medicine and only secondarily, if at all, as a women’s health issue provides further evidence that the social sources of interest in this topic lie primarily within evolving agendas in sport medicine. While this finding is not surprising in light of the fact that study participants have research programs that are heavily if not exclusively located in sport medicine or
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 243
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
human movement science, it is relevant to note that study participants include some of the most prominent researchers on ACL injuries and the sample is indicative of the social locations of researchers working on this topic.
Additional insight on the sources of research interest in ACL injuries is pro- vided in the observations of one participant that research support has derived largely from agencies concerned with musculoskeletal and not women’s health. Although a systematic analysis of funding for research on this topic is beyond the scope of the present discussion, this observation is supported by data collected in the first phase of the research, which includes research funding reported in published work. A preliminary examination of these reports identifies multiple sources but a minor- ity that is concerned specifically with women’s health or gender based medicine. Subsequent analyses will explore more systematically the sources of research funding on ACL injuries and the social and political interests these may represent
Two participants suggested that the emphasis on ACL injuries was dispropor- tionate to their significance, relative to other injuries that receive less attention. In offering these comments, the participants were confirming the observation that access to data and study populations contributed to the volume of research while expressing skepticism about the conduct of research that is “easy” to do and the place of this research in what they viewed to be the misplaced emphasis on ACL injuries.
Safai’s (2013) characterization of the emergence of sport medicine as a politi- cal response to risks arising from the sport production system offers insight into understanding the interest in ACL injuries as a central focus of the turn to preven- tion. Risk reduction strategies for noncontact injuries such as ACL tears locate the “causes” in features of the athlete and direct attention to modifications at an individual level. Contact injuries in sport are a product of the manner in which sport is constructed and produced, a distinctly social process wherein the corresponding reduction strategies are defined at institutional and cultural levels.5 As the injury prevention agenda in sport evolves, it will be important to monitor the commit- ment of governing bodies to entertaining substantial changes to the “nature of the game” in the interest of attending to athlete well-being. In a parallel fashion, it is important that research agendas in sport medicine continue to investigate health concerns arising from the production of sport (Safai, 2013). It would be unfortunate if investments in injury reduction at an individual level serve to deflect attention away from broader questions of the harmful consequences of the manner in which sports are enacted and organized.
The main way gender figures in researchers’ explanations for the focus on ACL injuries among women is the higher rates among this population and in light of this, the intention to conduct research that will have significant outcomes, in both the statistical and substantive senses of “significant”. Gender also figures in the characterization of ACL research as “studyable” in that the interest in explaining the gender bias has led to a ‘flood’ of research on gender comparisons that, it is argued, no longer advance understanding. Notable here is that this critique is directed to the conduct of research on “easy” topics, in the form of gender comparisons, and not with how gender is conceptualized in the research process.
Some consideration of the political dimensions of interest in ACL injuries was offered by participants who saw this interest as a welcome turn to inclusion
244 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
of women in sport medicine. Participants who expressed this view were aware of historical biases against women in sport and saw no possibility of a revival of these biases. In the words of one participant:
I don’t think we’re going back to the days where women can’t run because their uterus would drop or anything. I think we are so far past that but I think what we have to do is be proactive and make sure that yes, women have equal access to sports and we want them to be safe.
In his analysis of the turn to inclusion in biomedicine, Epstein (2007, p. 235) indicates that while there has been extensive critique of racial profiling in medicine, there has been little public discussion of the reification and naturalization of sex differences in biomedical research.6 Epstein offers some ‘speculative reflections’ (p. 256) on the political climate that accounts for this absence of critique. He suggests this may be attributable to the professionalization of the women’s health movement and the concomitant rise of women to positions of authority in political and biomedical institutions and that for these women, conceptions of difference appear to pose no substantial risk (Epstein, 2007, p. 286).
Findings reported here suggest a parallel process in the emergence of research interest in women’s sports injuries. Advances in injury surveillance and research methodologies that enabled the identification of gender differences and the analysis of the possible sources of these differences represent an extension of the professional project of sport medicine to injury prevention. Researchers who have investigated ACL injuries see gender as a secondary consideration to the more fundamental and progressive interest to mitigate the negative health outcomes of sport participation. For the minority who view the research through a gendered lens, the recognition of difference is seen as a further progressive dimension, with little or no attendant risk in that advances in women’s sport will not be reversed.
Epstein (2007) argues that the nondebate over sex profiling in medicine has masked the political stakes at issue in its ascendance in biomedical research. He identifies several issues in need of consideration; most relevant to the present discussion is the need for critical analysis of the ways in which the binary nature of medical discourse on gender obscures differences within groups and deflects attention from the social bases of health and their interaction with biological fac- tors (Epstein, 2007, p. 248), concerns that figure prominently in the critiques of the research on ACL injuries posed by Croissant & Schmit (2007) and the Tucker Center Symposium (2008).
A developed analysis of the substance of the research on ACL injuries and the ideological and political implications of this work is beyond the scope of the present examination of the social sources of this interest although such an analysis is of course essential to the larger project of interrogating scientific constructions of sports injuries as gendered phenomena. It may however be briefly noted that interviews for the research contained contrasting assessments of the value of con- tinuing lines of research that focus on nonmodifiable factors, notably hormonal and anatomical. Proponents argue that this research is important to developing risk profiles for the injury, which can then be used to target prevention programs efficiently. The counter position is that attention is better directed to understand- ing the role of modifiable factors, in particular the neuromuscular basis of human movement, which more substantially advances the prevention agenda. Consistent
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 245
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
with the absence of a gender lens in considerations of ACL research, these assess- ments were largely offered without reference to a concern with sex profiling, even as this is a subtext of the debate.
The analysis presented suggests the emergence of an interest in women’s ACL tears arose largely as an extension of the professional project in sport medicine to a consideration of injuries. This interest coincided with the movement to gender inclusion in biomedical research that was enabled by the professionalization of the women’s health movement; important in the latter was a belief that progress in women’s condition would be lasting. The ideological and political implications of the joining of these professional projects in the analysis of women’s sport injuries will continue to unfold in coming years when the faith of researchers that ‘there is no going back’ to an earlier era of restricted opportunities based in notions of difference and women’s physical vulnerabilities will be put to the test.7
Notes
1. As Vanessa Heggie writes in her history of British sports medicine (2011, p. 15), the division between sports medicine and science is “porous”, in that the work of sports scientists requires the intervention of sports medicine practitioners to transform it into a “practice of relevance”. This relationship is at the heart of the interest in ACL injuries and the present discussion uses the term sport medicine/science.
2. The 16 year ISS data show that ankle ligament sprains were 14.9% of all injuries, while concussions were 5.0% and ACL injuries 2.6% (Hootman, Dick & Agel, 2007).
3. Patallafemoral dislocations, another knee condition that occurs more frequently among women.
4. The observation that “most” ACL injuries occur in women’s sport is not accurate and the correct account is there is a higher incidence per exposure. This distinction is frequently lost in references to the occurrence of the injury.
5. The current struggles to address concussions in football and ice hockey exemplify how efforts to address injuries arising from contact in sporting contexts are located at institutional and culture levels.
6. Epstein provides the following explanation of his use of the terms sex differences and gender differences: “Sex differences … refer to socially, culturally and historically specific understand- ings of anatomical or biological differences between men and women; … gender differences … refer to understandings of differences between men’s and women’s places in society, their roles and social identities” (Epstein, 2007, p. 27). In the discussion of profiling in medicine referenced here, he is speaking of sex differences.
7. During the final days of preparation of this manuscript renewed discussion of women’s ACL injuries occurred in the editorial pages of the Canadian newspaper, the Globe and Mail, in the form of an article by the columnist Margaret Wente (2014) titled “Agony on the Slopes: Should Women Jump?” Noting the higher incidence of ACL injuries among women ski jumpers and in other sports such as basketball, the author referred to this as the darker side to the “inspiring tale” of the recent inclusion of women’s ski jumping in the Olympics. After noting that women ski racers and jumpers can “expect to spend much of their careers in pain, in surgery and rehab”, Wente (2014, p. F2) indicates that the higher rates occur “because they’re women”. This point is then expanded upon by referencing the various risk factors for the injury. The article notes that men also “maim themselves” in the name of sport and that women should have the right to do so and concludes by saying that “Of course the girls can jump—there’s no doubt of that. Whether they should jump is another matter” (Wente, 2014, p. F2).
246 Theberge
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Acknowledgments
The research reported here was funded by a grant from the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada. The assistance of the Council is gratefully acknowledged. I would also like to thank the SSJ reviewers and Editor Michael Atkinson for their comments and suggestions, which strengthened the manuscript considerably.
References Arendt, E.A. (1994). Orthopaedic issues for active and athletic women. Clinics in Sports
Medicine, 13, 483–503. Arendt, E.A. (2007). Musculoskeletal injuries of the knee: Are females at greater risk?
Minnesota Medicine, 90, 38–40. Croissant, J & Schmit, E. (2007). Misplaced focus: Assumptions about sex hormones and
ACL injury in female athletes. Journal of Interdisciplinary Feminist Thought 2, 1-20 Davis, I.M., & Ireland, L.M. (2001). ACL research retreat: the gender bias April6-7,
2001. Clinical Biomechanics (Bristol, Avon), 16, 937–939. doi:10.1016/S0268- 0033(01)00087-0
Donnelly, P. (2004). Sport and risk culture. In K. Young (Ed.), Sporting bodies, damaged selves: Sociological studies of sports-related injury (pp. 29–57). Oxford: Elsevier. doi:10.1016/S1476-2854(04)02001-1
Epstein, S. (2007). Inclusion: The politics of difference in medical research. Chicago: Uni- versity of Chicago Press. doi:10.7208/chicago/9780226213118.001.0001
Friel, N., & Chu, C. (2013). The role of ACL injury in the development of posttraumatic knee osteoarthritis. Clinics in Sports Medicine, 32, 1–12. doi:10.1016/j.csm.2012.08.017
Gwinn, D.E., Wilckens, J.H., McDevitt, E.R., Ross, G., & Kao, T.C. (2000). The relative incidence of anterior cruciate ligament injury in men and women at the United States Naval Academy. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 28, 98–102.
Heggie, V. (2011). A history of British sports medicine. Manchester: Manchester University Press.
Hootman, J., Dick, R., & Agel, J. (2007). Epidemiology of collegiate injuries for 15 sports: Summary and recommendations for injury prevention strategies. Journal of Athletic Training, 42, 311–319.
Hunter, L. (1984). The frequency of injuries in women’s sport. In J. Puhl, C.H. Brown, & R.O. Voy (Eds.), Sport science perspectives for women (pp. 49–58). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
International Olympic Committee. (2014). IOC World conference on prevention of injury and illness in sport, Monaco 10-12 April 2014: Final programme. Rewtrived April 12, 2014, from http://www.ioc-preventionconference.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/ p1392-CIO-2014-Final_67.pdf
Klossner, D., Corlette, J., Agel, J., & Marshall, S.W. (2009). Data-driven decision making in practice: The NCAA injury surveillance system. New Directions for Institutional Research, 144, 53–63. doi:10.1002/ir.313
McCallum. J. (1995). Out of joint. Sports illustrated, July 13. 44-48, 53. Mountcastle, S.B., Posner, M., Kragh, J.F., Jr., & Taylor, D.C. (2007). Gender differences in
anterior cruciate ligament injury vary with activity: Epidemiology of anterior cruciate ligament injuries in a young, athletic population. American Journal of Sports Medicine, 35, 1635–1642. doi:10.1177/0363546507302917
Noyes, F., & Barber-Westin, S. (2012). ACL injuries in the female athlete: causes, impacts, and conditioning programs. New York: Springer Heidelberg. doi:10.1007/978-3-642- 32592-2
Research Interest in Women’s Sport Injuries 247
SSJ Vol. 32, No. 3, 2015
Olympic.org. (2010). IOC consolidates research efforts on sports injury and its prevention. Retrieved July 17, 2013, from http://www.olympic.org/news/ioc-consolidates-research- efforts-on-sports-injury-and-its-prevention/105235
Reacting to warrior girls. Retrieved July 17, 2013 from http://blog.lib.umn.edu/crgws/wg/ Rosser, S. (1994). Women’s health: Missing from U.S. medicine. Bloomington: University
of Indiana Press. Safai, P. (2003). Healing the body in the “culture of risk”: Negotiation of treatment between
sport medicine clinicians and injured athletes in Canadian intercollegiate sport. Sociol- ogy of Sport Journal, 20, 127–146.
Safai, P. (2013). Sports medicine, health, and the politics of risk. In D.L. Andrews & B. Carrington (Eds.), A companion to sport (pp. 112–128). Chichester, West Sussex: Blackwell. doi:10.1002/9781118325261.ch6
Schiebinger, L. (1987). Skeletons in the closet: the first illustration of the female skeleton in eighteenth-century anatomy. In C. Gallagher & T. Lacquer (Eds.), The making of the modern body (pp. 42–82). Berkeley: University of California press.
Shultz, S.J., Schmitz, R.J., Benjaminse, A., Chaudhari, A.M., Collins, M., & Padua, D.A. (2012). ACL research retreat VI: An update on ACL risk and prevention March 22-24, 2012; Greensboro, NC. Journal of Athletic Training, 47, 591–603.
Sokolove, M. (2008a). Warrior girls: Protecting our daughters against the injury epidemic in women’s sports. New York: Simon and Schuster.
Sokolove, M. (2008b). The uneven playing field. New York Times Magazine, May 11, 2008 Theberge, N. (1989). Women’s athletics and the myth of female frailty. In Jo. Freeman (Ed.),
Women: A feminist perspective (4th ed., pp. 507–522). Mountain View, Ca: Mayfield. Theberge, N. (2008). Just a normal bad part of what I do”`: Elite athletes’ accounts of the
relationship between sport participation and health. Sociology of Sport Journal, 25, 206–222.
Tucker Center. 2008. Anatomy isn’t destiny: A multidisciplinary response to Michael Sokolove’s Warrior Girls. Tucker Center for Research on Girls and Women in Sport Bulletin, Fall, pp 1,3.
Weiss, M. (2008) Letter from the director. Tucker Center for Research on Girls and Women in Sport Bulletin, Fall, p. 1.
Wente, M. (2014) Agony on the slopes: Should women jump? Globe and Mail, February 1, p. F2.
Yeager, K., Agostini, R., Nattiv, A., & Drinkwater, B. (1993). The female athlete triad. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 25, 775–777. doi:10.1249/00005768- 199307000-00003
Copyright of Sociology of Sport Journal is the property of Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.
Week13ElbowInjuries.pdf
Medial elbow injury in young throwing athletes
Bonnie Gregory
John Nyland
Division of Sports Medicine University of Louisville, Louisville, KY
Corresponding author:
John Nyland Division of Sports Medicine University of Louisville 550 S. Jackson St., First Floor ACB Louisville, KY 40202 e-mail: [email protected]
Summary
This report reviews the anatomy, overhead throw-
ing biomechanics, injury mechanism and inci-
dence, physical examination and diagnosis, diag-
nostic imaging and conservative treatment of me-
dial elbow injuries in young throwing athletes.
Based on the information a clinical management
decision-making algorithm is presented.
KEY WORDS: elbow, injury, ligament, throwing.
Introduction
An estimated 30 million children participate in some form of organized sport in the United States1. As that number increases each year, the incidence and sig- nificance of overuse injury becomes more and more evident2,3. Over the last several decades, there has been a noted rise in the frequency of serious medial elbow injuries in young, overhead-throwing athletes. Several sports in particular show a high incidence of medial elbow injury-baseball, javelin, water polo, ten- nis, handball, and gymnastics-based on stress placed on the elbow during throwing, power gripping (as in racquet sports), or weight bearing (gymnastics). Of- ten difficult to diagnose in the skeletally immature athlete, these injuries often require intervention by medical and rehabilitation specialists. Though most studies in this area have been related to baseball pitchers, a similar clinical decision-making and diag- nostic process can be applied to young athletes in- volved in other sports. The incidence of elbow pain in young baseball players is between 20-30% for 8-12 year olds, approximately 45% for 13-14 year olds,
and over 50% for high school, college, and profes- sional athletes4-7. Despite considerable research focused on overhead throwing biomechanics, risk factors for elbow injury, and use of innovative diagnostic modalities such as ultrasound, medial elbow injuries remain problematic for young athletes and a challenge for the physicians who take care of them. A recent study revealed that 31% of baseball coaches, 28% of players, and 25% of parents do not believe that pitch count is a risk fac- tor for elbow injury. A similar percentage of baseball coaches, players, and parents do not believe that pitch type is related to elbow injury. Most surprising, 30% of baseball coaches, 37% of parents, 51% of high school athletes, and 26% of collegiate athletes also believed that “Tommy John surgery” or medial collateral ligament (MCL) reconstruction should be performed prophylactically on athletes without elbow injury to improve performance8. These misconcep- tions continue despite recommendations by the Unit- ed States of America (USA) Baseball Medical and Safety Advisory Committee that encourages pitch count limitations, avoidance of several pitch types, and noparticipation in multiple leagues and/or year- round baseball9. The role of the physician as an advocate for these young athletes cannot be overstated. In addition to diagnosis and treatment, the clinician must identify risk factors for medial elbow injury and aid in their prevention, particularly in the young overhead throw- ing athletic population. The purpose of this report is to review the anatomy, overhead throwing biome- chanics, incidence, pathology of injury, physical ex- amination and diagnosis, diagnostic imaging and con- servative treatment of medial elbow injuries in young athletes with special attention paid to overhead throwers. Based on this information a clinical man- agement decision-making algorithm is presented.
Anatomy
The elbow is a hinge joint that consists of three differ- ent bony articulations: the radiocapitellar joint, the ul- nohumeral joint, and the proximal radioulnar joint, all of which are enclosed by a common synovial cap- sule10. These bony elements provide stability at an elbow flexion angle of < 20º or >120º10,11.The radio- capitellar joint resists compression at 90º and inhibits posterior migration, while the ulnohumeral joint is the primary determinant of static and dynamic elbow sta- bility. The proximal radioulnar joint has no effective role in elbow stability11. Osseous elbow structures
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-100 91
Review article
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-10092
provide 50% of the overall stability (as a result of their primary role in resisting varus stress in elbow extension). Soft tissues including the anterior joint capsule, the MCL and the lateral collateral ligament (LCL) provide the remaining stability4,11. Soft tissue elements provide primary non-contractile and contractile stability from 20º to 120º of elbow flex- ion, the range in which most overhead throwing oc- curs10,11. The LCL is composed of the lateral ulnar collateral ligament, the radial collateral ligament, the accessory collateral ligament, and the annular liga- ment (Fig. 1). The lateral ulnar collateral ligament provides primary resistance to postero-lateral elbow joint rotation. The radial collateral ligament provides secondary restraint to varus elbow movement, provid- ing between 10-15% of resistance at extension and 90º of flexion12,13. The primary soft tissue elbow stabilization source for
the throwing athlete is provided by the MCL (Fig. 2). At 90º of elbow flexion, the MCL accounts for 55% of the stabilizing resistance to valgus stress and 78% of the resistance to varus stress13. The MCL is com- posed of three distinct parts: the anterior bundle, the posterior bundle, and the oblique bundle (transverse ligament). The anterior bundle originates on the medi- al epicondyle of the humerus and inserts on the medi- al aspect of the coronoid process10. The anterior bun- dle is further divided into distinct anterior and posteri- or bands. The anterior band is the primary restraint for valgus strain for elbow flexion up to 90º, and the secondary restraint for further flexion. Conversely, the posterior band is an important restraint to valgus strain at flexion angles > 60º, but is a secondary re- straint at lesser angles12,14,15. When MCL injury oc- curs, the anterior bundle is most often involved as it is the primary restraint to the valgus stress experi-
B. Gregory et al.
Figure 1. Lateral collateral ligament (LCL) complex.
Figure 2. Medial collateral liga- ment (MCL) Complex.
enced in the overhead thrower16. In cadaveric stud- ies, the MCL has been directly measured to fail at be- tween 22.7-33 Nm, while 120 Nm of peak valgus torques have been measured at the medial elbow of experienced overhead throwers 7,17-19. This dis- crephancy is explained by flexor-pronator muscula- ture activation as a dynamic elbow joint stabilizer. The flexor-pronator musculature, which originates from the medial epicondyle and the distal medial epi- condylar ridge of the humerus, helps to provide dy- namic stability of the elbow against valgus stress10,12,14,15,20. The flexor-pronator musculature in- cludes: pronator teres, flexor carpi radialis, palmaris longus, flexor digitorum superficialis, and flexor carpi ulnaris. The posterior bundle of the MCL is fan-shaped, ex-
tending from the medial epicondyle of the humerus to attach to the medial margin of the semilunar notch of the ulna. Thinner and weaker than the anterior bun- dle, the posterior bundle provides secondary restraint to elbow valgus loads when elbow flexion is > 90º11,12. The posterior bundle is thought to be vulner- able to valgus overload strain only if the anterior bun- dle has been completely transected12,14. The oblique bundle plays no active role in elbow stability. Rather, it is a thickening of the joint capsule which travels be- tween the medial olecranon and the inferior medial coronoid process12. An important anatomic characteristic unique to the el- bows of young athletes is the timeline of skeletal mat-
uration. Six secondary ossification centers corre- spond to potential elbow injury sites (Figs. 3A and 3B), as the epiphyseal plates are believed to be 2-5 times weaker than the surrounding osseous tissue, making them likely sites of overuse injury21,22. Fusion of the capitellum (1-2 years of age), radial head (2-5 years of age), elbow trochlea (8-10 years of age), olecranon process (10-11 years of age), and the lat- eral epicondyle (11-13 years of age) occur in a some- what predictable, but variable manner. The medial epicondylar epiphysis (15-16 years of age) is the last ossification center to close. This is of particular im- portance to the overhead-throwing athlete15,23.
Overhead Throwing Biomechanics
Although shoulder kinematics and kinetics differ somewhat among various sports that require over- head throwing, the overall motions and forces that oc- cur at the elbow joint are somewhat similar. Thus, the extensive studies that have been conducted regard- ing baseball pitching biomechanics can be extrapolat- ed to other overhead throwing sports, particularly in regards to elbow function and stress24. The overhead throwing motion is composed of five main stages: Stage 1: the “windup” where the elbow is flexed and the glenohumeral joint is slightly internally rotated. Stage 2: “early cocking” which begins when the ball leaves the non-dominant hand and ends when the
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-100 93
Medial elbow injury in young throwing athletes
Figure 3. A) Elbow ossification centers and typical age of closure (Anteroposterior view)11,35. B) Elbow ossification cen- ters and typical age of closure (Lateral view)11,35.
foot of the forward stride leg contacts the ground. During this stage, the glenohumeral joint begins to abduct and rotate externally. Stage 3: “late cocking” occurs as the glenohumeral joint goes into greater abduction and reaches maximal external rotation. During this stage the elbow flexes between 90-120° and the forearm pronates 90°. Stage 4: “acceleration” occurs as the glenohumeral joint musculature and torque transferred from the lower extremity and trunk generate a large forward force on the upper extremity resulting in rapid glenohumeral joint internal rotation- adduction, and elbow extension. This stage ends with ball release. Stage 5: “follow-through” represents de- celeration during which all of the kinetic energy devel- oped from the throwing motion is dissipated and up- per extremity segmental movements rapidly deceler- ate12,15. During the late cocking and acceleration phases of throwing the medial elbow is particularly prone to in- jury as tremendous valgus strain occurs. Maximum valgus stress reportedly occurs at 86°of elbow flexion in adults and 87° in adolescents, during the late cock- ing phase25. The maximum valgus torque in adoles- cent baseball players is 18-28 Nm, while that for pro- fessional baseball players may reach 90-120 Nm7,18,25. In addition to creating valgus elbow stress, the early and late cocking phases create compres- sion forces at the lateral aspect of the radio capitellar joint. Late cocking can also create a shear force with- in the olecranon fossa of the humerus. The accelera- tion phase produces tension forces at the lateral liga- ments and the lateral epicondyle of the humerus, contributing to lateral extension overload. Elbow ex- tension velocity during the acceleration phase can reach 3000º/s. The follow through phase creates hy- per-extension stress in the anterior capsule of the el- bow joint and the olecranon fossa23. Several biomechanical factors have been correlated with increased elbow valgus torque in adolescent pitchers. Athlete height and bodyweight reportedly correlate most strongly with increased valgus torque. Both maximum gleno humeral joint abduction and in- ternal rotation torque are negatively correlated with elbow valgus torque. Whereas, maximum gleno humeral joint external rotation and horizontal flexion- extension torque are positively correlated with elbow valgus torque7,25,26. Huang et al.27 compared a group of 15 male subjects (11.3 ± 0.6 years of age) with medial elbow pain with an age- and gender-matched, healthy control group for baseball throwing kinemat- ics. Compared to the control group subjects with me- dial elbow pain had reduced elbow flexion at maxi- mum shoulder external rotation and had greater later- al trunk tilt at ball release. These subjects also dis- played faster maximum upper torso rotational veloci- ties, maximum pelvis rotation velocities and ball speeds. Maximum shoulder external rotation (r = 0.458, P = 0.011), elbow flexion angle at maximum shoulder external rotation (r = -0.637, P = 0.0003), and maximum upper torso rotation velocity (r = 0.562, P = 0.002) each displayed significant correlations with ball speed27.
Injury Mechanism and Incidence
Just as in professional pitchers, the valgus loads as- sociated with overhead throwing in adolescent ath- letes can contribute to bony and capsuloligamentous elbow injuries. Little Leaguer’s Elbow encompasses a group of injuries that occur from repetitive microtrau- ma at differing sites and structures within the imma- ture elbow23. Medial elbow injuries that are consid- ered components of the Little Leaguer’s Elbow classi- fication include: medial epicondyle injuries such as apophysitis, avulsion fracture, fragmentation, growth disturbance, delayed ossification, and accelerated growth; MCL injuries, common flexor tendon origin in- juries, and ulnar neuritis23,28. Little Leaguer’s Elbow is caused by valgus overload of the medial elbow struc- tures, as repetitive flexor-pronator muscle activation regularly stresses the chondro-osseous origin caus- ing apophyseal inflammation15. Increased resistance to valgus stress by the flexor-pronator musculature results in increased stress at the apophyseal inser- tion21,29. As the apophysis is the weakest elbow structure in children, it is the site most vulnerable to injury in the growing elbow. Although humeral medial epicondyle injuries typically occur from repetitive valgus forces, they can also re- sult from acute trauma. Medial humeral epicondyle apophysitis is an injury of the skeletally immature child, caused by direct tractioning and marked by pain during the late cocking and early acceleration phases of throwing. Physical examination often re- veals tenderness to direct palpation and swelling over the medial epicondyle of the humerus. Radiographs may reveal widening or abnormalities at the medial epicondyle ossification center30. In contrast, medial epicondyle avulsion generally affects more skeletally mature adolescents and results from either repeated micro trauma or acute elbow dislocation. On physical examination the clinician can appreciate loss of elbow motion and point tenderness over the medial epi- condyle. Radiographs can demonstrate avulsion frac- tures with varying displacement23,30. Following apophyseal ossification during adolescence there is a shift in the presentation of medial elbow in- juries. Osbahr et al.31 evaluated 8 male baseball players, mean 13 years of age (range = 11-15 years) with medial epicondyle avulsion fractures that oc- curred while throwing. All 8 subjects played multiple fielding positions, but pitcher was one of the primary positions they played. Seven of 8 players (87.5%) were injured during one particular throw while pitch- ing. One player was injured during a long throw from the outfield. Each player felt sudden pain or heard a “pop” while throwing. They also assessed subject ad- herence to the established recommendations of the USA Baseball Medical & Safety Advisory Committee for 5 of the 8 players with this condition as they con- formed to both the age (9-14 years old) and position (pitcher) requirements9. These 5 players did not ad- here to the recommendations, including 2 players with high pitch counts, 2 players who pitched in multi-
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-10094
B. Gregory et al.
ple leagues, and 1 player who had multiple appear- ances in the same game. Among the 3 players who did not qualify for this assessment, two had pitch counts that exceeded the maximum number recom- mended for 13-15 year old players in one game (75 pitches/game). The final 15 year old pitcher threw fewer than 75 pitches but stayed in the game as an outfielder where he injured his elbow during a long throw late in the game31. With maturation there is a shift from growth plate in- juries to ligamentous injury, flexor-pronator muscula- ture strain, and ulnar neuritis23,32,33. Medial elbow pain in overhead throwing athletes was first reported by Miller as “Javelin Thrower’s Elbow”34. This micro- trauma associated with repetitive valgus elbow stress can result in tissue attenuation and eventual ligament rupture10. Injury to the MCL can present as either a mid-substance, partial- or full-thickness tear35. Com- plete avulsions of the ulnar and humeral attachments of the anterior bundle of the MCL have are also re- ported36. Concomitant ulnar nerve traction injury as- sociated with valgus elbow instability has been re- ported in 40% of patients with a surgically repaired MCL16,30,37. Elbow injuries account for 9.3% of game injuries and 10.8% of practice injuries among NCAA baseball players38. Of the total of 836 elbow injuries reported, 593 (70.9%) were associated with throwing. The highest percentage of elbow injuries associated with throwing occurred during pitching (n = 465, 78.4%). Regardless if the elbow injury among NCAA baseball players was diagnosed as a ligament sprain (0.18 vs. 0.05) or muscle-tendon strain (0.12 vs. 0.04) the injury rate/1000 exposures was at least three times as high during games as during prac- tice38. In a similar study that included a smaller sub- ject sample, McFarland and Wasik39 reported that 12% of the total injury complaints among college baseball players were related to the elbow, and were responsible for 4% of all lost participation time. Al- though less common among NCAA softball players, elbow tendinitis during practice and elbow contusions during games occurred with an equal rate (each 0.04 injury rate/1000 exposures)40.
Physical Examination and Diagnosis
The evaluation and diagnosis of medial elbow injuries in the young athlete begins with comprehensive histo- ry-taking and physical examination. Age and skeletal maturation should be determined, as the injury profile changes with fusion of elbow region ossification cen- ters. In questioning the athlete, it is important to de- termine whether the pain began acutely, or devel- oped over time. This can help differentiate between overuse and acute injuries. The pathomechanical re- lationship of the pain the athlete experiences at differ- ent throwing motion phases is also important to deter- mine, as different anatomical structures are stressed during each phase. Similarly, it is important to ask the athlete about recent performance reductions as
chronic injuries may decrease strength, active mobili- ty, and endurance. The athlete should also be cleared regarding the possibility of isolated or concur- rent upper extremity neurovascular complaints, or possible ulnar nerve involvement. Among baseball pitchers, the clinician must inquire about additional risk factors that may increase the risk of elbow injury. These include involvement in multiple baseball leagues, throwing more than 80 pitches a month, par- ticipating in baseball more than 8 months during a given year, pitching at velocities > 85 mph, or use of curveball or slider pitches9. Prior treatment for any component of the whole body kinetic chain involved in overhead throwing should likewise be noted. As with any focused physical examination, medial el- bow examination begins with observation. The clini- cian should note evidence of ecchymosis, muscle at- rophy, skin lesions, or an increased carrying angle (>20°). Observation of an increased carrying angle at the affected elbow can help identify a chronic pathol- ogy. The physical examination continues with elbow palpation to evaluate tenderness overlying the medial epicondyle of the humerus, medial epicondyle apoph- ysis, or MCL. The clinician should also conduct an upper quarter screen to rule out neurovascular dys- function at the cervical spine, thoracic outlet, elbow, or more distal upper extremity regions. This should include a cervical spine mobility scan, dermatome specific sensory and myotome specific strength as- sessments in the median, radial, ulnar and musculo- cutaneous nerve distributions (with special attention focused on the ulnar nerve), and deep tendon reflex- es should also be performed. An upper quarter screen is particularly useful in athletes whose history suggests possible cervical spine involvement, re- ferred pain, or when the symptom source based on history remains unclear. Finally active and passive shoulder, elbow, and wrist range of motion should be evaluated. These findings should be compared with the non-involved upper extremity and with dominant upper extremity normative values. Elbow valgus stress testing can identify injury to the anterior band of the MCL. To perform this test the ex- aminer applies a valgus stress to the elbow while it is flexed 25-30°. Alternatively, the “milking maneuver” can be performed to test the posterior band of the MCL. In this procedure, the examiner applies a down- ward, valgus torque when the forearm is supinated and the elbow is flexed > 90°12,15,37. The “Moving Val- gus Stress Test” has been shown to be 100% sensi- tive and 73% specific in identifying MCL injury, and is therefore preferred10. In this test, the examiner ap- plies and sustains a constant valgus torque to the ful- ly flexed elbow, which is quickly extended. If this movement reproduces medial elbow pain, the test is positive for MCL injury. Differentiation between an in- jured MCL and flexor-pronator muscle injury is veri- fied by the absence of increased pain near the origin of the flexor-pronator musculature origin with wrist flexion12. Eygendaal et al.41 reported that identifica- tion of isolated partial-thickness anterior bundle MCL
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-100 95
Medial elbow injury in young throwing athletes
tears based on medial joint opening and valgus laxity is impossible, although it can be used to diagnose full-thickness tears.
Diagnostic Imaging
Imaging studies can help confirm diagnoses based on physical examination information and aid in treat- ment planning. Both anterior-posterior and lateral ra- diographs should be obtained to rule out medial epi- condyle avulsion fractures, as well as loose bodies, osteochondritis, bone spurs, and ligament calcifica- tion16. Since ossification centers remain open in young athletes, a lateral radiograph with the elbow flexed 90º can reveal the radiocapitellar and ulno- humeral articulations, as well as the distal humerus, and identify apophyseal injuries4. Stress radiographs can also be obtained to confirm elbow valgus instabil- ity, with a joint opening > 3 mm indicating instabili- ty42,43. Using stress radiography, Ellenbecker et al.44
measured the joint space width between the trochlea of the humerus and coronoid process of the ulna of 40 healthy professional baseball pitchers. Results showed increased medial elbow laxity in the domi- nant arm of uninjured pitchers compared to their non- dominant arm. Using MRI to evaluate 554 baseball players who were referred for shoulder and elbow re- habilitation Han et al.45 reported that junior high school players sustained a greater frequency of os- teochondritis dissecans compared with high school and collegiate players. High school and collegiate players were more likely to have MCL injuries or su- perior labrum anterior-posterior lesions than junior high school players. Pitchers and outfielders were more likely to have MCL injuries than infielders. Among junior high players those with MCL injuries were taller and heavier45. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is also valuable in identifying athletes with MCL injury, as it has been shown to have 100% sensitivity and 100% specificity in identifying full-thickness tears35,46,47. MRI is also 100% specific in identifying partial-thickness MCL tears, although it is much less sensitive at 57%. MRI arthography can also be used in cases where partial thickness tears are suspected35,42,48. Wei et al.49
evaluated nine little league baseball players between 8-13 years of age that had a clinical diagnosis of Lit- tle Leaguer’s Elbow. The primary or secondary posi- tion played by most subjects (8 of 9, 88.9%) was pitcher. Most players complied with pitch count rec- ommendations. Four out of nine players however were throwing breaking pitches. Radiographic abnor- malities were present in 6 players. All subjects dis- played a normal MCL on MRI with no differences in distance between the MCL origin and the medial epi- condyle physis noted between the injured and healthy elbows. MRI was found to demonstrate more abnor- malities than simple radiographs; however the in- creased number of abnormal findings did not alter clinical management. MRI evaluation of the MCL
demonstrated no role for surgical reconstruction in Little Leaguer’s Elbow49. Given the close proximity of the MCL origin to the physis, any surgical procedure in this region should be a last resort and only per- formed with caution. Dynamic ultrasonography is an effective tool for eval- uating MCL injury; however it is somewhat operator- dependent50. Computed tomography arthrography had been shown to be 86% sensitive and 91% specif- ic for MCL injury diagnosis47. Sasaki et al.51 per- formed ultrasonography of the medial elbow of 30 healthy college baseball players while applying gravi- ty stress at 90° flexion. Medial elbow laxity and val- gus on the throwing side was increased compared with non-players. In using fluroscans to compare 48 healthy overhead throwing sport athletes with 88 healthy non-overhead throwing sport athletes for ac- quired valgus elbow laxity, Singh et al.52 reported no group differences. This finding suggested that ac- quired valgus laxity was not evident in asymptomatic athletes.
Conservative Treatment
Conservative treatment for medial elbow injuries as- sociated with throwing generally has positive results. Children who develop overuse elbow injuries are typi- cally the best players, and usually are pitchers. Since these players are the ones that coaches desire to have on their team they require special protection in the form of enforced rest periods53. Among athletes with no radiographic or MRI evident changes, elbow and wrist muscle strengthening exercises may be beneficial, but the origin of the pain must be estab- lished. In athletes with osteochondritis or valgus over- load syndrome, strict rest from compressive forces is recommended53,54. Two to eight weeks of rest cou- pled with judicious use of ice massage and non- steroidal anti-inflammatory medication, and a super- vised rehabilitation program focusing on restoring pain-free active elbow and wrist joint mobility, muscle strength and endurance are indicated12. Pain or anti- inflammatory medications should never be used merely to enable the symptomatic athlete to continue sports activities. Corticosteroid injections are avoid- ed, as they may further damage elbow ligamentous and cartilaginous structures. After 3-6 months of treatment, if symptoms have improved and the ath- lete has regained full range of motion and strength, a mediated throwing program may be initiated53,54. Most conservative treatment programs have shown full recovery rates of 40-50% in competitive overhead throwing athletes31. In non-throwing athletes results are better with full recovery in 100% of patients with MCL injuries treated conservatively24. We have sum- marized these findings into a medial elbow injury clin- ical management decision-making algorithm (Fig. 4). If conservative treatment fails referral to an or- thopaedic surgeon is essential, as surgical interven- tion may be needed. There are several surgical tech- niques used to reconstruct the MCL. Reconstructive
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-10096
B. Gregory et al.
surgical approaches differ in terms of graft type, the number of strands, the placement and number of bone tunnels, and graft fixation55. All reconstruction techniques are favored over primary surgical repair of the native MCL because this has been shown to only yield a 50% return to previous level of activity37. The modified Jobe technique is considered a good surgi- cal option with a 93% success rate in returning base- ball pitchers to competition55,56. The docking tech- nique, which has easier tunnel creation and graft passing, has also displayed a 92% success rate in re- turning baseball pitchers to competition19,55,57. Fixa- tion using a hybrid interference screw has been shown in a cadaveric study to restore the MCL to 95% of its native valgus strength and within <1% of native elbow valgus stability55.
Conclusion
Medial elbow overuse injuries are likely to occur with greater frequency as more adolescents become ac- tive in competitive sports, as the age at which they begin to specialize in one sport decreases, as the seasons become longer with multiple games and teams, and as the competitive level increases. The characteristics of these overuse injuries change as
the bony elbow structure of the player reaches skele- tal maturity, shifting from apophyseal injuries to mid- substance MCL injuries. Regardless of the specific tissue that is injured, all result from the high elbow joint loading volume (combined frequency, intensity) associated with throwing. Several overuse risk factors have been identified including heavy training loads, early sport-specific training, year-round throwing, par- ticipation in multiple sports, training errors, muscle- tendon strength and extensibility deficiencies, faulty equipment, and unqualified coaching or other super- visory practices58,59. Fleisig et al.18 used kinetic and kinematic analysis to evaluate 23 youth, 33 high school, 115 college, and 60 professional baseball pitchers. Kinetic differences observed suggested greater injury risk at higher competition levels. Great- est shoulder and elbow angular velocities were gen- erated during arm cocking and acceleration phases. Pitchers need to learn proper mechanics as early as possible and develop neuromuscular strength propor- tionately as the body matures and as skill level con- tinues to improve. Using similar biomechanical analy- sis methods, Davis et al.60 reported that youth pitch- ers with better pitching mechanics generated less shoulder internal rotation torque, less elbow valgus load, and more efficiency than those with improper mechanics.
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-100 97
Medial elbow injury in young throwing athletes
Figure 4. Medial elbow injury clinical management decision-making algorithm.
Increased pitch counts, early use of curveball or slid- er pitches, and year-round play have also been iden- tified as medial elbow injury risk factors5,6. At the pro- fessional level the general belief is that 100-120 pitches thrown in competition during a 5-day period should be the maximum allowed for any pitcher53. In a 10-year study, Fleisig et al.61 performed annual in- terviews of 481 youth pitchers (9-14 years of age). In- jury was defined as elbow surgery, shoulder surgery, or withdrawal due to throwing injury. The cumulative injury incidence was 5%. Participants who pitched > 100 innings/year were 3.5 times more likely to be in- jured. Pitchers who played catcher as their secondary position seemed to be injured more frequently61. In a survey of baseball experts (orthopedists, surgeons, and coaches) regarding pitch limits, the consensus was that the number of pitches thrown was much more important than the number of innings pitched when determining rest requirements for young base- ball pitchers62. Youth pitching and minimum rest recom- mendations are presented in Table 19 and Table 262, respectively. Although baseball and other sports that induce valgus stress at the elbow such as javelin throwing rely on similar upper extremity motions, the frequency and variety of overuse injury varies in each sport. Among young javelin throwers, the most prevalent medial el- bow injury occurs directly at the MCL. This difference
is most likely related to the age at which each sport begins and participant age at the onset of competitive play. For example, in baseball the Little League World Series is held for athletes ≤13 years of age, with children beginning competitive play many years earlier. In youth baseball players the most frequently reported medial elbow injury is “Little Leaguer’s El- bow” which occurs in almost 25% of athletes5,6. In contrast, National-level javelin throwing competition does not begin until the high school years. Thus, the incidence and specific location of medial elbow overuse injuries with respect to overhead sports per- formance represents the interaction between the ath- letes’ developmental status and the onset of high fre- quency or high intensity levels of competitive play.
References
1. Adirim TA,Cheng TL.Overview of injuries in the young ath-
lete. Sports Med 2003; 33(1):75-81.
2. Difiori JP. Overuse injuries in children and adolescents. Phys
Sportsmed 1999; 27(1):75-89.
3. Micheli LJ. Sports injuries in children and adolescents. Ques-
tions and controversies. Clin Sports Med 1995; 14(3):727-745.
4. Chen AL, Youm T, Ong BC, Rafii M, Rokito AS. Imaging of
the elbow in the overhead throwing athlete.Am J Sports Med
2003; 31(3):466-473.
5. Lyman S, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR, Osinski ED. Effect of pitch
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-10098
B. Gregory et al.
Arm pain Remove from game immediately; if >4 days of arm pain, seek medical attention
Pitch Counts Game Week Season Year
9-10 years old 50 75 1000 2000
11-12 years old 75 100 1000 3000
13-14 years old 75 125 1000 3000
Pitch Types No breaking pitches until bones have matured around puberty (~ 13 years old)
Multiple Appearances Once removed from the mound, do not return to pitching in the same game
Showcases De-emphasize and/or avoid, if necessary; then give adequate time to prepare with no overthrowing
Multiple Leagues Pitch for only 1 team at a time, with no overlapping seasons
Year-round Baseball Baseball pitchers should compete in <9 months of baseball each year
Table 1. USA Baseball Youth Baseball Pitching Recommendations 9.
Table 2. Baseball pitcher minimum rest recommendations based on player age and the number of pitches thrown 62.
Age (years) 1-Day Rest 2-Day Rest 3-Day Rest 4-Day Rest
8-10 21 ± 18 34 ± 16 43 ±16 51 ± 19
11-12 27 ± 20 35 ± 20 55 ± 23 58 ± 18
13-14 30 ± 22 36 ± 21 56 ± 20 70 ± 20
15-16 25 ± 20 38 ± 23 62 ± 23 77 ± 20
17-18 27 ± 22 45 ± 25 62 ± 21 89 ± 22
type, pitch count, and pitching mechanics on risk of elbow and shoulder pain in youth baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med 2002; 30(4):463-468.
6. Lyman S, Fleisig GS, Waterbor JW, Funkhouser EM, Pul- ley L, Andrews JR, Osinski ED, Roseman JM. Longitudinal study of elbow and shoulder pain in youth baseball pitchers. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2001; 33(11):1803-1810.
7. Werner SL, Murray TA, Hawkins RJ, Gill TJ. Relationship be- tween throwing mechanics and elbow valgus in professional baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2002; 11(2):151- 155.
8. Ahmad CS, Grantham J,Greiwe RM. Public perceptions of Tommy John surgery. Phys Sportsmed 2012; 40(2):64-72.
9. USA Baseball Medical and Safety Advisory Committee Guide- lines: May 2006. USA Baseball Medical & Safety Advisory Committee. Youth baseball pitching injuries. http://web.us- abaseball.com/.
10. Miller CD, Savoie 3rd FH. Valgus extension injuries of the elbow in the throwing Athlete. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1994; 2(5):261-269.
11. Schwab SA.Epiphyseal injuries in the growing athlete. Can Med Assoc J 1977; 117(6):626-630.
12. Chen FS, Rokito AS, Jobe FW. Medial elbow problems in the overhead-throwing athlete. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2001; 9(2):99-113.
13. Morrey BF, An KN. Articular and ligamentous contributions to the stability of the elbow joint. Am J Sports Med 1983; 11(5):315-319.
14. Callaway GH, Field LD, Deng XH, Torzilli PA, O’Brien SJ, Altchek DW, Warren RF. Biomechanical evaluation of the me- dial collateral ligament of the elbow. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997; 79(8):1223-1231.
15. Chen FS, Diaz VA, Loebenberg M, Rosen JE. Shoulder and elbow injuries in the skeletally immature athlete. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2005; 13(3):172-185.
16. Field LD, Savoie FH. Common elbow injuries in sport. Sports Med 1998; 26(3):193-205.
17. Ahmad CS, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. Biomechanical evalu- ation of a new ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction tech- nique with interference screw fixation. Am J Sports Med 2003; 31(3):332-337.
18 Fleisig GS, Barrentine SW, Zheng N, Escamilla RF, Andrews JR. Kinematic and kinetic comparison of baseball pitching among various levels of development. J Biomech 1999; 32(12):1371-1375.
19. Paletta GA Jr, Klepps SJ, Difelice GS, Allen T, Brodt MD, Burns ME, Silva MJ, Wright RW. Biomechanical evaluation of 2 techniques for ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow. Am J Sports Med 2006; 34(10):1599-1603.
20. Davidson PA, Pink M, Perry J, Jobe FW. Functional anato- my of the flexor pronator muscle group in relation to the me- dial collateral ligament of the elbow. Am J Sports Med 1995; 23(2):245-250.
21. Godshall RW, Hansen CA. Traumatic ulnar neuropathy in adolescent baseball pitchers. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1971; 53(2):359-361.
22. Schwab GH, Bennett JB, Woods GW, Tullos HS. Biome- chanics of elbow instability: the role of the medial collater- al ligament. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1980(146):42-52.
23. Klingele KE, Kocher MS. Little league elbow: valgus over- load injury in the paediatric athlete. Sports Med 2002; 32(15):1005-1015.
24. Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ul- nar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am1986; 68(8):1158-1163.
25. Sabick MB, Torry MR, Lawton RL, Hawkins RJ. Valgus torque in youth baseball pitchers: A biomechanical study. J Shoul- der Elbow Surg 2004; 13(3):349-355.
26. Hutchinson MR, Wynn S. Biomechanics and development of the elbow in the young throwing athlete. Clin Sports Med 2004; 23(4):531-544.
27. Huang YH, Wu TY, Learman KE, Tsai YS. A comparison of throwing kinematics between youth baseball players with and without history of medial elbow pain. Chin J Physiol 2010; 53(3):160-166.
28. Gerbino PG.Elbow disorders in throwing athletes. Orthop Clin North Am 2003; 34(3):417-426.
29. Gore RM, Rogers LF, Bowerman J, Suker J, Compere CL. Osseous manifestations of elbow stress associated with sports activities. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1980; 134(5):971-977.
30. Greiwe RM, Saifi C, Ahmad CS. Pediatric sports elbow in- juries. Clin Sports Med 2010; 29(4):677-703.
31. Osbahr DC, Chalmers PN, Frank JS, Williams RJ 3rd, Wid- mann RF, GreenDW. Acute, avulsion fractures of the me- dial epicondyle while throwing in youth baseball players: A variant of Little League elbow. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2010; 19(7):951-957.
32. Kocher MS, Waters PM, Micheli LJ. Upper extremity injuries in the paediatric athlete. Sports Med 2000; 30(2):117-135.
33. Lin F, Kohli N, Perlmutter S, Lim D, Nuber GW, Makhsous M.Muscle contribution to elbow joint valgus stability. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2007; 16(6):795-802.
34. Miller JE. Javelin Thrower’s Elbow. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1960; 42:788-792.
35. Tuite MJ, Kijowski R.Sports-related injuries of the elbow: an approach to MRI interpretation. Clin Sports Med 2006; 25(3):387-408.
36. Salvo JP, Rizio L 3rd, Zvijac JE, Uribe JW, Hechtman KS. Avulsion fracture of the ulnar sublime tubercle in overhead throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med 2002; 30(3):426-431.
37. Conway JE, Jobe FW, Glousman RE, Pink M.Medial insta- bility of the elbow in throwing athletes. Treatment by repair or reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1992; 74(1):67-83.
38. Dick R, Sauers EL, Agel J, Keuter G, Marshall SW, McCarty K, McFarland E. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate men’s baseball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association in- jury surveillance system, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athl Train 2007; 42(2):183-193.
39. McFarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate base- ball injuries. Clin J Sports Med 1998; 8:10-13.
40. Marshall SW, Hamstra-Wright KL, Dick R, Grove KA, Agel J. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate women’s softball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association injury sur- veillance system, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athl Train 2007; 42(2):286-294.
41. Eygendaal D, Olsen BS, Jensen SL, Seki A, Sojbjerg JO. Kinematics of partial and total ruptures of the medial collat- eral ligament of the elbow. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 1999; 8(6):612-616.
42. Emery KH. Imaging of sports injuries of the upper extremi- ty in children. Clin Sports Med 2006; 25(3):543-568.
43. Rijke AM, Goitz HT, McCue FC, Andrews JR, Berr SS. Stress radiography of the medial elbow ligaments. Radiol 1994; 191(1):213-216.
44. Ellenbecker TS, Mattalino AJ, Elam EA, Caplinger RA. Me- dial elbow joint laxity in professional baseball pitchers. A bi- lateral comparison using stress radiography. Am J Sports Med 1998; 26(3):420-424.
45. Han KJ, Kim YK, Lim SK, Park JY, Oh KS. The effect of phys- ical characteristics and field position on the shoulder and el- bow injuries of 490 baseball players: Confirmation of diag- nosis by magnetic resonance imaging. Clin J Sports Med 2009; 19(4):271-276.
46. Murphy BJ. MR imaging of the elbow. Radiol 1992; 184(2):525-529.
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-100 99
Medial elbow injury in young throwing athletes
47. Timmerman LA, Andrews JR. Undersurface tear of the ul- nar collateral ligament in baseball players. A newly recog- nized lesion. Am J Sports Med 1994; 22(1):33-36.
48. Schwartz ML, al-Zahrani S, Morwessel RM, Andrews JR. Ul- nar collateral ligament injury in the throwing athlete: evalu- ation with saline-enhanced MR arthrography. Radiol 1995; 197(1):297-299.
49. Wei AS, Khana S, Limpisvasti O, Crues J, Podesta L, Yocum LA. Clinical and magnetic resonance imaging findings associated with little league elbow. J Pediatr Orthop 2010; 30(7):715-719.
50. Nazarian LN, McShane JM, Ciccotti MG, O’Kane PL, Har- wood MI. Dynamic US of the anterior band of the ulnar col- lateral ligament of the elbow in asymptomatic major league baseball pitchers. Radiol 2003; 227(1):149-154.
51. Sasaki J, Takahara M, Ogion T, Kashiwa H, Ishigaki D, Kanauchi Y. Ultrasonographic assessment of the ulnar col- lateral ligament and medial elbow laxity in college baseball players. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2002; 84:525-531.
52. Singh H, Osbahr DC, Wickham MQ, Kirkendall DT, Speer KP. Valgus laxity of the ulnar collateral ligament of the elbow in col- legiate athletes. Am J Sports Med 2001; 29(5):558-561.
53. McFarland EG, Ireland ML. Rehabilitation programs and pre- vention strategies in adolescent throwing athletes. Instruc Course Lect 2003; 52:37-42.
54. Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L, Konin JG, Strube MJ. Develop- ment of a distance-based interval throwing program for Little League-aged athletes. Am J Sports Med 1996; 24:594-602.
55. Ahmad CS, ElAttrache NS. Elbow valgus instability in the throwing athlete. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2006; 14(12):693- 700.
56. Thompson WH, Jobe FW, Yocum LA, Pink MM.Ulnar col- lateral ligament reconstruction in athletes: muscle-splitting approach without transposition of the ulnar nerve. J Shoul- der Elbow Surg 2001; 10(2):152-157.
57. Rohrbough JT, Altchek DW, Hyman J, Williams RJ 3rd, Botts JD. Medial collateral ligament reconstruction of the el- bow using the docking technique. Am J Sports Med 2002; 30(4):541-548.
58. Caine D, Maffulli N, Caine C. Epidemiology of injury in child and adolescent sports: injury rates, risk factors, and pre- vention. Clin Sports Med 2008; 27(1):19-50.
59. Demorest RA, Landry GL. Prevention of pediatric sports in- juries. Curr Sports Med Rep 2003; 2(6):337-343.
60. Davis JT, Limpisvasti O, Fluhme D, Mohr KJ, Yocum LA, Elat- trache NS, Jobe FW. The effect of pitching biomechanics on the upper extremity in youth and adolescent baseball pitch- ers. Am J Sports Med 2009; 37(8):1484-1491.
61. Fleisig GS, Andrews JR, Cutter GR, Weber A, Loftice J, McMichael C, Hassell N, Lyman S. Risk of serious injury for young baseball pitchers: a 10-year prospective study. Am J Sports Med 2011; 39(2):253-257.
62. Andrews JR, Fleisig G. Medical and Safety Advisory Com- mittee Special Report: How many pitches should I allow my child to throw? USA Baseball News, 1996.
Muscles, Ligaments and Tendons Journal 2013; 3 (2): 91-100100
B. Gregory et al.
Week13AppsForInjuryPrevention.pdf
Sports injury prevention in your pocket?! Prevention apps assessed against the available scientific evidence: a review Daan M van Mechelen, Willem van Mechelen, Evert A L M Verhagen
▸ Additional material is published online only. To view please visit the journal online (http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-092136).
Department of Public and Occupational Health, EMGO Institute for Health and Care Research, VU University Medical Center, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Correspondence to Dr Evert Verhagen, Department of Public and Occupational Health, EMGO Institute for Health and Care Research, VU University Medical Center, Van der Boechorststraat 7 Amsterdam 1081 BT, The Netherlands; [email protected]
Accepted 26 February 2013 Published Online First 19 March 2013
To cite: van Mechelen DM, van Mechelen W, Verhagen EALM. Br J Sports Med 2014;48:878–882.
ABSTRACT Background High costs and personal burden follow sports and physical activity-related injuries (SPRI). The last decades’ knowledge on how to prevent SPRIs has grown. Past years’ eHealth is emerging and mobile applications (apps) helping to prevent SPRIs are appearing. Aim To review the content of iPhone and iPad apps containing a claim to prevent sports and physical activity-related injuries and to appraise this claim against best available scientific evidence. Methods The US iTunes App Store was searched using the keywords ‘injury’, ‘prevention’ and ‘rehabilitation’. Apps within the categories ‘health & fitness’, ‘sports’ and ‘medical’ containing a preventive claim in the app name, description or screenshots were included. Claims were extracted and a search for best available evidence was performed. Results Eighteen apps met our inclusion criteria. Four of these apps contained claims for which evidence was available: three apps covered ankle sprains and provided information on taping or neuromuscular training. Of these three apps, one app also provided information on prevention of dental injury with mouth guards. One app provided a routine to prevent anterior cruciate ligament injury. The main focus of the five apps was running injury prevention; for their content evidence of absence of efficacy was found. For nine apps no evidence supporting their content was found. Conclusions f 18 apps included, only four contained claims that could be supported by available literature and five apps contained false claims. This lack of scientifically sound apps provides an opportunity for caretakers to develop apps with evidence-based claims to prevent SPRIs.
INTRODUCTION Regular participation in physical activity and sports increases the individual’s exposure to injury. This threatens ongoing, healthy physical activity behav- iour. Moreover, there are substantial direct and indirect costs of sports and physical activity-related injuries (SPRIs), also making these injuries a soci- etal problem. As such, safety is an essential corol- lary of our global effort to promote sports and physical activity. Over the past two decades the knowledge about the prevention and treatment of various SPRIs within different sports has grown exponentially.1 Fortunately, based on the current available evidence it is reasonable to state that we are able to significantly reduce the risk of SPRIs for most participants in a wide array of sports and physical activities.
However, wide-scale implementation of (cost-) effective intervention measures and treatment pro- tocols under real life conditions proves to be an ongoing challenge.2–4 In an attempt to bridge this implementation gap (social) media is believed to be a way forward, providing an attractive interactive and mobile medium for information transfer. With contemporary technology, online platforms are able to provide tailored information with ease of self- monitoring.5–7 Added to this, mobile platforms have the additional appeal of portability and all- round availability, making such mobile solutions particularly interesting for the dissemination of information on prevention and treatment of SPRIs which are generally encountered in a sports setting and which demand instant information. Access to mobile platforms is no limiting factor,
as it has been estimated that about 80% of the world’s population now has a mobile phone.8 This equals over five billion mobile phones worldwide, of which about one billion are smartphones. Nearly 90% of all smartphone users use their phone throughout the day.8 Although the Android platform has the largest market share, iOS users download the highest number of different apps per month. Likely, this is due to the abundance of con- trolled apps that are available through the App Store which over 700 000 readily available apps.9
Although formal implementation of knowledge on SPRI prevention and treatment through apps is still lacking, several (semi) commercial activities have found their way to the App Store. A similar trend was found previously for weight-loss initia- tives, for which commercially available weight-loss programmes were transferred to mobile platforms.7
However, a review of these apps found that they only, in part, adhere to evidence-informed prac- tices.7 With regards to apps that advocate to inform on the prevention and treatment of SPRIs little is known about the types of apps that are publicly available, the features they contain and the degree to which apps incorporate evidence on efficacious preventive measures or treatment protocols. Therefore, the aim of this review was to summarise the content of available SPRI prevention apps and to evaluate their preventive claims against the avail- able evidence.
METHODS Selecting apps for review The US App Store was searched using iTunes 10.7 (31 October 2012). The categories ‘health & fitness’, ‘sports’ and ‘ medical’ were searched for apps on injury prevention and rehabilitation, using
van Mechelen DM, et al. Br J Sports Med 2014;48:878–882. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-092136 1 of 5
Review
the keywords ‘injury’, ‘prevention’ and ‘rehabilitation’. Searches were conducted for both iPhone and iPad apps. Apps that included a basic (free) and paid version, or apps that included an iPhone or iPad version, were considered as equal apps when the preventive claim was equal. The iTunes description page for each app was used to select potentially relevant apps. An iTunes description page consists of an overall description of the app, a list of included features, user ratings, customer reviews and one to four screenshots of what the app looks like when down- loaded. An app was deemed of potential relevance when it was, according to the iTunes description page, SPRI related and when a preventive claim was made in the name, description or screenshot. This methodology is similar to a previous review on weight-loss apps.7 Apps that allowed users only to keep a sports diary and apps that acted as a reference (eg, an anatomy atlas and physical therapy exercises) were excluded. Some apps met more than one exclusion criterion.
Assessing available best evidence App content was reviewed by the first author and preventive claims were summarised. For each preventive claim Cochrane reviews were searched first to provide information on the best available evidence. If no recent Cochrane reviews were available, other systematic reviews were sought through PubMed, fol- lowed by randomised controlled trials or position statements.
Ratings and price Prices and average user ratings of apps ascertained were col- lected through their respective iTunes description page. Apps that did not have a user rating were coded as ‘not rated.’ Among those rated, the ratings were in increments of 0.5 and ranged from 1 (lowest) star to 5 (highest) stars, reflecting the extent to which users liked the app. Appsfire scores were also noted.10 The Appsfire score is based on, among other features, the rating and ranking performance over time, developer’s track record and online reviews for that app. The Appsfire score also identifies apps engaging in suspicious rating/review behaviour for current and publisher’s previous apps in the App Store. Appsfire score increases by 1, ranging from one till 100, where 25 is categorised as ‘Crappy’, 55 as ‘Hmmm’, 65 as ‘Promising’, 75 as ‘Good Stuff’, 85 as ‘Super’ and 95 as ‘Red Hot’. Apps
that did not have an Appsfire score were coded as ‘no score’. Average iTunes user rating or Appsfire score was calculated when an app was available for both platforms, iPhone and iPad.
RESULTS The initial search yielded 482 potential apps meeting the key- words, out of a total of 64 873 apps available within the searched categories (figure 1). After exclusion of non-SPRI apps (n=340), reference apps (n=89), activity diaries (n=14) and duplicates (n=115) a total of 18 apps remained available for further review. Costumers rated eight apps, with an average rating of 4.3. The average Appsfire score of all apps was 59 (table 1). Average price for all apps was US$2.49.
Evidence-based apps Of the 18 apps included, four apps contained claims for which evidence was found (table 2).
Two of those apps dealt with ankle injury prevention, suggest- ing to apply tape or to perform neuromuscular training to prevent ankle sprains. For this claim evidence is available.11 A third ankle app advocating the use of tape, that is, the ‘Elastoplast’-app produced by Beiersdorf Australia, contained two additional claims. This app also informed people to use properly fitted mouth guards to prevent dental injury. This evidence-based advice is substantiated by a report of the council of scientific affairs of the American Dental Association.12
‘Elastoplast’ also advocated to apply a knee tape to prevent medial collateral ligament sprain, a claim for which no evidence is available.
A fourth app that is, the ‘iPrevent ACL injuries’-app, consisted of a narrated video only. In this video it was stated that a combination of exercises will prevent anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) sprains. The video routine shown, included a warm-up and cool-down, and stretching, strengthening, plyometrics and agility exercises. The app did not target a specific age or gender. A study by Gilchrist et al13 has shown that a 20 min warming-up intervention reduced the risk of ACL injuries in female college soccer players. A meta-analysis by Yoo et al14
showed that a neuromuscular training routine, with an emphasis on plyometrics and strengthening exercises, was effective in pre- venting ACL injuries in young female athletes.
Figure 1 Flowchart of iTunes store search leading to the identification of 18 apps eligible for further analysis.
2 of 5 van Mechelen DM, et al. Br J Sports Med 2014;48:878–882. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-092136
Review
Average price for the evidence-based apps was US$1.67 and average Appsfire score was 52. Only two apps had a customer rating, that is, ‘Elastoplast’ 3 and ‘Medical iRehab Anklesprain’ 4.5. The other two apps were not rated.
Non-evidence-based apps: running apps Five apps contained strategies to prevent running injuries. These strategies included the use of proper shoes, warming-up and stretching before starting a workout and the implementation of strengthening routines into a workout, as well as a cooling- down. According to a systematic review by Yeung et al15 there is evidence that none of these strategies reduce injury (ie, evidence of absence). Difference between the free and the paid version of the app ‘RunInjuryFree’ was the availability of training schedules for which also no evidence was found related to the prevention of injuries. ‘Kangarun’ claimed that excessive vertical bouncing while running may increase the risk of injury. However, no evi- dence was found to back up this statement.
Non-evidence-based apps: other apps For nine apps addressing a variety of preventive claims neither supporting evidence nor evidence of absence was found (table 2). Three of these apps did not state a preventive measure within the app. Three apps concerned the prevention of differ- ent shoulder injuries, one app on the prevention of plantar fas- ciitis and one app advocated myofascial relief through foam rolling to prevent not further specified injuries. For none of these apps supporting evidence was found. One app referred to delayed onset of muscle soreness (DOMS). This app offered a strategy on how to prevent DOMS in general, without mention- ing a specific sport. Their preventive strategy was based on a limitation of a10% increase in exercise intensity. For the pre- ventive claim in this app no supporting evidence was available. For running, the prevention of DOMS has been subject of scien- tific evaluation,16–18 but it is not clear whether the application of the 10% rule prevents running injuries.19 For other sports the 10% rule has not been evaluated.
DISCUSSION Out of 64 873 apps in the categories we searched, 482 apps were found with the keywords used. Eighteen apps met our inclusion criteria and for only four apps with supporting evi- dence were found in the scientific literature.
Although we performed our search for apps as systematic as possible, we must assume that our search did not include all apps of potential interest. The iTunes search engine is not built for a rigorous scientific search, but for user comfort. It is unknown how the iTunes search engine fetches apps and arranges results after a search. Furthermore, relevant apps might not have been included because they may not have been tagged with the keywords we used for our search. App developers are required to provide a limited number of self-selected keywords when submitting an app to the iTunes Store. Apps of potential interest may have been tagged with other keywords.
Out of 18 included apps, we found four apps with a certain level of evidence-based information. The use of this evidence was different for these apps. The neuromuscular balance inter- vention presented in the app ‘Ankle’ was based on the outcome of a cost-effective randomised controlled trial. This app was developed specifically to implement this evidence-based exercise programme. The app ‘Ankle’ clearly stated its scientific source. ‘Elastoplast’ was produced as a commercial app, with the goal to familiarise the public with common applications of tape and—arguably—by coincidence contained some evidence-based statements. ‘Elastoplast’ also holds statements, for which no evi- dence was found and no reference to literature was provided within the app. The ‘iPrevent ACL injuries’ home screen con- tained the sentence ‘ACL injury prevention techniques’ and only contained the option to play a narrated video. This 18 min video showed a warming-up, stretching, strengthening, plyomet- rics, agility and cool-down routine. Although the app clearly stated a preventive measure in the app name, it was difficult to find preventive advice within the app, since there was only the option to play the video. When used, the narrated referral to a preventive measure can be overlooked easily. The medical iRehab series are apps with the same functional layout for dif- ferent injuries, not all covering SPRIs. All iRehab apps contained
Table 1 Characteristics of apps meeting the inclusion criteria
App name Platform iTunes store app category Price US$ Search keyword Costumer rating Apps fire score
Ankle iPhone Health&Fitness $0.00 Injury, prevention Not rated 48 Elastoplast iPhone Health&Fitness $0.00 Injury, prevention 3 51 Foam Rolling iPhone Health&Fitness $1.99 Injury, prevention Not rated 62 How to end DOMS—Delayed onset of muscle soreness iPad Medical $0.99 Prevention Not rated 67 iPrevent ACL injuries iPhone Health&Fitness $1.99 Injury, prevention Not rated 51 iPrevent Running injuries iPhone Health&Fitness $1.99 Injury, prevention Not rated No score Iron Kids Both Health&Fitness $3.99 Injury Not rated 61 Kangarun iPhone Health&Fitness $0.99 Injury, prevention Not rated No score Medical iRehab Anklesprain for Ipad (Ank Sprain) Both Health&Fitness $2.99 Rehabilitation 4.5 58 Medical iRehab Impingement Syndrome Both Health&Fitness $2.99 Rehabilitation 5 57 Medical iRehab Plantar Fasciitis (for iPad) Both Health&Fitness $2.99 Rehabilitation 5 57.5 Medical iRehab Shoulder Instability (for iPad) Both Health&Fitness $2.99 Rehabilitation 5 60 Medical iRehab Shoulder Rotator cuff (for iPad) Both Health&Fitness $2.99 Rehabilitation 4.75 60 Motion Doctor iPad Medical $6.99 Prevention 4.5 73 RunInjuryFree (Lite) iPhone Health&Fitness $4.99 Injury Not rated 59.5 Runners Injuries: Prevention and treatment Both Sports $4.99 Injury, prevention 4 66 RunWalk iPhone Health&Fitness $0.99 Injury, prevention 3 60 UPMC5 tool trainer Both Sports $0.00 Injury Not rated 50
van Mechelen DM, et al. Br J Sports Med 2014;48:878–882. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-092136 3 of 5
Review
a section on ‘prevention strategies’. Within this sections 3–4 omnipresent, but mostly not evidence-based, preventive tips were provided. It seems as if some of the preventive claims stated in the medical iRehab series were evidence based by coincidence.
While our main goal was to review the app content, we think that user experience is equally important for an app to reach its goal. In our opinion user experience consists of, but is not limited to, multiple factors including price, presence of bugs, the need to retrieve videos or information online, the presence of advertorials and substantiating to the statement made in the app name, description or content. We included paid apps that gave proven untrue information, crashed when playing a video and contained advertorials. We also included apps, which announced a preventive measure before down- loading, but when app content was analysed the preventive measure could not be retrieved. This reduces the user satisfac- tion and might decrease the app use. We think it is not only important to provide evidence-based content, but also a user- friendly app. An app stating measures to prevent SPRIs should contain evidence-based content and should have a good form and function.
The app ‘How to prevent DOMS’ contained a preventive claim and directed the user to literature that should support their claim. However, when the cited literature was reviewed, the claim could not be extracted. In our opinion, this app tried to create a false sense of security, by citing
literature that can be difficult to understand by the untrained reader.
The iTunes App Store provides its costumers the possibility to rate the apps through the ‘costumer rating’ system. We found that only nine of 18 apps had a costumer rating. With half the apps not rated we could not use this rating to compare the apps. Also the rating did not reflect the scientific base for the app content, since average user App Store rating for all apps was higher than for evidence-based apps. Also, user App Store ratings are gameable by marketers, and are therefore less reliable. We tried to overcome this by also including the Appsfire score. This score is not directly based on user critics, but claims to implement more objective data. Although the build-up of the Appsfire score is not completely transparent and its intentions are commercial, it provided an opportunity to compare all apps on an equal basis. Amplitude of the Appsfire score did not reflect the availabil- ity evidence and, thus, the content quality of reviewed apps. From this we conclude that there is a discrepancy between user experience and quality of content. Here we have a lot of ground to cover by generating apps that include high-quality content in a useable and appealing package. Simply providing evidence in an app is apparently insufficient to grasp the full potential of implementation of evidence in this way.
The apps containing evidence-based advices were, on average, lower priced and had a lower user rating. It seems that developers produce apps, which despite the lack of supporting
Table 2 Apps reviewed for sport and injury, with preventive statement extracted and available evidence
App name Sport Injury Preventive statement Evidence
Ankle None specific
Ankle sprain Neuromuscular training 50% reduction in ankle reinjury risk (11)
Elastoplast None specific
1. Ankle sprain 2. Medial collateral
ligament injury 3. Dental injury
1. Ankle taping 2. Knee taping 3. Mouth guard
1. Particularly effective for previously injured (11)
2. Absence of evidence 3. Properly fitted mouth guard reduces
dental injury risk (12) Foam Rolling Various Unclear Myofascial relief Absence of evidence How to end DOMS None
specific Soft tissue DOMS Less than 10% increase in intensity Running: absence of evidence (15)
Other sports: absence of evidence iPrevent ACL injuries None
specific Anterior cruciate ligament injury
Routine including warmup, stretching, strengthening, plyometrics, agility
Reduces non-contact ACL injury in female college athletes (13)
iPrevent Running injuries Running Unclear Stretching, strengthening Evidence of absence (15) Iron Kids Various Unclear Preseason workout Absence of evidence Kangarun Running Unclear Less bouncing Absence of evidence Medical iRehab Anklesprain None
specific Ankle sprain 1. Proper shoes
2. Stretching 3. Ankle taping
1. Absence of evidence (15) 2. Absence of evidence (15) 3. Taping is particularly effective for
previously injured (11) Medical iRehab Impingement Syndrome
None specific
Shoulder impingement Warmup, strength Absence of evidence
Medical iRehab Plantar Fasciitis
None specific
Plantar fasciitis Proper shoes, stretching, healthy weight Absence of evidence
Medical iRehab Shoulder Instability
None specific
Shoulder instability Warmup, brace, avoid pain, avoid destabilising Absence of evidence
Medical iRehab Shoulder Rotator cuff
None specific
Rotator cuff Warmup, stretching, strengthening Absence of evidence
Motion Doctor Various Unclear No preventive claim No claim made Run Injury Free Running Various Proper shoes, stretching, strengthening and rest Evidence of absence (15) Runners Injuries: Prevention and treatment
Running Unclear Proper shoes, warming up, cooling down, alternate activity
Evidence of absence (15)
Run Walk Running Unclear No preventive claim No claim made
UPMC5 tool trainer Baseball Various No preventive claim No claim made
4 of 5 van Mechelen DM, et al. Br J Sports Med 2014;48:878–882. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-092136
Review
evidence, are still downloaded by costumers. This might be because they are found easier and/or because commercial app developers understand the iTunes search engine better than scientists. Most developers seem to be driven more by a com- mercial than a scientific goal. This commercial goal can be achieved through developing an app that has to be paid for by the costumer. Another way to gain profit from an app is by propagating certain products. For instance, ‘Elastoplast’ was pro- duced by ‘Beiersdorf’, which is a worldwide producer of medical dressings.
While conducting the search for apps in the iTunes store, we found apps that did not strictly meet our inclusion criteria, but did give the impression that they will help the costumer to prevent SPRIs. An example was an app that stated to contain content which a novice barefoot runner should read before commencing. When the content was reviewed no SPRI prevent- ive tips were available.
Also, some apps that appeared to help prevent SPRIs, did not cover a SPRI. For instance, one app covered a golfer’s elbow and another app covered a tennis elbow. People playing golf or tennis are not more likely to develop a golfer’s or tennis’ elbow than the normal population. Development of a golfer’s and tennis elbow is associated with movements of the elbow that incorporate force, repetition and vibration,20 and are common also among working age adults.21
The key strength of this study is that it is the first study to review apps claiming to contain content to prevent SPRIs. Mobile app use has increased from 43 min daily in June 2009 to 94 min daily in December 2011.22 Therefore, it is important that this review was done rigorously, so that a foundation can be made for the implementation of strategies to prevent SPRIs through mobile applications.
A limitation of the study is that the App Store search engine is not made for a rigorous scientific search as needed for this review. After each search query each app had to be checked for category since it is not possible to arrange search results by category. Therefore, it is likely that we did not include all the apps that state preventive measures. Another limitation is the absence of evidence for some preventive claims. It is possible that the preventive claims and accompanying sports injuries have not been scientifically evaluated and therefore there is absence of evidence.
CONCLUSION The aim of this review was to summarise the content of available SPRI prevention apps and to evaluate their
preventive claim against the available evidence. Out of 64 873 apps within the app categories of interest only 18 addressed the prevention of SPRI. Our main finding is that only four out of 18 apps contained evidence-based state- ments. These apps provided information about the preven- tion of ankle sprains, dental injury and ACL injury. Overall it can be concluded that there is a dearth of evidence-based apps on the prevention of SPRI. In addition, there is a need for a recognised independent quality ‘label’ to rate apps based upon content.
Contributors DMvM has performed app and literature search and has written the draft of the paper. WvM and EALMV have supervised the review and have provided input to the draft paper. All authors have approved the final manuscript.
Competing interests None.
Provenance and peer review Not commissioned; internally peer reviewed.
REFERENCES 1 Klügl M, Shrier I, McBain K, et al. The prevention of sport injury: an analysis of 12
000 published manuscripts. Clin J Sport Med 2010;20:407–12. 2 Verhagen E, Finch C. Setting our minds to implementation. Br J Sports Med
2011;45:1015–16. 3 Verhagen E, Van Stralen M, Mechelen WV. Behaviour, the key factor for sports
injury prevention. Sports Med 2010;40:899–906. 4 Finch C. Implementation and dissemination research: the time has come! Br J
Sports Med 2011;45:763–4. 5 Kroeze W, Werkman A, Brug J. A systematic review of randomized trials on the
effectiveness of computer-tailored education on physical activity and dietary behaviors. Ann Behav Med 2006;31:205–23.
6 Cushing CC, Steele RG. A meta-analytic review of eHealth interventions for pediatric health promoting and maintaining behaviors. J Pediatr Psychol 2010;35:937–49.
7 Breton E, Fuemmeler B, Abroms L. Weight loss—there is an app for that! But does it adhere to evidence-informed practices? Trans Behav Med 2011;1:523–9.
8 http://www.go-gulf.com/blog/smartphone [Internet]. [cited 2012 09 11]. 9 http://ipod.about.com/od/iphonesoftwareterms/qt/apps-in-app-store.htm [Internet].
[cited 2012 15 11]. 10 http://blog.appsfire.com/introducing-the-appsfire-app-score-the-ultimate-
quality-score-for-mobile-apps/ [Internet]. [cited 2012 11 19]. 11 Verhagen E, Bay K. Optimising ankle sprain prevention: a critical review and
practical appraisal of the literature. Br J Sports Med 2010;44:1082–8. 12 ADA Council on Access, Prevention and Interprofessional Relations, ADA Council on
Scientific Affairs. Using mouthguards to reduce the incidence and severity of sports-related oral injuries. J Am Dent Assoc 2006;137:1712–20; quiz1731.
13 Gilchrist J, Mandelbaum BR, Melancon H, et al. A randomized controlled trial to prevent noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injury in female collegiate soccer players. Am J Sports Med 2008;36:1476–83.
14 Yoo JH, Lim BO, Ha M, et al. A meta-analysis of the effect of neuromuscular training on the prevention of the anterior cruciate ligament injury in female athletes. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc 2010;18:824–30.
15 Yeung SS, Yeung EW, Gillespie LD. Interventions for preventing lower limb soft-tissue running injuries. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011;(7):CD001256.
16 Bleakley CM, McDonough S, Gardner E, et al. Cold-water immersion (cryotherapy) for preventing and treating muscle soreness after exercise. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;(2):CD008262.
17 Bennett MH, Best T, Babul-Wellar S, et al. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy for delayed onset muscle soreness and closed soft tissue injury. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005;(4):CD004713. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd Chiches.
18 Herbert RD, De Noronha M, Kamper SJ. Stretching to prevent or reduce muscle soreness after exercise (Review). Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011;(7): CD004577.
19 Nielsen RO, Cederholm P, Buist I, et al. Can GPS be used to detect deleterious progression in training volume among runners? J Strength Cond Res 2012. doi:10.1519/JSC.0b013e3182711e3c
20 Bernard B, Putz-Anderson V, Burt S, et al. Musculoskeletal disorders and workplace factors. In: Bernard B, ed. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, 1997. Report No.: 97B141.
21 Walker-Bone K, Palmer KT, Reading I, et al. Occupation and epicondylitis: a population-based study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2012;51:305–10.
22 http://blog.flurry.com/bid/80241/Mobile-App-Usage-Further-Dominates-Web- Spurred-by-Facebook [Internet]. [cited 2012 11 29].
What are the new findings?
▸ Numerous (n=64 873) mobile apps for iPhone or iPad within the categories ‘health and fitness’, ‘sports’ and ‘medical’ are available.
▸ Only a fraction of those (=18) relate to the prevention of SPRIs.
▸ Four apps contain an evidence-based advice. ▸ Five apps, all referring to the prevention of running injuries,
contain injury prevention advices of which it is known that these advices do not reduce injury risk.
▸ Nine apps address a variety of preventive claims, for which neither supporting evidence nor evidence of absence was found.
van Mechelen DM, et al. Br J Sports Med 2014;48:878–882. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-092136 5 of 5
Review
Copyright of British Journal of Sports Medicine is the property of BMJ Publishing Group and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use.